Work Among the Jews NP February 3, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 14MR 136-138.
Concerning the work in behalf of the Jewish people, being done by Brother Gilbert, I am instructed to say: Give him all the encouragement that is possible. Do not bind about his work by many forbiddings. Help him so that, through his efforts, and the efforts of his fellow laborers, many of the seed of Israel may be grafted to the true stock Christ Jesus. The Lord will work through men of different nationalities to do a work for their fellow countrymen.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 1)
To Brother Gilbert, I would say: You must be guarded. Do not tax your powers so severely. Hitherto the Lord has been with you, and He will continue to bless your efforts and will lead others to unite with you in your work. But you are in danger from more sources than one. Your enemies will be incensed against you because this truth is being carried to the Jews. My brother, the Jewish people are not the only ones who are being helped by your work. Our own people need the example thus set before them.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 2)
I bid you be of good courage. In your labors, do not wait for some great and wonderful opening, but the opportunities as they come. The power of truth will be vindicated as the servants of God make faithful use of the opportunities that present themselves for labor.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 3)
We are close to the time spoken of by Daniel the prophet: “At that time shall Michael stand up, that great Prince that standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation, even to that same time: but at that time thy people shall be delivered, everyone whose name shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:1-3.] The Lord is about to do a short and effectual work in the earth. Oh, that our leading workers would realize this and shun their work of criticizing and forbidding. When the Judge of all the earth shall come to render to every man his reward, those who have laid plans that have hindered the cause of truth will be held responsible for their actions, with all the evil that has resulted therefrom.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 4)
I am instructed to refer our workers to the tenth chapter of Acts. Read this chapter, and pray over it. When you have your understanding opened, and realize what this instruction means to you, you will begin earnestly to work for the souls in your home field. Unless our people arouse to their duties for missions at home, they will be found wanting in the day of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 5)
The apostle writes: “There was a certain man in Caesarea, called Cornelius, a centurion of the band, called the Italian band, a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, and gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway. He saw in a vision, evidently about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming unto him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter; he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside; he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 6)
“And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; and when he had declared all these things unto him, he sent them to Joppa.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 7)
“On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up on the housetop to pray about the sixth hour; and he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, and saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth; wherein were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 8)
“And there came a voice unto him, Rise, Peter, kill and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice, and the vessel was received up again into heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 9)
“Now while Peter doubted in him what this vision which he had seen could mean, behold, the men which had been sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon’s house: and stood before the gate, and called, and asked whether Simon, whose surname was Peter, were lodged there.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 10)
“While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit saith unto him, Behold three men seek thee, Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing; for I have sent them. Then Peter went down to the men that were sent to him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come? And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews was warned of God by a holy angel, to send for thee unto his house, and to hear words of thee.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 11)
“Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow, Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Joppa accompanied him. And the morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for him, and had called together his kinsmen and his near friends. And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet and worshiped him. But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up; I also am a man. And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together. And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is unlawful for a man that is a Jew to keep company or to come to one of another nation, but God hath showed me that I should not call any man common or unclean. Therefore came I without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for; I ask therefore to what intent ye have sent for me.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 12)
“And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting unto this hour; and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house, and behold, a man stood beside me in bright clothing, and said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither Simon, whose surname is Peter; he lodgeth in the house of one Simon a tanner by the seaside; who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. Immediately therefore I sent unto thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God. Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him.” [Verses 1-35.]
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 13)
I present to you this experience in which the Lord wrought for one who feared His name. We can learn from this study a lesson of the way in which God works on human minds. I with my husband, who now sleeps in Jesus, have passed through similar scenes. We have seen the arm of God break the power of oppression and tyranny, and dispel from minds the dark clouds of ignorance and superstition.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 14)
We can see that a much more decided work is being done in our cities than in the past. We are to preach the gospel to the Jews as well as to the Gentiles. The glorious message of the power of God unto salvation is to be made known to all men. We are to bring far more of simplicity and Bible godliness into our work for the Lord. There is to be no erecting of barriers, no depending on human agencies for wisdom. Our work is to be given as freely to the Jews as to the Gentiles.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 15)
“Preach the gospel,” is the word given of God. [Mark 16:15.] Preach the gospel, not in high-flown language, but in simplicity. This blessed gospel of our Lord is the only message that is unto eternal life. I have been shown that there are heathen in our own country who must be instructed as though they were little children. Our lamps must be constantly trimmed and burning. Schools must be established where the ignorant can be instructed in simple ways. The gospel must be preached by teachers who reveal their kindness of heart in loving deeds.
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 16)
Just as soon as a worker departs from the simplicity of the truth, the Lord ceases to use him and works through those who are meek and lowly in heart. He who is the light and life of the gospel was made flesh and dwelt among us. A sympathizer with humanity, He fed the hungry, healed the sick, and went about through all the cities of the land doing good to men. All our works are to be wrought in Christ. By becoming partakers of His nature, His followers are to work His works. The ministry of Christ for men was the interpretation of His great commission to the disciples: “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.” [Verse 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 17)
“He that cometh from above is above all; he that is of the earth is earthy, and speaketh of the earth: He that cometh from heaven is above all. And what He hath seen and heard, that He testifieth; and no man receiveth His testimony. He that hath received His testimony, hath set to his seal that God is true. For He whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God; for God giveth not the Spirit by measure into Him. The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand.” [John 3:31-35.]
(23LtMs, Ms 1, 1908, 18)
Ms 3, 1908
The Work in Southern California NP February 21, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in PC 259-260.
I have received instruction from the Lord that the Paradise Valley Sanitarium should not be turned over to a new corporation organized by the conference; for to do this, as has been proposed, would be to act unjustly and unrighteously toward those who in good faith have invested their means in this enterprise. It is not just to place the valuation of the property at such a reduced figure. It is said that the conference does not want to control this property; but, because of the desire of some of the stockholders, the transfer has been consented to. The Lord has shown me that this property would better be retained by those who have put their means into it. He desires that those who, by their prayers and by the investment of their means, have shown their faith in this work shall not be disappointed.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 1)
Southern California is a field that should depend more than it has upon its own resources. It should have more facilities and should not be cramped as it has been in some respects.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 2)
Southern California is a missionary field, a large part of which has received but little missionary effort. Henceforth it should receive more attention. The various lines of work that can be carried on should be diligently studied and the advantages of such cities as Redlands and Riverside, and the need of putting forth decided effort for them, faithfully investigated.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 3)
Los Angeles demands constant labor because of its changing population. San Bernardino calls for earnest missionary effort. The work for all these places needs to be done by those who can adapt themselves to the needs of the field. In our work we miss the labors of Elder Simpson; but we must not leave the work undone because some of the faithful workers fall by the way.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 4)
In Loma Linda we have an advantageous center for the carrying on of various missionary enterprises. We can see that it was in the providence of God that this sanitarium was placed in the possession of our people. We should appreciate Loma Linda as a place which the Lord foresaw we should need, and which He gave.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 5)
The cities in the San Bernardino Valley were presented before me as places where the truth should go with power. The small printing press that Brother H. W. Kellogg has furnished should prove a blessing to the work in that part of the field, by printing publications that will be needed for the furtherance of the work in the Southern California cities. Our publications must now be greatly multiplied. Papers and leaflets containing the best discourses preached by our ministers are to be published and scattered widely throughout the regions where meetings are being held.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 6)
It was the Lord who placed in our possession the sanitariums at Loma Linda, Glendale, and Paradise Valley. The first one secured, Paradise Valley, is to exert an influence that will place the cause in San Diego on vantage ground.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 7)
In Brother and Sister Cummings we have the right kind of help; for they have the fear of God before them. Brother and Sister Wessels worked hard at Paradise Valley. We wish that they might have remained; but they could not there have the educational advantages that their children needed. Glendale possessed these advantages, and it was thought best by them to move to Glendale, as Brother Wessels had been invited to take the management of the Glendale Sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 8)
Brother and Sister Simpson are engaged in work at Long Beach, in a convenient building that was originally built for a hospital. They are located where they can do a good work, and we sincerely hope that this will be the result of their labors there. We pray that the blessing of the Lord may be with Dr. Preston Kellogg as gentleman physician, with Dr. Winegar Simpson as lady physician, and with her husband as manager. I know that if this institution is conducted in the fear of God, and the workers seek conscientiously to do His will, their work will be fruitful. We trust that all who unite in this work, physicians, nurses, and helpers, will be laborers together with God. In this institution it is the privilege of the workers to present the truth to the people and carry on the work of God intelligently and well.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 9)
At our camp-meetings, instead of spending much time in sermonizing, time should be given for heart searching and seeking the Lord. I see so much to be done in spiritual lines that I greatly desire that our camp-meetings shall accomplish all that God designs they shall.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 10)
We have been indolent in regard to our duty to Southern California. The many tourists who visit the cites in this conference should be given opportunity to hear the truth for this time. Let us do all in our power to enlighten the people in this large field. It is the privilege of every believer to let the light shine forth. We are drawing near to the close of this earth’s history; we have not one hour to devote to needless matters. Our ministers in the Southern California Conference should now devote their best efforts to proclaiming the message of truth in all these large resorts. The Lord will impart His grace to all who will work in Christ’s lines. And hope and faith will strengthen as the workers for God put their trust in Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 3, 1908, 11)
Ms 5, 1908
The Medical Missionary Work NP February 23, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 20MR 264-267.
In all our sanitariums the work done should be of such a character as to win souls to Jesus Christ. We have a wide missionary field in our health institutions; for here people of all countries come to regain their health. The best helpers to have connected with our sanitariums are those men who desire to make the Bible their guide, those who will put forth their mental and moral powers to advance the work in correct ways.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 1)
Let the workers in the sanitariums remember that the object of the establishment of these institutions is not alone the relief of suffering and the healing of disease, but also the salvation of souls. Let the spiritual atmosphere of these institutions be such that men and women who are brought to the sanitariums to receive treatment for their bodily ills shall learn the lesson that their diseased souls need healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 2)
To preach the gospel means much more than many realize. It is a broad, far-reaching work. Our sanitariums have been presented to me as most efficient mediums for the promotion of the gospel message. Simple, earnest talks may be given in the parlors, pointing the sufferers to their only hope for the salvation of the soul. These religious meetings should be short and right to the point, and they will prove a blessing to the hearers. The word of Him who founded the world in six days, and on the seventh “rested and was refreshed,” should be effectively brought before the mind. [Exodus 31:17.] God has so clearly specified His claims upon the seventh day that no soul need be in darkness. Jehovah regarded of such importance the knowledge of His law, of which the Sabbath commandment is a part, that He came down from heaven and on Mt. Sinai He proclaimed the ten commandments. God regards His law as a sacred thing, which it is the life of His people to obey.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 3)
Publications containing the precious truths of the gospel should be in the rooms of the patients, or where they can have easy access to them. There should be a library in every sanitarium, and it should be supplied with books containing the light of the gospel. Judicious plans should be laid that the patients may have constant access to reading matter that contains the light of present truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 4)
The work of the true medical missionary is largely a spiritual work. It includes prayer and the laying on of hands; he therefore should be as sacredly set apart for his work as is the minister of the gospel. Those who are selected to act the part of missionary physicians are to be set apart as such. This will strengthen them against the temptation to withdraw from the sanitarium work to engage in private practice. No selfish motive should be allowed to draw the worker from his post of duty. We are living in a time of solemn responsibilities; a time when consecrated work is to be done. Let us seek the Lord diligently and understandingly. If we will let the Lord work upon human hearts, we shall see a great and grand work accomplished.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 5)
The medical missionary work done, in connection with the giving of the third angel’s message, is to accomplish wonderful results. It is to be a sanctifying, unifying work, corresponding to the work which the great Head of the church sent forth the first disciples to do. Calling these disciples together, Christ gave them their commission: “Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not; but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel; and as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 6)
“Provide neither gold nor silver, nor brass in your purses, nor scrip for your journey, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves; for the workman is worthy of his meat. And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till ye go thence.... Behold I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:5-11, 16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 7)
It is well for us to read this chapter, and let its instruction prepare us for our labors. The early disciples were going forth upon Christ’s errands, under His commission. His Spirit was to prepare the way before them. They were to feel that with such a message to give, such blessings to impart, they should receive a welcome in the homes of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 8)
Some restraint was placed upon them in this their first experience. They were not to go in the way of the Gentiles, nor enter into any city of the Samaritans; for this would bring upon them trial and perplexity. This first offer of salvation was to be made to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Their deeds of mercy and love, their message of truth, was first to be given to the Jewish nation. In the blessings that they were thus carrying to the people, they were to proclaim: The Kingdom of God is come nigh unto you.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 9)
Through the first disciples a divine gift was proffered to Israel; the faithful evangelist today will do a similar work in every city where our missionaries enter. It is a work which to some extent we have tried to do in connection with some of our sanitariums; but a much wider experience in these lines is to be gained. Cannot our conference presidents open the way for the students in our schools to engage in this line of labor? There is a grand work to be done in relieving suffering humanity; and through the students, who are receiving a training for medical missionary work, the people living in the cities may become acquainted with the truths of the third angel’s message. At first an experienced man or woman should go out with these young workers, giving them instruction how to labor. When favors of food or of lodging are offered, these should be accepted. This will give opportunity for conversation, for explaining the Scriptures, for singing Bible songs and praying with the family; and all these exercises will prove a blessing. There may be brethren in the faith to whom such labor as this would prove a blessing. The very youth of these consecrated young men and women will often be a source of encouragement and help to the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 10)
And each worker, as he goes forth to this labor, should realize that he is as surely sent of God as were the first disciples. God’s eye follows them; His Spirit goes with them. To those who accept His great commission, He gives the assurance: “Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] “He that dwelleth in the secret place of the Most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty;” the psalmist declares, “I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress, my God, in Him will I trust. Surely He shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler and from the noisome pestilence: He shall cover thee with His feathers, and under His wings shalt thou trust; His truth shall be thy shield and buckler.” [Psalm 91:1-4.] Servants of God, you have great advantages, which you should appreciate.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 11)
I am thankful when I think of the advantages enjoyed by the schools that are established near our sanitariums, so that the work of the two educational institutions can blend. The students in these schools, while gaining an education in the knowledge of present truth, can also learn how to be ministers of healing to those whom they go forth to serve. The prayer of Christ includes such work as this: “Neither pray I for these alone,” He said, “but for them also that shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee; that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them; and Thou in Me; that they may be made perfect in one: that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me; and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:20-23.]
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 12)
What a glorious request for all who hide their life with Christ in God. What a prospect it opens before the sincere believer. What privileges, what heights and depths of experience it assures to us. We are to become in every sense laborers together with God. Shall we through the perfection that there is in Christ reach this high standard?
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 13)
A good education in all phases of the truth means more than many of us realize. Yet with all the knowledge we may gain, we shall never realize the purpose of God for us unless we become partakers of His divine nature. Where is our faith? Where are the works that should correspond with our faith? We should be living each day as in the sight of God, becoming messengers of peace to those who need Him. We have only a little time now in which to receive from God light and wisdom for the souls who are in error. If we will exercise faith in God, our faith will increase.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 14)
Again and again I am instructed to present to our churches the work that should be done for the cities. Let us encourage a spirit of consecration and earnest seeking after God in our schools and sanitariums. We need to feel the deep movings of the Spirit of God in our midst. Then humble workers will be encouraged to offer themselves in faith to the service of God. They will do this, not for the wages they receive, but out of sincere love for sinsick, suffering souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 15)
If ever there was a time when our work should be done under the special direction of the Spirit of God, it is now. Let those who are living at their ease, arouse. Let our sanitariums become what they should be—homes where healing is ministered to sinsick souls. And this will be done when the workers have a living connection with the great Healer.
(23LtMs, Ms 5, 1908, 16)
Ms 7, 1908
Enter the Cities NP February 24, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 32-33, 46-47, 64-65; MM 263. +
Again and again I am instructed to present to our churches the work that should be done in our large cities. There is a great work to be done, not only where we have churches already established, but also in places where the truth has never been fully presented. Right in our midst there are heathen as verily as in far off lands. The way must be opened to reach these with the truth for this time; and these openings should be made at once. Mission work should be done in all our large cities. There is special talent among us for this line of labor, and this talent should be educated and trained.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 1)
The ministers who hover over the churches are accomplishing little good for church members unless they encourage and teach the people to do practical missionary work. Every minister should now feel that there is a greater work for him to do than to repeat again and again the same sermons to the people. Unless earnest effort is combined with diligent study of the Scriptures in the experience of church members, lasting results will not be accomplished.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 2)
Home Missions! Everywhere I want to raise the cry. To teachers in our schools, to ministers and physicians and nurses, I would say, If you will, you can succeed in revealing the truths of the third angel’s message. This will not be done merely by preaching the Word, but by deeds of loving ministry. It is the Spirit of the Word that we so greatly need. Those who have the Spirit of Christ will work His works.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 3)
I have been instructed to refer our people to the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Read this chapter carefully, and understand the kind of ministry that will bring life into the churches. The work of the gospel is to be carried by means of our liberality as well as by our labors. When you meet suffering souls who need help, give it them. When you find those who are hungry, feed them. In doing this you will be working in lines of Christ’s ministry. The Master’s holy work was a benevolent work. Let our people everywhere by encouraged to have a part in it.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 4)
It is not the duty of conference officers to lay restraining hands on the work being done in our cities. By the strange forbiddings that have been exercised in some places, Satan has been seeking to hedge up the way of the truth. The people need no encouragement to inactivity. They have already delayed many years to do the work that God has given them. Again and again have the needs of our large cities been presented to our people. Yet little has been done. The message now comes, Clear the King’s highway. God calls for missionaries to enter the cities without delay. Looking to Him for counsel and direction, workers are to go forth in a spirit of faith and prayer.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 5)
Every conference, whether large of small, is responsible for earnest, solemn work in preparing a people for the coming of Christ. Those churches in the conference that are willing to work, and are in need of help in order to know how to do effective work, should have the needed assistance. Let every conference worker become wide-awake to make his conference an intensely active agency for the upbuilding of the work of God. Let every church member become a working member, to build up spiritual interests. In holy love, by humble prayer and earnest work, let the ministers act their part. These, our last efforts for the work of God in the earth, must bear the impress of the divine.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 6)
A very different class of education from that which has prevailed in the past needs to be given to our youth; and this work should begin in the home life. There are many parents who need to awake and be converted. Both parents and children have a special work to do for their home church; but before we can have a model church, we must have model homes. Let every family mark on the doorposts that the blood of Jesus Christ is their safeguard. When lives of consecration and obedience are lived in the homes of our people, the results will be seen in a perfect church.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 7)
There are many who seem to feel a great zeal for work far away, but who neglect the duties and opportunities right at hand. These should be led to see that missionary work begins at home. Let every member of the family, and especially the older members, work diligently and patiently and kindly to pick up the dropped stitches in the family weaving. Let each seek the Lord with full purpose of heart, as servants of the Lord, learning the servant’s duty to control the words and actions.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 8)
The lessons of God’s Word are to be patiently learned. Those who succeed in the work of overcoming will begin with self. Think what kind of heaven we would have if all who now reveal unsubdued wills and speak harsh and hasty words were permitted to associate together in the heavenly courts. But this will never be. Now is our time, now is our opportunity to form characters that will fit us for association with the heavenly family. We must each learn, right here in this life, that the highest aim of the Christian should be to possess the beauty of a Christlike character. Just what we are in disposition when Christ comes, we will remain.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 9)
“Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,” was the command of Christ to His disciples. [Mark 16:15.] What are our churches doing to fulfil this commission? The heathen are dying without the gospel, and the unconverted are right among us, in our towns and cities. Preach the gospel to these. Live it before them, carry it into their homes. Into every household “the gospel of the kingdom” is to be carried. [Matthew 4:23.] And many of these souls must be taught as you would teach little children.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 10)
God expects us to help the work of missions in foreign countries more and more; and while we do this, we are not to neglect the work that lies nearest. Just as verily as there is work to be done in heathen lands, there is also a work to be carried forward in our own cities. I call upon our people not to allow themselves to lose sight of their home duties. Moreover, our work in foreign fields will not suffer because we take up our neglected duties at home, but it will receive fresh life through the revival of the home churches.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 11)
Many of our church members need to be reconverted. They need to divest themselves of selfishness. When this change is experienced, the money now expended unnecessarily for ornaments and trimmings will be devoted to the work of God. Let our church members seek for this genuine conversion.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 12)
My brethren, enter the cities while you can. In the cities that have been already entered, there are many who have never heard the message of truth. Some who have heard have been converted, and some have died in the faith. There are many others who, if they were given an opportunity, might hear and accept the message of salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 13)
Often we have been told that our cities are to hear the message, but how slow we are to heed the instruction. I saw One standing on a high platform with arms extended. He turned and pointed in every direction, saying, “A world perishing in ignorance of God’s holy law, and Seventh-day Adventists are asleep.” The Lord is pleading for laborers; for there is a great work to be done. There are conversions to be made that will add to the church such as shall be saved. Men and women in the highways and byways are to be reached. We read of Christ’s labors: “Jesus went through all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.” [Matthew 9:35.] Just such a work as this is to be done in our cities and villages, in the highways and hedges. The gospel of the third angel’s is to be carried to all classes.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 14)
We are far behind in following the light God has given regarding the working of our large cities. The time is coming when laws will be framed that will close doors now open to the message.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 15)
We need to arouse to earnest effort now, while the angels of God are waiting to give their wonderful aid to all who will labor to arouse the consciences of men and women regarding righteousness, temperance, and judgment to come.
(23LtMs, Ms 7, 1908, 16)
Ms 9, 1908
A Message to the Churches St. Helena, California February 10, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 17MR 162-165.
“Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city: for henceforth there shall no more come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean. Shake thyself from the dust; arise, and sit down, O Jerusalem: loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion. For thus saith the Lord, ye have sold yourselves for naught; and ye shall be redeemed without money.” [Isaiah 52:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 1)
The Lord has instructed me to say to our churches: There is no safety in placing confidence in human wisdom or strength. “Whom shall He teach knowledge?” the prophet Isaiah asks; “and whom shall He make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk and drawn from the breasts. For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little and there a little; for with stammering lips and another tongue will He speak to the people. To whom He said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest: and this is the refreshing; yet ye would not hear. But the word of the Lord was unto them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little; that they might go and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken.” [Isaiah 28:9-13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 2)
“Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that rule this people that is in Jerusalem. Because ye have said, We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we at agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us. For we have made lies our refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves; Therefore thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I lay in Zion for a foundation, a stone, a tried stone, a sure foundation: he that believeth shall not make haste. Judgment also will I lay to the line, and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding place.” [Verses 14-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 3)
The figures here used by the prophet are representations of spiritual things. “Who among us,” he asks, “shall dwell with the devouring fire? Who among us shall dwell with everlasting burnings? He that walketh righteously, and speaketh uprightly; he that despiseth the gain of oppression, that shaketh his hands from holding of bribes, that stoppeth his ears from hearing of blood, and shutteth his eyes from seeing evil; he shall dwell on high; his place of defence shall be the munitions of rocks: bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure. Thine eyes shall see the King in His beauty; they shall behold the land that is very far off.” [Isaiah 33:14-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 4)
The Kingdom of Christ
The government of the kingdom of Christ is like no earthly government. It is a representation of the characters of those who compose the kingdom. “Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God,” Christ asked, “and with what likeness shall we compare it?” [Mark 4:30.] He could find nothing on earth that would serve as a perfect comparison. His court is one where holy love presides, and whose offices and appointments are graced by the exercise of charity. He charges His servants to bring pity and lovingkindness, His own attributes, into all their office work, and to find their happiness and satisfaction in reflecting the love and tender compassion of the divine nature on all with whom they associate.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 5)
“Look unto Zion, the city of our solemnities,” the prophet continues; “thine eyes shall see Jerusalem a quiet habitation, a tabernacle that shall not be broken down; not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed, neither shall any of the cords thereof be broken. But there the glorious Lord will be unto us as a place of broad rivers and streams, wherein shall go no galley with oars, neither shall gallant ships pass thereby; for the Lord is our judge, the Lord is our lawgiver, the Lord is our king; He will save us.... The inhabitants shall not say, I am sick: the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity.” [Isaiah 33:20-22, 24.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 6)
“Be ye glad and rejoice forever, in the things which I create,” the Lord exhorts; “for, behold, I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and her people a joy. And I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in My people: and the voice of weeping shall be no more heard in hear, nor the voice of crying. There shall be no more thence an infant of days, nor an old man that hath not filled his days: for the child shall die an hundred years old, but the sinner, being an hundred years old, shall be accursed.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 7)
“And they shall build houses, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them. They shall not build, and another inhabit; they shall not plant, and another eat: for as the days of a tree are the days of My people; and Mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands. They shall not labor in vain, nor bring forth for trouble; for they are the seed of the blessed of the Lord, and their offspring with them.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 8)
“And it shall come to pass, that before they call, I will answer; and while they are yet speaking, I will hear. The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock: and dust shall be the serpent’s meat. They shall not hurt nor destroy in all My holy mountain, saith the Lord.” [Isaiah 65:18-25.]
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 9)
The power of Christ alone can work the transformation in heart and mind that all must experience who would partake with Him of the new life in the kingdom of God. “Except a man be born again,” the Saviour said, “he cannot enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [See John 3:3, 5.] The religion that comes from God is the only religion that can lead to God. In order to serve Him aright, we must be born of the divine Spirit. This will purify the heart and renew the mind and give us a new capacity for knowing and loving God. It will give us willing obedience to all His requirements. This is true worship.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 10)
Privileges and Duties of Believers
Every converted soul should labor for unity of spirit and action with the One who prayed that He and His disciples might be one. The followers of Christ do His cause decided injury when they follow the customs and habits of the world. Truth that is not lived, that is not imparted to others, loses its life-giving power, its healing virtue. Every one must learn to work and to stand in his place as a burden bearer. Every addition to the church should be one more agency for the carrying out of the great plan of redemption. The entire church, acting as one, blending in perfect union, is to be a living, active missionary agency, moved and controlled by the Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 11)
Having acknowledged Christ as the Saviour of the world, the disciples were charged to prove before men their claims, by representing in their lives the beauty and purity of His character. They had been called to repentance and had been baptized in His name. In His name they were to call others to repentance. And all who would accept the offer of forgiveness were to be baptized in the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. By this ordinance, believers were to be admitted to church fellowship; and from this time of open profession, a divine change was to be revealed in their lives. As members of Christ’s church on earth, they were to represent the principles of His church in heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 12)
Speaking to His church, Christ said, “And I say unto you, That if ye shall agree on earth as touching anything that ye shall ask, it shall be done of My Father which is in heaven; for where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Matthew 18:19, 20.] The professing Christian, who is not a Christian in practice, is not included in this promise. It is only when the voice of the church becomes the voice of Christ, that the promise can be received in its fulness.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 13)
The upbuilding of the kingdom of God is retarded or urged forward according to the unfaithfulness or fidelity of human agencies. The work is hindered by the failure of the human to co-operate with the divine. Men may pray, “Thy kingdom come; Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven” [Matthew 6:10]; but if they fail of acting out this prayer in their lives, their petitions will be fruitless.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 14)
Church Discipline
Let none speak lightly of the duty of the church to administer censure and rebuke; neither let them criticize the action of the church when this painful task becomes necessary. Christ has given plain instruction regarding the duty of the church toward those who, while professing to be loyal members, are bringing dishonor to the cause of God by their course of action. “Every plant which My Heavenly Father hath not planted,” He says, “shall be rooted up.” [Matthew 15:13.] God has commanded that those who prove themselves unworthy of church fellowship shall be separated from His body. Those who speak against the exercise of this authority speak against the authority of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 15)
The one who first brought temptation into the courts of heaven is constantly working against the peace and prosperity of the church on earth. To those who will listen to his words, Satan represents the authority of the church as harsh and lacking in sympathy, because it seeks to free the members from corrupting influences. It was Satan’s purpose in heaven to dethrone God and himself take the place of the Most High. He failed in this purpose and was cast out from the heavenly courts; and since that time he has tried to instil in the hearts of men and women the belief that God is arbitrary and harsh in His dealings with His creatures.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 16)
The church does injustice to God when it allows to exist as part of itself elements that are bringing dishonor to His cause. In the responsibilities God has laid upon His church, He gives to each individual a part to act, with encouragement to draw upon the wisdom of God for His help. But there are those who depart from the way of the Lord and who take sides with the tempter and his sympathizers; and there should be those in the church who in the fear of God will act with justice and righteousness and faithfulness in administering reproof.
(23LtMs, Ms 9, 1908, 17)
Ms 11, 1908
The Regions Beyond St. Helena, California February 15, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 19-20, 60, 428; MM 322-323; 6BC 1104; 1MR 192-193. +
The Lord has marked every phase of the missionary zeal that has been manifested by His people in behalf of foreign fields. He designs that in every home, in every church, and at all the centers of the work, a spirit of liberality shall be exercised in sending help to foreign countries, where the workers are struggling against great odds to communicate light to the people who sit in darkness.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 1)
Christ calls upon every human agency to co-operate with Him in His work of restoration. The express image of the Father, He came to earth that He might restore the moral image of God in man. Through Him, fallen man may take hold of divinity, cultivate His grace and perfection, and through Him become partaker of the divine nature. Learning obedience to the law of God, man may be stamped with perfection of character, the image of the divine. Behold Christ in His earthly life, raising up the fallen, bringing hope to the hopeless, and placing the feet of the straying ones in sure paths. This is He whom we are to copy and serve. He will imbue every sincere worker with His grace; for He knows the needs of every soul; and He is a pitying Elder Brother.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 2)
Every believer should feel himself greatly favored in being called a child of God. God is not in His holy place in a state of solitary grandeur, but is surrounded by ten thousands of His angels who wait to do His bidding. The Father is represented as bending from His throne earthward, to listen to the cries of His children. He sends divine help to every needy, praying, believing soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 3)
We have cause for deep gratitude that our heavenly Father knows our needs, and that He does not appoint erring man to rule in His service, and to follow their own inclinations as the dispensers of His goods. Should He do this, He would open the way for selfishness to rule in His work. Men are prone to make mistakes in the disposition of the treasures entrusted to them. They are inclined to follow their human impulses, giving to one a special preference, while to another fully as worthy they may choose to give a meager consideration. If such principles were allowed to rule, great dishonor would be done to God, and cries of wretchedness and suffering would come up to Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 4)
If we would be workers together with God, we must be fitted for His service by an individual consecration and sanctification to His will. We need to experience daily in our souls an unfailing flow of His goodness and love; then we can be ministers of righteousness and goodness to men.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 5)
“Son of man,” the prophet Ezekiel writes, “I have made thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore hear the word at My mouth, and give them warning from Me. When I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely die; and thou givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked way, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in his iniquity, but his blood will I require at thine hand. Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his wickedness, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul. Again, when a righteous man doth turn from his righteousness, and commit iniquity, and I lay a stumblingblock before him, he shall die; because thou hast not given him warning, he shall die in his sin; and his righteousness which he hath done shall not be remembered; but his blood will I require at thine hand. Nevertheless if thou warn the righteous man, that the righteous sin not, and he doth not sin, he shall surely live, because he is warned; also thou hast delivered thy soul.” [Ezekiel 3:17-21.] In these words there is no encouragement for the worker who is unfaithful in his labors.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 6)
I have recently been reading something that I wrote in Australia regarding our experiences in foreign fields. In reviewing our experiences in that field, I see how much more might have been accomplished could we have had more financial help at a time when the field was ready for advance moves. But there was such a dearth of means that we could not extend our labors as we desired. Brethren, let not selfish motives lead you to withhold the funds that are needed in unworked fields. When we are tempted to withhold that which is needed in foreign fields, let us study the eighth and ninth chapters of Second Corinthians, and learn to emulate the liberal spirit which made the Macedonians willing to give “beyond their power” to the cause that called for their assistance. [2 Corinthians 8:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 7)
I have had presented to me the danger of withholding the tithe that should be used for the working of new fields. There is means now tied up that should be in use for the unworked cities in Europe, , and America, and in the regions beyond. These cities have been neglected for years. The angels of God are waiting for us to give our labors for their inhabitants. From town to town, from city to city, from country to country, the warning message is to be proclaimed, not with outward display, but in the power of the Spirit, by men of faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 8)
And it is necessary that the best kind of labor be given. The time has come, the important time, when through God’s messengers the scroll is being unrolled to the world. The truth comprised in the first, second, and third angels’ messages must go to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people; it must lighten the darkness of every continent and extend to the islands of the sea. Nothing of human invention must be allowed to retard this work. That this may be accomplished, there is need of cultivated and consecrated talent; there is need of persons who can do excellent work in the meekness of Christ, because self is hid in Christ. Novices cannot acceptably do the work of unfolding the hidden treasures to enrich souls in spiritual things. “Consider what I say; and the Lord give thee understanding in all things.... Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” [2 Timothy 2:7, 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 9)
Let there be the wisest planning for the success of the work. Decided efforts should be made to open new fields in the north, the south, the east, and the west. The need of thoroughly warning the cities is a work that has been brought before us for the last twenty years. The longer these cities are neglected, the more difficult will it be to reach the people; but if a thorough work is done, and done speedily, there will be conversions to the truth. The fact that the presentation of the truth has been so long neglected should appeal to our ministers and workers to enter these fields and not give up the work until they have clearly given the message.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 10)
All the preaching in the world will not make men feel deeply the need of perishing souls around them. Nothing will so arouse in men and women a self-sacrificing zeal as to send them forth into new fields to work for those in darkness. Prepare workers to go out in the highways and hedges. We need wise nurserymen who will transplant trees to different localities and give them advantages that they may grow. It is the positive duty of God’s people to go into the regions beyond. Let forces be set at work to clear new ground, to establish new centers of influence wherever an opening can be found. Rally workers who possess true missionary zeal, and let them go forth to diffuse light and knowledge far and near. Let them take the living principles of health reform into the communities that to a large degree are ignorant of these principles.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 11)
There should be no delay in this work. Workers should be chosen who are fully consecrated, and who understand the sacredness and importance of the work. Do not send those who are not qualified in these respects. We want men who will push the triumphs of the cross; men who will persevere under discouragements and privations; men who will have the zeal and resolution and faith that are indispensable in the missionary field. And to those who do not engage personally in the work, I would say, Do not hinder those who are willing to work, but give them your encouragement and support.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 12)
After a time, as the work advances, schools will be established in many cities, where workers can be quickly educated and trained for service. The students and their teachers can go out with our publications and spread the truth by means of the printed page. Desirable places can be secured for meetings to be held, and here the people can be invited to gather. Let those who are fitted for the work, the young and the middle aged, act a disinterested, unselfish part in laboring for the fields white for the harvest that are yet unworked.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 13)
In following up the interest after a camp-meeting, helpers are needed in various lines, and these occasions should be as a training school for workers. Let young men work in connection with experienced laborers who will pray with them and patiently instruct them. Consecrated women should engage in Bible work from house to house. Some of the workers should act as colporteurs, selling our literature, and giving judiciously to those who cannot buy.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 14)
Many young men who have had the right kind of education at home are to be trained for service and encouraged to lift the standard of truth in new places by well-planned and faithful work. These young men, by associating with our ministers and experienced workers in city work, will gain the best kind of training. Acting under divine guidance, and sustained by the prayers and counsel of their more-experienced fellow workers, they may do a good and blessed work. As they unite their labors with those of the older workers, using their youthful energies to the very best account, they will have the companionship of heavenly angels; and as workers together with God, it is their privilege to sing and pray and believe and work with courage and with freedom. The confidence and trust that the presence of heavenly agencies will bring to them and to their fellow workers will lead to prayer and praise and the simplicity of true faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 15)
I am instructed to point our ministers to the unworked cities and to urge them by every possible means to open the way for the presentation of the truth. In some of the cities where the message of the second coming of the Lord was first given, we are compelled to take up the work as if we were in a new country. How much longer will these barren fields, these unworked cities, be passed by? Without delay, the sowing of the seed should begin in many, many places.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 16)
I have been instructed that there is something wrong in the way that financial matters have been carried in some of our conferences. I was shown that spiritual interests have been lost sight of and that the very work that is most essential and urgent has been neglected and bears the mark of imperfection. The zeal exercised by some in gathering and hoarding as much means as possible to make a good showing financially, and that men in important positions might appear as good generals, was a sad mistaking of the true interests of the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 17)
More and more we must come to realize that the means that comes into the conference in the tithes and gifts of our people should be used for the support of the work, not only in the American cities, but also in foreign fields. Let the means so zealously collected be unselfishly distributed. Those who realize the needs of mission fields will not be tempted to use the tithe for that which is not necessary. All may be tempted to be selfish in the use of their means, but they will gain strength to resist these temptations as they study the needs of the fields that have little labor given them. My brethren, let your means be freely given, and the Lord will bless your offerings. God is looking for these offerings, and angels of God are impressing the hearts of those for whose sake they are given.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 18)
I leave this matter with you, urging you to work in faith and clearness of mind. To be teachable in spirit is to be wise unto salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 11, 1908, 19)
Ms 13, 1908
An Appeal for the Madison School NP March 25, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in PM 31; 7MR 195.
I am acquainted with the necessities of the work being done by Brethren Magan and Sutherland at Madison, Tennessee; for the Lord has presented this matter clearly before me.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 1)
In their efforts to build up the school at Berrien Springs, these brethren nearly sacrificed their lives. Those who took up the work of the Emmanuel Missionary College after them had the benefit of their pioneer labors, and Brethren Sutherland and Magan began work in a new and more difficult field.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 2)
Light has been given that a great work was to be done in and about Nashville. A printing plant was established there. This city was to hear the final gospel message to be given to the world. When Brethren Sutherland and Magan were looking for a place where a school might be established, they found the place where the school is now located. The price was moderate, and the advantages were many. I was shown that we should secure the property for the school, and I advised them to look no further.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 3)
In their work at Madison, Brethren Sutherland and Magan and their associates have borne trial nobly. They have taught the students to raise their own crops, to build their own houses, and to care wisely for cattle and poultry. The students have been learning to become self-supporting, and a more important training than that they could not receive. Thus they have obtained a valuable education for useful labor in missionary fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 4)
There have been plenty of discouraging words spoken regarding the work at Madison; and compared with the importance of the work, very little help has been given. When I have heard words calculated to discourage the workers at Madison, I have felt it my duty to say to the workers there, Have courage in the Lord, and do your best. And in the results that have attended their efforts, the Lord has given evidence that His blessing has rested upon their labors. It has been demonstrated that at the Madison school an all-round education can be given that will fit the students for efficient work in other fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 5)
Now a modest sanitarium is being built, and a more commodious school building. These are necessary to carry on aright the work of education. In the past, Brethren Sutherland and Magan have used their tact and ability in raising means for the work in other places. They have worked and planned for the good of the cause as a whole. And the time has now come when these faithful workers should receive from their brethren, the Lord’s stewards, means which they need to carry on the work of the Madison School and the little Madison Sanitarium successfully.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 6)
I appeal to our brethren to whom the Lord has entrusted the talent of means. Will you now help the workers at Madison, who have been instrumental in raising means for many enterprises? As the Lord’s messenger, I ask you to help the Madison School now. This is its time of need. The money which you possess is the Lord’s entrusted capital. It should be held in readiness to answer the call in places where the Lord has need of it.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 7)
The necessities of the Madison School call for immediate help. Brethren, work while the day lasts; for the night cometh, when no man can work. We hope that no means will be drawn from you to help those who have gone out from us because they are not of us. There are many needy missionary fields that call for our help. The message of present truth must be carried to those who have never heard it. We pray that the Lord will give you wisdom to place your means where it will build up the cause of God in the earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 8)
There is another matter I desire to write about. I desire to secure means that I can use for the publication of my books. I have much matter written which should come before the church and the world; but I have not the means with which to publish these writings.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 9)
I have been instructed to publish the early experiences of the cause of present truth, showing why we stand, as we do, a people separate and distinct from the world. Few of the men who led out in the proclamation of the message are now living; but I have kept in my diaries an account of many precious experiences. These are now being prepared for the press. Will some one loan me, at a low rate of interest, the means to help in doing this work that needs to be done in bringing these things before the people? While Satan is stirring up many to depart from the faith, I am bidden to republish the experiences of the past and give the message of warning God sends, showing the dangers of the present time and what will be in the future.
(23LtMs, Ms 13, 1908, 10)
Ms 15, 1908
The Need of Watchfulness NP March 30, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in HP 256; ML 32-33; CTr 219; 7MR 45. +
Never was there a time when Christian men and women, in all walks of life, were in so great need as now of clear, spiritual eyesight. It is not safe to lose sight of Christ for one moment. His followers must pray, and believe, and love Him fervently.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 1)
A very thorough work must be done in cleansing the soul-temple from its natural depravity. The Christian must be wide-awake to resist the increeping of a spirit of licentiousness among those who claim to be sanctified. When our hearts are clean, washed and made white by the blood of the Lamb, the work will go forward in our experience that was outlined in the wonderful prayer of Christ: “For their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:19.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 2)
What shall be said regarding the man who has been greatly blessed as a teacher of righteousness, yet who in time of temptation is betrayed into a sinful course? Satan in the form of an heavenly angel has come to him, as he approached Christ in the wilderness of temptation, and he has gained the victory.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 3)
Coming to the Son of God, the great deceiver claimed to be commissioned by the Father with a message to the Saviour. He need no longer hunger. “If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread.” [Matthew 4:3.] But by such an act as this, Christ would have broken His promise that He would never exercise His divine power in order to escape any difficulty or suffering that man in his humanity must meet. “It is written,” He replied to the tempter, “Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” [Verse 4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 4)
Jesus met Satan with the words of Scripture. “It is written,” He said. In every temptation the weapon of His warfare was in the Word of God. Satan demanded of Christ a miracle as a sign of His divinity. But that which is greater than all miracles, a firm reliance upon a “Thus saith the Lord,” was a sign that could not be controverted. So long as Christ held to this position, the tempter could gain no advantage.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 5)
It was in the time of greatest weakness that Christ was assailed by the fiercest temptations. Thus Satan thought to prevail. By this policy he had gained the victory over man. When strength failed, and the will power weakened, and faith ceased to repose in God, then those who had stood long and valiantly for the right were overcome. Moses was wearied with the forty years’ wandering of Israel, when for the moment his faith let go its hold upon infinite power. He failed just upon the borders of the promised land. So with Elijah who had stood undaunted before King Ahab, who had faced the whole nation of Israel with the four hundred and fifty prophets of Baal at their head. After that terrible day upon Carmel, when the false prophets had been slain and the people had declared their allegiance to God, Elijah fled for his life before the threats of idolatrous Jezebel. Thus Satan has taken advantage of the weakness of humanity. And he will still work in the same way. Whenever one is encompassed with clouds, perplexed by circumstances, or afflicted by poverty or distress, Satan is at hand to tempt and annoy. He attacks our weak points of character. He seeks to shake our confidence in God, who suffers such a condition of things to exist. We are tempted to distrust God, to question His love. Often the tempter comes to us as he came to Christ, arraying before us our weakness and infirmities. He hopes to discourage the soul and to break our hold upon God. Then he is sure of his prey. If we would meet him as Jesus did, we should escape many a defeat. By parleying with the enemy, we give him an advantage.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 6)
“Then the devil taketh Him unto the holy city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down; for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee; And in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone.” [Verses 5, 6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 7)
Again the temptation is prefaced with the insinuation of distrust, “If Thou be the Son of God.” Christ was tempted to answer the “if”; but He refrained from the slightest acceptance of the doubt. He would not imperil His life in order to give evidence to Satan. “It is written,” He declared, “Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” [Verse 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 8)
Jesus was victor in the second temptation, and now Satan manifests himself in his true character. But he does not appear as a hideous monster with cloven feet and bat’s wings. He is a mighty angel, though fallen. He avows himself the leader of rebellion and the god of this world.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 9)
Placing Jesus on a high mountain, Satan caused the kingdoms of the world in all their glory to pass in a panoramic view before Him. The sunlight lay on templed cities, marble palaces, fertile fields, and fruit-laden vineyards. The traces of evil were hidden. The eye of Jesus, so lately greeted by gloom and desolation, now gazed upon a scene of unsurpassed loveliness and prosperity. Then the tempter’s voice was heard: “All this power will I give Thee, and the glory of them; for that is delivered unto me: and to whomsoever I will I give it. If Thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be Thine.” [Verses 8, 9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 10)
The strength of this temptation to the Saviour was greater than the human mind can understand. Christ’s mission could be fulfilled only through suffering. Before Him was a life of sorrow, hardship and conflict, and an ignominious death. He must bear the sins of the world. He must endure separation from the Father’s love. Now the tempter offered to yield up the power he had usurped. Christ might deliver Himself from the dreadful future by acknowledging the supremacy of Satan. But to do this was to yield the victory in the great controversy. It was in seeking to exalt himself above the Son of God that Satan had sinned in heaven. Should he prevail now, it would be the triumph of rebellion.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 11)
Christ declared to the tempter, “Get thee behind Me, Satan; for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Verse 10.] Satan had questioned whether Jesus were the Son of God. In his summary dismissal, he had proof that he could not gainsay. Divinity flashed through suffering humanity. Satan had no power to resist the command. Writhing with humiliation and rage, he was forced to withdraw from the presence of the world’s Redeemer. Christ’s victory was as complete as had been Adam’s failure.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 12)
So we may resist temptation and force Satan to depart from us. Jesus gained the victory through submission and faith in God, and by the apostle He says to us, “Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” [James 4:7.] We cannot save ourselves from the tempter’s power; he has conquered humanity, and when we try to stand in our own strength, we shall become a prey to his devices; but “the name of the Lord is a strong tower; the righteous runneth into it, and are safe.” [Proverbs 18:10.] Satan trembles and flees before the weakest soul who finds refuge in that mighty name.
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 13)
It is those who have had the most light that Satan most assiduously seeks to ensnare. He knows that if he can deceive them, they will, under his control, clothe sin with garments of righteousness and lead many astray. I say to all, Be on your guard; for as an angel of light, Satan is walking in every assembly of Christian workers, and in every church, trying to win the members to his side. I am bidden to give to the people of God the warning, “Be not deceived; God is not mocked.” [Galatians 6:7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 15, 1908, 14)
Ms 16, 1908
Arbitrary Control St. Helena, California March 1908 Previously unpublished.
I thank the Lord that He has given me strength to do His will and that on this first Sabbath in Oakland I was able to speak distinctly to a crowded congregation in the new church. I did not have any special effort to make. The words came readily. Dores Robinson took the discourse.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 1)
I feel deeply the need of a special effort being made in the spiritual reviving of the third angel’s message in all our churches. Business meetings should not be entered into as they have been in our camp-meetings. These seasons of gathering should now, as never before, be seasons of deep searching of heart. Do not defer this spiritual examination until the meeting is about ready to close. At the very beginning of the meeting, let there be heart searching. Earnest work is to be begun to cure the alienation one with another, not by talking the matter over and over, but [by] letting every soul seek the Lord for his individual self.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 2)
We need the strength of every worker, and none are prepared to work unless they first empty the heart of self. Seek the Lord while He may be found. Humble the heart before God. The light given me is that the Lord is willing to give, but there is now a work to be done represented in Revelation 3.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 3)
“And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.”Revelation 3:1-3.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 4)
This describes the position of the church in Oakland. For the past three years there has been coming in a spirit which the Lord does not accept. The men who have been in the most responsible positions have carried things in a strong way. The Lord has not given them any such work to do. Men have been permitted to occupy responsible places who have not a sense of what these responsible positions embraced. They were taking upon themselves work to do—to guard ministers and people, that they should be dependent upon the president of the conference to define their work and not to engage in the work unless they should first ask permission of the ones taking charge of the conference. These overseers were to be voice and judgment. This has made them rulers of ministers and church members.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 5)
Threats have been made that if they [the overseers] were not consulated and permission obtained to go to certain places—that if they [the ministers] went without thus consulting, and when and where the Lord would have them—they should not have wages. I am to say to those who have withheld means from the ones who have been fulfilling the requirements of the Word that would bring souls to the truth, that they have been under the condemnation of God for their assumed power of authority.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 6)
The Lord had a message for me to bear that the work that has been carried on for the last three years, of man dominating over the flock of God, was now to be no longer tolerated. Again and again messages have been borne in various places that forbid man’s ruling over the servants of God in religious matters. But all the messages given were disregarded and were not of any force to these men. My soul has been burdened grievously. The same ruling of man has been kept up through years, but the underworking of the men ruling in office was to carry the impression that the testimony of Sister White was no longer of force. This underworking was bringing unbelief in the testimonies, and what could correct the evil?
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 7)
When men are placed in office year after year without faithful, close investigation of the result of their work, it is a mistake. They place a mold upon the work after their own similitude of character; and light has been given me the last three years of this kind of work being carried on, until through their representations, ministers and physicians were inoculated with their poison of unbelief. These men in office have heard the testimonies God has given me under the influence of His Holy Spirit. They gave no heed to the testimonies, but were sowing their tares of unbelief, and many minds have been poisoned.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 8)
Their unbelief has become as the sowing of tares among the wheat during these years past, until the message came to me from the Lord, and in decided, forcible words, that I must bear a message to those men who were sowing the tares of unbelief and carrying a dominating power, that the Lord would not accept their services officiating another year. Never were they to link up together to spoil the churches with their misrepresentations and will power.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 9)
And the men who should have stood firm as a rock against this evil work had received the words of these two men—Elder Corliss and Elder Knox. They have done their work, and those who have drunk of their words have lost faith in the testimonies God has given. Now it will take time, as soon as it is proper, to listen to the evidence in misrepresentations, falsifying and affirming their own position until the Lord has said, I will not accept their work in any position unless they humble their hearts. They should have been separated from the work long ago. Say to My people, the words these men have spoken are out of their own minds and hearts to sow the seeds of questioning and doubt. Elder Corliss and Elder Knox, especially, should not be entrusted with the flock of God. The word spoken has shown their neglect to heed any message God may send to correct their evil work.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 10)
None but men who are daily learning lessons from the Great Teacher can be true and sound, as Christian gentlemen. A neglect to conform in every particular to God’s requirements means certain failure in managing the Lord’s work. Having failed to give heed to the messages the Lord has sent for the benefit of His people for more than half a century, it would be a dishonor to God to have them acknowledged in any line as accepted laborers. They trusted themselves, failing to heed the words the Lord has given His servant to speak the last three years. They have strengthened themselves in their own will and purposes and ways, refusing to heed the words of warning and to surrender their will and unsanctified course of action. They make grave mistakes in exhibition of self. They have both spoiled the work in their hands, being untrue to principle and exalting self, unsanctified self. God refuses to connect with them unless they repent and are converted.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 11)
The sin both are guilty of is rejecting the message God has given His people for the last half a century. The sin that is most hopeless and incurable is self-conceit. This sin stands in the way of all spiritual growth. He who is imbued with self-sufficiency cannot see that the work he has chosen spoils the flock of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 12)
Now the sad part of this is that all these years the flock of God has been spoiled as far as these men’s influence is concerned. In words and in spirit and self-confidence they are placing themselves where they will mislead others. I have said the Great Teacher bore long, waiting for fruit unto repentance. While occupying positions in connection with the work of God, these men have heard the straightforward messages I have given them over and over. God has borne long with them. Men placed in high positions of responsibility have not borne fruit God can accept. They were not left in darkness. They were standing in positions of high, sacred trust, and yet the fruit was not such as would glorify God, because they bore wild fruit. The words spoken have had their influence because of their position.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 13)
I have much on my mind, but I am not able to present it. That which I have spoken and written to them has been treated by them as idle tales. The Lord weighs the men in the balances of His sanctuary. You have both given your example to others, and you have leavened the flock of God. Now my work is largely increased to counterwork your work because of your influence on the flock of God in works and words given in your three years’ service.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 14)
The Lord said to me, “These men are spoiling the flock of God by their words and works, so that many are becoming confused, unable to distinguish righteousness from unrighteousness. He sees and does not accept. They have been misled by selfish, ambitious projects. They are deceived and continuing to be deceived. If after the light I shall give you for them they still fail to distinguish right from wrong in betraying the cause of God, they are to be disconnected from the work, and they shall not serve another year. The sooner they are disconnected from the work, the purer and more elevated will be the character of the work in the future. They who would place more confidence in their own judgment than in the message I have given My servant to bear reveal that they have not spiritual discernment. They have lost the gem of discernment and have been accepting wages as if they were to be trusted as faithful guardians when they have developed this specious unbelief. They cannot distinguish between righteousness and truth and falsehood and error. And unless they repent, evil angels will be their teachers to misled those who have not discernment to judge between truth and righteousness and error and falsehood.”
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 15)
There are those who will be confirmed in their unbelief, and I am to speak thus plainly to guard the flock of God strenuously. Some will have received such impressions during these three years of service that they will never become straight again. The apprentices that have been under discipline to the influences they have received must now by decided action be retaught the right way.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 16)
Oh, how much I have suffered during the last two and three years at the thought that the man put in as president was not fitted for such a place, did not carry the work of God intelligently in his mind, [so] that he could work as with an eye single to the glory of God. No man who himself refuses to be led should in any case be retained after one year’s trial in any important position as leader unless he carries the burden of his responsibilities. Elder Knox has been in his position as president of the conference, working with a determination to carry his ideas concerning Elder Rice and wife, whose work has been acceptable to God as set forth in Isaiah 58:6-14. The work that has been done has been a good work. Plenty of testimony has been borne, and the Lord accepts their work.
(23LtMs, Ms 16, 1908, 17)
Ms 17, 1908
The Work in California St. Helena, California February 15, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 307; ML 42; 6BC 1059; MR311 20. +
My soul is burdened and distressed, because of the way in which the work of our cause in California has been managed for the past three years. It has been laid out before me that there has been a lack of spiritual discernment. A man-ruling power has held sway, and it has injured the sound judgment of some who have carried responsibilities. The outworking of this power has been an offense to God. Men have exercised authority over the Lord’s heritage, according to their own disposition, and this has in some cases made religious liberty an impossibility.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 1)
This work did not originate with the Author of our salvation. The Lord forbids everything of this order. The message has been given me that the placing of such power in the hands of men is a work that should be rebuked. God has given to no human agency the right to be conscience for his fellow man. Again and again He has instructed me to point out the defects in the experience and the management of some who have been placed in positions of trust.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 2)
It is greatly to be deplored that the influence and labors of some have not led the church members to unity of action in the work of soul-saving. The experience of some in church work has not been such as to prepare them to receive the “well done, good and faithful servant.” [Matthew 25:23.] May the Lord carry on a work of thorough reformation in the hearts and lives of those who have been given great light, but who have refused to repent and be converted! Their position and influence mean much to members of our churches.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 3)
The men composing the conference committee should be men of ability. They are called by God to take their place in the work, not like Aaron to assist in a work of idolatry, but to build up the cause of God in right lines.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 4)
It should not be the chief consideration of conference officers to collect and save up money, for then the real work of the conference, the salvation of souls, will become a matter of secondary importance. Our people should never be permitted to lose sight of a world shrouded in darkness, waiting for the light of the gospel message.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 5)
What a change would have been seen in this conference, if all its laborers, with truly converted hearts, had worked with zeal and sanctified ability! Men and women would have been converted to the truth through the preaching of the Word, and these would have reached out for others. Many souls would have been converted, and all would have brought additional revenue to the cause of God in their tithes and offerings.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 6)
The character of the economy, which has sometimes been revealed in gathering up means, is an offense to God. He says, “The gold and the silver is Mine.” [Haggai 2:8.] Religious and spiritual interests must not be subordinated to the saving of the means gathered into the conference treasury, that the officers may stand high in the estimation of the people as good financiers. The Lord looks beneath the surface, and He does not approve of such financiering.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 7)
The Lord demands that in His servants shall be found a spirit that is quick to feel the value of souls, quick to discern the duties to be done, quick to respond to the obligation which the Lord lays upon them. There must be a devotion that will regard no earthly interest of sufficient value to take the place of the work to be done in winning souls to a knowledge of the truth. It is a sad fact that the importance of the responsibilities laid upon the workers for the salvation of souls has in some cases been lost sight of in the desire to save all the money possible; and, as a result, some who ought to have entered the field have lost heart. I have been shown that the desire to save money, by paying some of the ministers an insufficient salary, has resulted sometimes in serious depression and has brought upon some faithful laborers much heavier burdens than they needed to have borne; and as a result, the progress of the progress of the work has been seriously retarded. This is displeasing to God.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 8)
If more earnest revival efforts had been made, many who are now living in unbelief would have come to a knowledge of the truth. If special efforts had been made by the circulation of our publications, by the giving of Bible readings, and by faithful, untiring ministry as Christ gave example, many, very many would have been converted to the truth, and these in turn would have labored for their friends. Said Christ, “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 9)
Many unfortunate experiences have come into the work in the past three years, and these would have continued to occur in the future had not the Lord laid the burden upon my soul, saying, Give the message to the conference that there would have been many souls brought to a knowledge of the truth if human yokes had not been placed upon the necks of some of God’s workers. The Lord saith, “I will move upon human minds to go to places where help is needed, to hold meetings, and to bear testimony where My Spirit shall direct.”
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 10)
The Lord knows how to direct and where to send His workers, just as verily as He knew how to direct His servants in the days when He was on earth. Had the workers in California relied more upon the guidance and instruction of the Lord, and less on the judgment of men, hundreds more would have been brought to Christ, and these in turn would have labored for the salvation of their friends.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 11)
The spiritual phase of every meeting should always be regarded as of the highest importance. The souls under conviction of the truth need to be visited and labored for. Sinners need a special work done for them, that they may be converted and baptized. The Scriptures should be explained to them, and they should be prayed with. Nothing should be done to discourage or restrict Christian activity, but the workers should be encouraged to do all in their power to advance the kingdom of Christ. Ministers should be encouraged to extend their labors far and near. How few have seen the great need of promptness and faithfulness in this work, which means the saving of souls!
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 12)
The workers in the cause of God, if they work wisely, will not fail to follow up by personal labor the interests of the meetings held. They will continue their efforts for the people after they have returned to their homes. The Lord would have been pleased if much more of this kind of work had been done. The tent-meetings laid increased responsibility upon those whom the Lord was moving to visit and labor for souls. But some who should have done this house-to-house work with the interested ones have been disheartened and discouraged by their severe encounter with opposing parties.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 13)
I urge our workers to read in Acts the record of how wonderfully the Lord worked for one who was seeking after light. “And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down unto Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went: and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot reading Esaias the prophet.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 14)
“Then the Spirit of the Lord said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 15)
“The place of the Scripture where he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so openeth He not His mouth: in His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare His generation? For His life is taken from the earth. And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? Of himself, or of some other man? Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same Scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 16)
“And as they went their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. And he commanded the chariot to stand still, and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch, and he baptized him. And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing.” [Acts 8:26-39.]
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 17)
The Lord has His angels in the earth today, ministering, although unseen, to the servants of God. Sometimes they speak to men in person, taking the form of men.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 18)
We have another record of the Lord’s work through the agency of angels, in the account of Saul’s conversion, recorded in the ninth chapter of Acts. Here again we are led to see the wonderful connection there is between the heavenly agencies and the earthly. Saul, he who had stood by, consenting, at the stoning of Stephen, was not content to leave the people of God undisturbed. “Breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, Saul went unto the high priest, and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound unto Jerusalem.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 19)
“And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus: and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me?
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 20)
“And he said, Who art Thou, Lord?
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 21)
“And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 22)
“And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 23)
“And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 24)
“And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing no man. And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man: but they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. And he was three days without sight, and neither did eat nor drink.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 25)
“And there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hand on him, that he might receive his sight.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 26)
“Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to Thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on Thy name. But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto Me, to bear My name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: for I will show him how great things he must suffer for My name’s sake.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 27)
“And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized. And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. And straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that He is the Son of God. But all that heard him were amazed, and said; Is not this he that destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound unto the chief priests? But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is very Christ.” [Verses 1-22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 28)
In the tenth chapter of Acts we have still another instance of the ministration of heavenly angels, resulting in the conversion of Cornelius and his company. Let these chapters be read and receive special attention. In them we see that heaven is much nearer to the Christian who is engaged in the work of soul-saving then many suppose. We should learn through them the lesson, also, of God’s regard for every human being, and that each should treat his fellow man as one of the Lord’s instrumentalities for the accomplishment of His work in the earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 29)
The light of prophecy still burns for the guidance of souls, saying, “This is the way; walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] It shines on the pathway of the just to commend, and on the way of the unjust to lead to repentance and conversion. Through its agency sin will be rebuked and iniquity unmasked. It is progressive in the performance of its duty to reflect light on the past, the present, and the future. The light of truth, Bible truth, will sustain the workers under the great responsibilities that they are called upon to bear. God is working out His great plan for eternity, and His agencies are to be multiplied. We are all acting our part in obedience to the laws of cause and effect.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 30)
Our workers need to experience the baptism of the Holy Spirit. Many need to have a reconversion, a reconsecration to God’s service, to be led and controlled by His will. Now and ever let your trust be in the One who understands the working of every human heart. The Lord is soon to come, and every soul is to be under His control. Let us now arouse to the work before us with energy, letting the truth go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 31)
Lay not up your increase in lands or houses or bank-stock. There is a grand and wonderful work for the salvation of men to be done that calls for your means—a work that has been neglected for years. I urge you to put away every extravagance. Let your food be in harmony with the light God has given on health reform. The Lord asks you to break the yoke of custom. Let us become in every sense of the word health reformers. Let us so live that we can come to the Lord with confidence, knowing that we have heeded the light the Lord has given upon health reform.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 32)
A knowledge of the truth calls for those who profess to believe in it to take up their appointed work for the arousing of the world. They are to labor to fulfil the Word, “The earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord.” [Numbers 14:21.] The worker may ask, “Who is sufficient for these things?” [2 Corinthians 2:16.] The only way to enter heaven is by the strait gate and the narrow way. If men would be saved, they must be converted to God’s plans.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 33)
Independent Action
My brethren, there is to be no independent action in the work of God. We are to understand that we are a part of God’s great sacred plan and work. Our religious experience is to be in strict conformity to the Word, in which are defined the principles of mercy and the love of God. God calls upon His people to unify as the burdens of the work press upon them. They should engage often in earnest, humble prayer. There should not be made one careless, indifferent move, or one selfish proposition, that would hurt or cut off the influence of one of the Lord’s purchased possessions. I have been shown that the truth is to reveal its consecrating influence by creating in the lives of the believers examples of conscientiousness which will be maintained under every circumstance. Truth is to be revealed as truth that sanctifies the receiver. I have been grieved to see, at times, the banner of truth trailing, as it were, in the dust. Uplift the standard!
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 34)
The missionary work that should have been developed among us is not seen as it should have existed. Genuine piety has lessened in the hearts of many, instead of having increased. There has been a loss of genuine simplicity. There is not that understanding of how to win souls that should be revealed. The proper methods for the strengthening of true devotion have not been followed. A true understanding of what God requires of His people will show that there are many who need to be converted. When the mind is under the control of the will of God, laborers will have success in their work, but not until then. The Lord has no use in His work for those who feel satisfied with their labors.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 35)
We are part of the most wonderful plan that has ever been devised. None can be stationary. Until the end, each must either be going backward or continually advancing. The object of this great plan is unity. Unity must be among the Lord’s workers. We need to be very careful how we treat the Lord’s purchased possessions; for unless the Lord is the controlling power in our work, serious mistakes will be made. His purchased possession is very dear to the heart of Christ, and those who make the work of His faithful ones hard and trying will be called to account for their actions. Those who have pledged themselves by baptism to be true to God must be faithful in acting their appointed part. They are to exert a sanctified influence and give an example of the working out of pure, unselfish, noble principles. In an example of this character, God is glorified because of His grace imparted for the salvation of men.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 36)
The wonderful plan of God for the human family is being worked out when His people reveal that hallowed, benevolent character that was manifested in the life of Christ, given for the saving of a fallen world. He designs that every church member shall reveal such a clean, holy spirit, that the character of Christ can be traced in his lifework.
(23LtMs, Ms 17, 1908, 37)
Ms 19, 1908
A Broader View NP April 17, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 9T 76-80.
In carrying forward the Lord’s work at home and abroad, those in positions of responsibility must plan wisely so as to make the best possible use of men and of means. The burden of sustaining the work in many of the foreign fields must be largely borne by our conferences in the homeland. These conferences should have means with which to assist in opening new fields where the testing truths of the third angel’s message have never yet penetrated. Within the past few years, doors have been thrown open as if by magic, and men and women are needed to enter these doors and begin earnest work for the salvation of souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 1)
Our educational institutions can do much toward meeting the demand for trained workers for the mission fields. Wise plans should be laid to strengthen the work done in our training centers. Study should be given to the best methods for fitting consecrated young men and young women to bear responsibility and to win souls for Christ. They should be taught how to meet the people and how to present the third angel’s message in an attractive manner. And in the management of financial matters, they should be taught lessons that will help them when they are sent to isolated fields where they must suffer many privations and practice the strictest economy.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 2)
The Lord has instituted a plan whereby many of the students in our schools can learn practical lessons needful to success in afterlife. He has given us the privilege of handling precious books that have been dedicated for the advancement of our educational and sanitarium work. In the very handling of these books, the youth will meet with many experiences that will teach them how to cope with problems that await them in the regions beyond. During their school life, as they handle these books, many may learn how to approach people courteously and how to exercise tact in conversing with them on different points of present truth. And as they meet with a degree of success financially, some will learn lessons of thrift and economy, which will be of great advantage to them when they are sent out as missionaries.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 3)
The students who take up the work of selling Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing will need to study the book they expect to sell. As they familiarize their minds with the subject matter of the book in hand, and endeavor to practice its teachings, they will develop in knowledge and spiritual power. The messages in these books are the light that God has revealed to me to give to the world. The teachers in our schools should encourage the students to make a careful study of every chapter. They should teach these truths to their students and seek to inspire the youth with a love for the precious thoughts the Lord has entrusted to us to communicate to the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 4)
Thus the preparation for handling these books, and the daily experiences gained while bringing them to the attention of the people, will prove an invaluable schooling to those who take part in this line of effort. Under the blessing of God, the youth will obtain a fitting up for service in the Lord’s vineyard.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 5)
There is a special work to be done for our young people by those bearing responsibility in local churches throughout the conferences. When the church officers see promising youth who are desirous of fitting themselves for usefulness in the Lord’s service, but whose parents are unable to send them to school, they have a duty to perform in studying how to give help and encouragement. They should take counsel with parents and youth and unite in planning wisely. Some youth may be best fitted to engage in home missionary work. There is a wide field of usefulness in the distribution of our literature and in bringing the third angel’s message to the attention of friends and neighbors. Other youth should be encouraged to enter the canvassing work, to sell our larger books. Some may have qualifications that would make them valuable helpers in our institutions. And in many instances, if promising youth were wisely encouraged and properly directed, they could be led to earn their own schooling by taking up the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons or Ministry of Healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 6)
In selling these books, the youth would be acting as missionaries; for they would be bringing precious light to the notice of the people of the world. At the same time, they would be earning money to enable them to attend school, where they could continue their preparation for wider usefulness in the Lord’s cause. In the school, they would receive encouragement and inspiration from teachers and students to continue their work of selling books; and when the time came for them to leave school, they would have received a practical training, fitting them for hard, earnest, self-sacrificing labor that has to be done in many foreign fields, where the third angel’s message must be carried under difficult and trying circumstances.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 7)
How much better is this plan than for students to go through school without obtaining a practical education in field work and, at the end of their course, leave under a burden of debt, with but little realization of the difficulties they will have to meet in new and untried fields! How hard it will be for them to meet the financial problems that are connected with pioneer work in foreign lands! And what a burden some one will have to carry until the debts incurred by the student have been paid!
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 8)
On the other hand, how much might be gained if the self-supporting plan were followed! The student would often be enabled to leave the educational institution, nearly or wholly free from personal indebtedness; the finances of the school would be in a more prosperous condition; and the lessons learned by the student while passing through these experiences in the home field would be of untold value to him in foreign fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 9)
Let wise plans now be laid to help worthy students to earn their own schooling by handling these books, if they so desire. Those who earn sufficient means in this way to pay their way through a course at one of our training-schools will gain a most valuable practical experience that will help fit them for pioneer missionary work in other fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 10)
A great work is to be done in our world in a short time, and we must study to understand and appreciate, more than we have in past years, the providence of God in placing in our hands the precious volumes Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing as a means of helping worthy students to meet their expenses while in training, as well as a means of liquidating the indebtedness on our educational and medical institutions.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 11)
Great blessings are in store for us, as we wisely handle these precious books given us for the advancement of the cause of present truth. And as we labor in accordance with the Lord’s plan, we shall find that many consecrated youth will be fitted to enter the regions beyond as practical missionaries; and, at the same time, the conferences in the home field will have means with which to contribute liberally to the support of the work that shall be undertaken in new territory.
(23LtMs, Ms 19, 1908, 12)
Ms 21, 1908
To Ministers, Physicians, and Teachers in Southern California NP 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 397-398; SpTB #10 42-48.
The men who stand as leaders in any part of the solemn work of the last gospel message must cultivate and cherish broad views and ideas. It is the privilege of all who bear responsibilities in the work of the gospel to be apt learners in the school of Christ. The professed follower of Christ must not be led by the dictates of his own will; his mind must be trained to think Christ’s thoughts and enlightened to comprehend the will and way of God. Such a believer will be a follower of Christ’s methods of work.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 1)
Provision for Our Schools
Our brethren should not forget that the wisdom of God has made provision for our schools in a way that will bring blessing to all who participate in the enterprise. The book Christ’s Object Lessons was donated to the educational work, that the students and other friends of the schools might handle these books and, by their sale, raise much of the means needed to lift the school indebtedness. But this plan has not been presented to our schools as it should have been; the teachers and students have not been educated to take hold of this book and courageously push its sale for the benefit of the educational work.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 2)
Long ago the teachers and students in our schools should have learned to take advantage of the opportunity to raise means by the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. In selling these books, the students will serve the cause of God, and, while doing this, by the dissemination of precious light, they will learn invaluable lessons in Christian experience. All our schools should now come into line and earnestly endeavor to carry out the plan presented to us for the education of the workers, for the relief of the schools, and for the winning of souls to the cause of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 3)
In the cities of Riverside, Redlands, and San Bernardino, a mission field is open to us that we have as yet only touched with the tips of our fingers. A good work has been done there as far as our workers have had encouragement to do it; but there is need of means to carry the work forward successfully. It was God’s purpose that by the sale of Ministry of Healing and Christ’s Object Lessons much means should be raised for the work of our sanitariums and schools, and that our people would thereby be left more free to donate of their means for the opening of the work in new missionary fields. If our people will now engage in the sale of these books as they ought, we shall have much more means to carry the work in the way the Lord designed.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 4)
Wherever the work of selling Christ’s Object Lessons has been taken hold of in earnest, the book has done good. And the lessons that have been learned by those who have engaged in this work have well repaid their efforts. And now our people should all be encouraged to take part in this special missionary effort. Light has been given me that in every possible way instruction should be given to our people as to the best methods of presenting these books to the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 5)
I have been instructed that at our large gatherings, workers should be present who will teach our people how to sow the seeds of truth. This means more than instructing them how to sell the Signs of the Times and other periodicals. It includes thorough instruction in how to handle such books as Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing. These are books which contain precious truths, and from which the reader can draw lessons of highest value.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 6)
Why was not some one appointed at your recent camp-meeting to present the interests of this line of work to our people? In your failure to do this, you lost a precious opportunity to place large blessings within the reach of the people; and you also lost an opportunity of raising means for the relief of our institutions. My brethren, let us encourage our people to take up this work without further delay.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 7)
There are some who have had experience in the sale of health foods who should now interest themselves in the sale of our precious books; for in them is food unto eternal life. Los Angeles has been presented to me as a very fruitful field for the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing. The thousands of transient residents and visitors would be benefited by the lessons they contain; and those who bear responsibilities in our sanitariums should act wisely in this matter, encouraging all—nurses, helpers, and students—to gather by this means as much as possible of the money required to meet the expenses of the different institutions.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 8)
We have need of workers in Southern California who have clear, spiritual eyesight, men who will weigh matters wisely and who can discern what is needed both nigh and afar off. If our workers were more fully consecrated to the cause of God, a much more effective work would be done.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 9)
Why are our people so slow to understand what the Lord would have them do? Our leading workers should prepare beforehand to use their opportunities at our large and small gatherings to present these books to our people and call for volunteers who will engage in their sale. When this work is entered into with the earnestness which our times demand, the indebtedness which now rests upon our schools will be greatly lessened. And then the people who are now being called upon to give largely of their means to support these institutions will be free to turn a larger part of their offerings to missionary work in other needy places, where special efforts have not yet been made.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 10)
Great good will result from bringing these books to the attention of the leaders in the Woman’s Christian Temperance Union. We should invite these workers to our meetings and give them an opportunity to become acquainted with our people. Place these precious books in their hands, and tell them the story of their gift to the cause, and its results. Explain how, by the sale of Ministry of Healing, patients may be brought to the sanitarium for healing who could never get there unaided and how, through this means, assistance will be rendered in the establishment of sanitariums in places where they are greatly needed. If our sanitariums are wisely managed by men and women who have the fear of God before them, they will be the means of bringing us in connection with workers in the W.C.T.U.; and these workers will not be slow to see the advantage of the medical branch of our work. As a result of their contact with our medical work, some of them will learn truths that they need to know for the perfection of Christian character.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 11)
One point that should never be forgotten by our workers is that the Lord Jesus Christ is our chief director. He has outlined a plan by which the schools may be relieved of their indebtedness, and He will not vindicate the course of those who lay this plan aside for lack of confidence in its success. When His people will come up unitedly to the help of His cause in the earth, no good thing that God has promised will be withheld from them.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 12)
In a place like Los Angeles, where the population is constantly changing, a wonderful opportunity is presented for the sale of our books. A great loss has been sustained because our people have not more fully embraced this opportunity. Why should not the teachers and students from the San Fernando school make Los Angeles a special field for the sale of Object Lessons? If with earnestness and faith they will work out the plan that has been given us for the use of this book, angels of God will attend their steps and the blessing of heaven will be upon their efforts.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 13)
It would have been an excellent thing if the teachers of the San Fernando school had, during the vacation, availed themselves of this opportunity to push the work with Christ’s Object Lessons. They would have found a blessing in going out with the students and teaching them how to meet the people and how to introduce the book. The story of the gift of the book and its object would lead some to have a special interest in the book, and in the school for which it is sold. Why have not the teachers in our schools done more of this work? If our people would only realize it, there is no more acceptable work to be done in the home field than to engage in the sale of Object Lessons; for while they are thus helping to carry out the Lord’s plan for the relief of our schools, they are also bringing the precious truths of the Word of God to the attention of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 14)
The indifference that has been manifested by some toward this enterprise is displeasing to God. He desires that it shall be recognized by all our people as His method of relieving our schools from debt. It is because this plan has been neglected that we now feel so keenly our lack of means for the advancing work. Had the schools availed themselves of the provision thus made for them, there would be more money in the school treasury and more money in the hands of His people to relieve the necessities of other needy departments of the cause; and, best of all, teachers and students would have received the very lessons that they needed to learn in the Master’s service.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 15)
I send you these lines because I see that there is need of a deeper intuition, a wider perception on the part of our medical and educational workers, if they would get all the benefit that God intends shall come to them through the use of Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing. I ask you, my brethren, to read these words to our people, that they may learn to show the spirit of wisdom, and of power, and of a sound mind.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 16)
The book Ministry of Healing was given to the sanitariums to sustain them in their work. If skill and invention is used in getting this book into the hands of the people, I shall be very thankful. Both Ministry of Healing and Christ’s Object Lessons are books that outside people need. I am desirous of seeing our schools and sanitariums helped by their sale.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 17)
I am pained at heart that these books are not being sold more disinterestedly for the benefit of our educational and sanitarium work. At the time of the camp-meeting, special effort should be made by the students and others to bring these books into the hands of the people. In this way they will not only be doing good missionary work, but will be helping to relieve the indebtedness on our institutions. I cannot understand why this work is neglected, in view of the fact that when the work has been entered into in the past, there have been such ready sales.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 18)
October 24, 1907 Sanitarium, California *****
Our sanitariums are most important agencies for the promulgation of the message of truth in the earth; they are to be made a success in every way. Had your mind been unprejudiced, you would have discerned the Lord’s plan for the students in the sale of the books Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing, in order that the sanitariums and schools might be helped and that the students might receive an essential experience. The students should be encouraged to enter upon their mission with these two books, after having received instruction in the way they should be handled.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 19)
We have the highest authority for the prosecution of this work. Those who go forth to engage in the sale of these books will find many open doors for Christian service; and they will be doing the very work which Christ instructed His disciples to do in His last great commission: “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 20)
As they canvass for the books, the way will be opened for the students to give instruction in the truth. Opportunities will be given them to care for and treat the sick; and they will do this work, knowing that the great Medical Missionary is presiding over each case. Impressions will be made on the minds of the sufferers that the human agent alone could never make.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 21)
Christ Himself is present at the bedside of the sick to suggest ways of ministry; and the efforts made for the relief of the sufferer will preach a sermon more powerful than any words could be.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 22)
Thus the missionary pioneer will open many a door for service; and the presence with him of the great Missionary, and the power which He bestows, will be constantly enlarging the worker’s sphere of usefulness.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 23)
The gospel of health is to be given to all nations in true simplicity, without the use of poisonous drugs. And a large work for the cause of truth will be accomplished through this medium. Skill in treating the sick without the use of drugs will give Christ opportunity to work through those who go forth to labor both in healing of disease and in the preaching of the gospel. This is why our sanitariums and schools should be conducted on educational lines, and why their work should blend in perfect harmony. The students who come to the school for training are to have the advantage of knowing how to treat the sick; this knowledge combined with the education obtained in their school work will make their training a perfect whole. This is regarded in the heavenly courts as the higher education.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 24)
January 10, 1908 Sanitarium, California *****
The book Christ’s Object Lessons might have had a wide circulation in the South for the benefit of the southern schools. But instead of this enterprise’s being energetically pushed, territorial rights have been contended for and the field has been left unworked. It is true that organization and method must be maintained in the various lines of our work; but because undue importance has been attached to territorial claims, many have been deprived of the instruction that this precious book contains. My brethren, let these books be circulated in every possible place. “Faith without works is dead.” [James 2:20.] Who will now engage in this work with a true missionary spirit? Who will study to bring in ingenious methods by which this book may be brought before all classes?
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 25)
At our large gatherings, men of wisdom and experience should be chosen to present Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing before the people, and to call for those who will take a part in circulating them. If this plan had been faithfully followed in the past, we might now have humble places of worship and schools in many places where the colored people would be receiving an education in the principles of present truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 26)
October 2, 1907 Sanitarium, California *****
The Sale of Object Lessons
My soul is drawn out in behalf of our brethren who are struggling against great financial difficulties in the establishment and maintenance of schools for the education of our youth. To these I am instructed to say, Let not your interest flag. There is a reward to be given the faithful laborer. Let it be remembered that the nearer we are to the coming of the Lord, the more devotedly and earnestly we are to give ourselves to the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 27)
The times call for action that our schools may be freed from debt and provided with facilities for the acceptable doing of their work. The book Christ’s Object Lessons has been a gift to our schools. Many souls have been converted through the reading of the book, and thousands of dollars have come to our training schools. The good work of selling this book in behalf of our educational work should continue.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 28)
With earnest effort, men, women, and children; teachers, students, ministers, and physicians, if they will take up the work in faith, can sell many copies of this excellent book. Tell the people that you are selling the book to help carry forward the Lord’s work, that its sale will help in the training of young men and young women for missionary service.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 29)
In like manner let our people engage in the work of selling Ministry of Healing. From the light given me, I know that much may be accomplished for our sanitariums and our schools if these two books are sold disinterestedly. I have done what I could in the gift of the manuscripts, and I know the Lord will bless those who with a spirit of self-denial and earnest endeavor will place the books in the hands of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 30)
Broader Plans Should Be Laid
Wise plans must be laid for the circulation of these relief books, because if handled properly, their sale will be large.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 31)
Teachers, if you will take hold of this work with courage and faith, the Lord will certainly help you. We see schools falling behind in efficiency because they are cramped financially. Why do they not use the very means provided by the Lord for their upbuilding? In many places money is needed to complete the good work already begun.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 32)
Every effort possible should now be made to advance the work of God. Soon circumstances will arise which will make it more difficult than it is now to present the truth to many who are at present within our reach. Most earnest efforts should be put forth in Washington, in Boston, in Nashville, St. Louis, New Orleans, and in many other large cities. A comprehensive work will be accomplished when men and women stand in their places, faithfully doing their part. There is a call for hundreds of young men and women to be educated and trained for service. Shall we not rally to the work of freeing our schools from debt?
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 33)
“Awake, thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall give thee light.” [Ephesians 5:14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 34)
The Washington School
In every place where a school is established, the book Christ’s Object Lessons should be circulated as the Lord’s appointed agency for financial help. The school at Takoma Park needs the blessing to be gained from a well-planned, systematic campaign for the sale of this book. And the experience that is to be gained by seeking to place it in the homes of the people will be of great value to the students.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 35)
None should feel that this work is beneath them. All who take part in it should realize that two important objects are being gained. They are raising funds to help strengthen the school, and they are giving precious truth to the people. In the past the Lord has given special blessings to those who have engaged in the sale of these books for the relief of our institutions.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 36)
Our training school for missionaries in Washington will need many facilities. Let every effort be put forth to make of this school what it ought to be. Let us give it the help that will enable it to carry the students higher and still higher. Thousands of dollars may be raised for the assistance of this school if the work of selling Object Lessons is taken hold of with a spirit of earnestness and prayer. Let those who engage in this work feel their constant need of divine assistance and of an increase of faith in God.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 37)
From the light that has been given me, I know that a much greater blessing might have been realized by our people had there been a true blending of effort by ministers, teachers, students, and all the members of the churches. Let not any one talk doubt. Let the unbelieving educate their tongues to utter the truth made plain by the parables of Christ. Those who make up their minds not to talk unbelief will gain a great blessing.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 38)
The work done in Washington is to be of a character that will warn the men who are standing in responsible positions at the head of our nation. Those who make the laws are to be shown that the Lord God of heaven is the great Lawgiver, and that they should be careful not to say or do anything that is not in harmony with the will of the great I AM. We say to our brethren in Washington, Press in wherever you can in this important work. As you do this, you will realize that the Holy Spirit helps you to present to others precious truths, giving you words to speak that will create a favorable impression on those whom you ask to buy the book. Light will come in, faith will increase, fervency and energy will fill the heart of the worker, and great grace will be imparted.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 39)
The Huntsville School
My brethren and sisters in the South, will you not act your part in the good work of helping the Huntsville school? Have you not some time to spare in its behalf, that you can devote to the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons? By taking up this work, you will be acting as missionaries for the Lord Jesus. His approval will rest upon you as you try to assist the faithful workers in the Huntsville school. By circulating Christ’s Object Lessons, not only will you be helping the Huntsville school, but you will be placing in the hands of men and women a book containing the most precious, spiritual instruction.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 40)
The Huntsville school is in need of help. Let our people take hold earnestly of the circulation of Object Lessons in its behalf. If you will act your part faithfully, the school can have the equipment that it so much needs. Christ says to His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world.”“Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 41)
The Graysville School
The Graysville school has received some help in the past from the sale of Object Lessons in the Southern Union Conference. But the work is nearly at a standstill. Why have the teachers and students of the Graysville school manifested so little interest in this work?
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 42)
From this time forward, let the other schools have a part in the labors and benefits of this work, and let the work be revived throughout the field.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 43)
At the camp-meetings and other large gatherings, chosen men should be present to handle our relief books. The cities of the South have been presented to me as good fields for the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 44)
The Mission Schools
There are many mission schools to be established in the South; and by engaging in the sale of Object Lessons, you may help forward this needy work. Let not those living where there is no school feel that no duty in this matter rests upon them. There are many, many uneducated children and youth who need the advantages of our mission schools.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 45)
The Madison School
I would present to your notice also the school that Brethren Magan and Sutherland are working so hard to establish at Madison, Tennessee.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 46)
The Lord would have our people in the South, old and young, obtain the precious experience that is to be gained by selling the book Christ’s Object Lessons. In His wisdom, Christ has given you this work to do; and by its performance you will obtain most valuable lessons in Christian experience and will bring means in for the relief of our schools. Let us study this matter faithfully to see if we have done all we could in our vicinity to circulate Christ’s Object Lessons. This is a fruitful, evangelistic work. May the Lord stir up the minds of our people to take hold of it anew and act their part in diffusing the precious light.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 47)
The study of the parables, as presented in this book, will remove many difficulties from minds. It is one of the means ordained of God for reaching the people, for overcoming prejudice, and for introducing Bible truth into the homes of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 21, 1908, 48)
October 3, 1907 Sanitarium, California
Ms 23, 1908
Circulate the Publications NP May 4, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 9T 65-75. +
In the night of March 3, 1907, many things were revealed to me regarding the value of our publications on present truth and the small effort that is being made by our brethren and sisters in the churches for their wise circulation.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 1)
I have been repeatedly shown that our presses should now be constantly employed in publishing light and truth. This is a time of spiritual darkness in the churches of the world. Ignorance of divine things has hidden God and the truth from view. The forces of evil are gathering in strength. Satan flatters his co-workers that he will do a work that will captivate the world. While partial inactivity has come upon the church, Satan and his host are intensely active. The professed Christian churches are not converting the world; for they are themselves corrupted with selfishness and pride and need to feel the converting power of God in their midst before they can lead others to a purer or higher standard.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 2)
An Encouraging Experience
The afternoon of March 3 I spent in counsel with Brother and Sister Haskell, discussing the work in Oakland and their plans to go east to spend some time in south Lancaster. After our visit I was weary and retired early. I was suffering with rheumatism in my left side and could get no rest because of the pain. I turned from side to side, trying to find ease from the suffering. There was a pain in my heart that portended no good for me. At last I fell asleep.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 3)
About half-past nine I attempted to turn myself, and as I did so, I became aware that my body was entirely free from pain. As I turned from side to side, and moved my hands, I experienced an extraordinary freedom and lightness that I cannot describe. The room was filled with light, a most beautiful, soft, azure light, and I seemed to be in the arms of heavenly beings.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 4)
This peculiar light I have experienced in the past in times of special blessing; but this time it was more distinct, more impressive, and I felt such peace, peace so full and abundant no words can express it. I raised myself into a sitting posture, and I saw that I was surrounded by a bright cloud, white as snow, the edges of which were tinged with a deep pink. The softest, sweetest music was filling the air, and I recognized the music as the singing of the angels. Then a voice spoke to me, saying, “Fear not; I am your Saviour. Holy angels are all about you.”
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 5)
“Then this is heaven,” I said, “and now I can be at rest. I shall have no more messages to bear, no more misrepresentations to endure. Everything will be easy now, and I shall enjoy peace and rest. O what inexpressible peace fills my soul! Is this indeed heaven? Am I one of God’s little children, and will I always have this peace?”
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 6)
The voice replied, “Your work is not yet done.”
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 7)
Again I fell asleep, and when I awoke, I heard music, and I wanted to sing. Then some one passed my door, and I wondered if they saw the light. After a time the light passed away, but the peace remained.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 8)
After a while I fell asleep again. This time I seemed to be in a council meeting where our book work was being discussed. There were a number of our brethren present, leaders in our work; and Elder Haskell and his wife were there consulting together with the brethren about the circulation of our books, tracts, and periodicals.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 9)
Elder Haskell was presenting strong reasons why the books which contain the knowledge that has been communicated to Sister White, the books containing the special message to come to the world at this present time, should be more freely circulated. Why, he inquired, do not our people appreciate and circulate more widely the books bearing the divine credentials? Why is not a specialty made of the books containing the warnings regarding Satan’s work? Why do we not give greater effort to circulating the books that point out Satan’s plans to counterwork the work of God, that uncover his plans and point out his deceptions? The moral evils of his deceptions are to be removed by opening the eyes of the people so that they shall discern the situation and the dangers of our times; so that they shall make diligent effort to lay hold by faith upon Christ and His righteousness.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 10)
A messenger from heaven stood in our midst, and he spoke words of warning and instruction. He made us clearly understand that the gospel of the kingdom is the message for which the world is perishing, and that this message, as contained in our publications already in print, and those yet to be issued, should be circulated among the people who are nigh and afar off.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 11)
Dangers in Speculative Study
The light of truth which God designs shall come to the people of the world at this time is not that which the world’s men of learning are seeking to impart; for these men in their research often arrive at erroneous conclusions and in their study of many authors become enthused with theories that are of satanic origin. Satan, clothed with the garb of an angel of light, presents for the study of the human mind subjects that seem very interesting, and which are full of scientific mystery. In the investigation of these subjects, men are led to accept erroneous conclusions and to unite with seducing spirits in the work of propounding new theories which lead away from the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 12)
There is danger that the false sentiments expressed in the books that they have been reading will sometimes be interwoven by our ministers, teachers, and editors with their arguments, discourses, and publications, under the belief that they are the same in principle as the teachings of the Spirit of truth. The book Living Temple is an illustration of this work, the writer in its support declaring that its teachings are the same as those found in the writings of Mrs. White. Again and again we shall be called to meet the influence of men who are studying sciences of satanic origin, through which Satan is working to make a nonentity of God and of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 13)
The Father and the Son each have a personality. Christ declared, “I and My Father are one.” [John 10:30.] Yet it was the Son of God who came to the world in human form. Laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity through His infinite sacrifice might become partakers of the divine nature and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 14)
Christ was tempted in all points as man is tempted, but at no time did He bring against the tempter a railing accusation. To every temptation He presented the Word of the Lord. “It is written” was His never-failing weapon. We, as the representatives of Christ, are to meet every thrust of the enemy with the Word of the living God. Never should we allow ourselves to follow the trail of the serpent by using his scientific arguments. Satan can never gain advantage of the child of God who relies on the Word of God as his defense.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 15)
Our Counselor impressed deeply on our minds that God’s commandment-keeping people must be sanctified through the truth, and that truth must ever be given the foremost place. We must not forget that Satan still lives to exercise his deceptive power through false science.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 16)
Christ was the Majesty of heaven, the Prince of life; yet He humbled Himself as a man and became obedient to every law of God. He passed over the ground that every man must tread who takes His name and came forth from His trial pure and untainted by sin. He was our example in all things.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 17)
The first advent of Christ and His life of ministry is not studied as it should be. His life was one of self-denial, in which truth in all its noble qualities was expressed. He lived to bless humanity by every good word and work.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 18)
Dignity of the Book Work
The work of book making is a grand and good work; but it has not always stood in the high and holy position that God designed it should occupy, because self has been interwoven with the work of some who have engaged in it. The book work should be the means of quickly giving the sacred light of present truth to the world. The publications that come forth from our presses today are to be of such a character as to strengthen every pin and pillar of the faith that was established by the Word of God and by the revelations of His Spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 19)
The truth that God has given for His people in these last days should keep them firm when there come into the church those who present false theories. The truth that has stood firm against the attacks of the enemy for more than half a century must still be confidence and comfort of God’s people.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 20)
Our evidence to nonprofessors that we have the truth of the Word of God will be given in a life of strict self-denial. We must not make a mockery of our faith, but ever keep before us the example of Him who, though He was the Prince of heaven, stooped to a life of self-denial and sacrifice to vindicate the righteousness of His Father’s Word. Let us each resolve to do our best, that the light of our good works may shine forth to the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 21)
Unity and Progress
Perfect agreement should exist in the plans laid for the publication of our books and periodicals, that the light which they contain may be quickly carried everywhere, to the nominal churches and to the world. Much more should have been accomplished in the sale of our books than we see accomplished today.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 22)
Our ministers should call upon the church members to let the truth triumph. “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising.” [Isaiah 60:1-3.] Unity and love will accomplish wonderful things for the believers. Will not our churches arouse and give the last warning message to the world?
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 23)
Our Relief Books
Christ’s Object Lessons is a book that speaks for itself, and it has accomplished a good work. As it has been sold, and the object of its sale related, money has been received that has relieved the indebtedness of our schools. But more than this, many by reading the book have been blessed by its lessons of truth, and many more will be blessed by reading it.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 24)
The book Ministry of Healing may do the same work for our sanitariums and health institutions that Christ’s Object Lessons has done for our schools. This book contains the wisdom of the Great Physician. To me it has been a great privilege to donate my work on these books to the cause of God. In the future there should be a much greater effort made to increase their sale.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 25)
Lift the Debts
God designs that we shall learn lessons from the failures of the past. It is not pleasing to Him to have debts rest upon His institutions. We have reached the time when we must give character to the work by refusing to erect large and costly buildings. We are not to copy the mistakes of the past and become involved in debt. We are rather to endeavor to clear off the indebtedness that still remains on our institutions. Our churches can help in this matter if they will. Those members to whom the Lord has given means can invest their money in the cause without interest or at a low rate of interest, and by their freewill offerings they can help to support the work. The Lord asks you to return cheerfully to Him a portion of the goods He has lent you, and thus become His almoners.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 26)
Another View of the Book Work
Afterward we were in camp-meetings and in large meetings in our churches where the ministers presented clearly the perils of the times in which we live and the great importance of making haste in the circulation of our literature. In response to these appeals, the brethren and sisters came forward and purchased many books. Some took a few, and some purchased large quantities. Most of the purchasers paid for the books they took. A few arranged to pay afterward.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 27)
Because books were being sold at low prices, some being specially reduced for the occasion, many were purchased, and some by persons not of our faith. They said, It must be that these books contain a message for us. These people are willing to make sacrifices in order that we may have them, and we will secure them for ourselves and our friends.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 28)
But dissatisfaction was expressed by some of our own people. “A stop must be put to this work,” one said, “or our business will be spoiled.” As one brother was carrying away an armful of books, a canvasser laid his hand upon his arm, and said, “My brother, what are you doing with so many books?” Then I heard the voice of our Counselor, saying, “Forbid them not.” This is a work that should be done. The end is near. Already much time has been lost, when these books should have been in circulation. Sell them far and near. Scatter them like the leaves of autumn. This work is to continue without the forbiddings of anyone. Souls are perishing out of Christ. Let them be warned of His soon appearing in the clouds of heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 29)
Some of the workers continued to appear much cast down. One was weeping, and said, “These are doing the publishing work an injustice by purchasing these books at so low a price; besides, this work is depriving us of some of the revenue by which our work is sustained.” The Voice replied, “You are meeting with no loss. These workers who take the books at reduced prices could not obtain so ready sale for them except it be at this so-called sacrifice. Many are now purchasing for their friends and for themselves who otherwise would not think of buying.”
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 30)
A Caution
Then instruction was given to Elder Haskell that in his anxiety to supply the people with the precious truth contained in his books, in his desire that all should feel that the books are worth more than they cost, and that all should be encouraged to give them a wide circulation, he was selling the books too cheap and making his own burden too heavy.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 31)
Our Counselor said, The books should be sold in such a way that the author will not be left bare-handed, and that the publishing house shall have a proper margin so that it will have means to carry on its work.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 32)
A Parable for Our Study
“The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which is an householder,” Christ declared, “which went out early in the morning to hire laborers into his vineyard. And when he had agreed with the laborers for a penny a day, he sent them into his vineyard. And he went out about the third hour, and saw others standing idle in the market place, and said unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard, and whatsoever is right, I will give you. And they went their way.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 33)
“Again he went out about the sixth and ninth hour, and did likewise. And about the eleventh hour he went out, and found others standing idle, and saith to them, Why stand ye here all the day idle? They say unto him, Because no man hath hired us. He saith unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard, and whatsoever is right that shall ye receive. So when even was come, the lord of the vineyard saith unto his steward, Call the laborers, and give them their hire, beginning from the last even unto the first. And when they were come that were hired about the eleventh hour, they received every man a penny.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 34)
“But when the first came, they supposed they should have received more: and they likewise received every man a penny. And when they had received it, they murmured against the goodman of the house, saying, These last have wrought but one hour; and thou hast made them equal with us, which have borne the burden and heat of the day. But he answered one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong: didst thou not agree with me for one penny? Take that thine is, and go thy way: I will give unto these last even as unto thee. Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with mine own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? So the last shall be first, and the first last: but many be called, but few chosen.” [Matthew 20:1-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 35)
I am very desirous that the light contained in my books shall come to every soul possible; for God has sent the message for all. These books contain precious lessons in Christian experience. I would not dare forbid that these books be sold on special occasions at a low price, lest I should hinder the reading of the book, and thus withhold the light from some soul who might be converted to the truth. I have no forbiddings to place on the work of circulation of our books. Let the light be placed on the candlestick, that it may give light to all that are in the house.
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 36)
A Lesson in Commercialism
“And Jesus went into the temple of God, and cast out all them that sold doves and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the moneychangers, and the seats of them that sold doves; and said unto them, It is written, My house shall be called a house of prayer: but ye have made it a den of thieves.” [Matthew 21:12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 37)
“And the blind and the lame came to Him in the temple; and He healed them. And when the chief priests and scribes saw the wonderful things that He did, and the children crying in the temple, Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore displeased, and said unto Him, Hearest Thou what these say? And Jesus saith unto them, Yea; have ye never read, Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings Thou hast perfected praise?” [Verses 14-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 23, 1908, 38)
Ms 25, 1908
A Plea for Aggressive Work NP May 5, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 70; 5MR 111; 6MR 58.
I have received message after message that we must enlarge our plans of labor. A far greater work must be done in sowing the seed in every possible place, and especially in the cities. For years the work in the cities has been kept before our people, but the importance of this has not been fully realized. We must enter aggressively upon this work and never relax our efforts until the cities have been thoroughly warned.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 1)
I call upon our ministering brethren to consider this matter. Let strong men be appointed to work in the great centers. With them there should be associated many young men and women to labor in a humble manner in harmony with the instructions that Jesus gave His disciples when He sent them forth. If such work was necessary in His time, it is even more so now. Great ingenuity must be revealed in so presenting the words of eternal life that souls will be reached and converted. If the workers themselves are thoroughly converted, they will present the Word of truth in a spirit of tenderness that will win hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 2)
Among our churches a work needs to be done with the individual members, that they may be aroused to labor for souls. This is not a time for our ministers to spend their energies merely among those who already have a knowledge of the truth. Our church members will receive more spiritual strength by putting forth earnest efforts to help others than by listening from week to week to a sermon from some minister. The light given me is that the wickedness in the cities of San Francisco and Oakland is beyond all imagination. God’s wrath is upon many of the inhabitants of these cities. San Francisco has been visited with heavy judgments, but Oakland has been thus far mercifully spared. The time will come when our labor in these places will be cut short, therefore it is important that earnest efforts be put forth now to proclaim to their inhabitants the message of the Lord for them.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 3)
Will our brethren and sisters arouse and awake to the situation? In Oakland a deception has for years been upon ministers and people. Instead of sanctifying soul, body, and spirit to the work, and receiving in faith the messages that God has in mercy sent to them, some who have acted as guides of the churches, the shepherds of the flock, have misrepresented the work that God would have done in the hearts of the people until it has come to mean nothingness to them. As a result, there have been accepted in the churches members who were having an uncertain religious experience, and who themselves needed to have a spiritual resurrection—those who are now in need of additional labor.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 4)
These things have all been open to the One who never slumbers nor sleeps. The Lord has now wrought to bring His people to a true understanding of His methods of government. His work is to go forward. That which has been deficient and has borne the mark of pretension is now to experience decided spiritual reformations. The truth for this time is to stand forth in all its sacredness and spirituality.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 5)
There is great need that a clearer spiritual atmosphere pervade all our churches. There is need of earnest searching of the Word of truth. The believers need to be impressed with the importance of learning how to labor effectively for others; at present they carry but little burden for the souls who are in darkness.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 6)
The believers in the churches in Oakland and the surrounding cities need to have the experience that came to the early disciples on the day of Pentecost. Then in humiliation of soul and earnest, humble prayer, they will plead for the grace and power of God to be displayed for the people of Oakland and San Francisco. True, genuine labor for souls will bring men often to God in earnest prayer, with contrition of soul and a faith that takes hold of the Infinite. They will realize that the power of God alone can soften the hearts of the people. The heavenly messengers will work with sincere, humble souls. In the parable of the sower we read that the seed fell upon many kinds of soil. But if we sow diligently, some seed will fall upon good ground and will spring up and bring forth fruit abundantly.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 7)
I am instructed to say that there must be a decided change in the characters of some of the professed people of God if they are to be among the number whom Jesus will pronounce worthy to enter heaven. The Lord’s people are to carry a burden for souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 8)
“Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 9)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many shall say unto Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 10)
“Therefore, whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock. And everyone that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell; and great was the fall of it.” [Matthew 7:16-27.]
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 11)
The refining process must be carried on in our churches. Individual workers must humble themselves before God. Coarseness and roughness of character, that has come in through a neglect to watch and pray, must be purged away through the Word, that harmony and unity may be seen. The life must be purified from every semblance of sin.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 12)
Let the call be given: The end is near; get ready, get ready, get ready; for He that is to come, will come, and will not tarry. Now is the time to fill our vessels with the holy oil. The members of our churches must be cleansed from every selfish purpose. Confess your sins before God. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners, and purify your minds, ye double-minded. When you are converted, you will be laborers together with God, preparing yourself in this life to unite with the redeemed.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 13)
Here in this world we are to obtain a fitness for heaven. Seek God as you have never done before. Will you not now make certain work for eternity? Will you not read the prayer of Christ, recorded in John seventeen, and answer that prayer by an entire consecration to God? This is your only hope.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 14)
Many, many souls will be brought up on to the higher platform if they will appreciate the fact that they are to be purified, refined, sanctified. They will feel the worth of souls for whom Christ has died, and they will realize how perilous is the condition of those who are doing nothing to bring souls to Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 15)
Read and study diligently the twenty-fifth chapter of Matthew, and remember that the present is your trading time, in which you are to use your God-given capabilities for the Master. The fact that your name is in the church book will not secure you an entrance into the kingdom of heaven. How have you used your opportunities? Have you given yourself a close, critical examination? Have you asked yourself, How am I trading on my Lord’s talents? Am I putting them out to the exchangers? God rewards every servant who works with self-denying, self-sacrificing zeal for the salvation of souls. What are you as church members doing for the One who gave His life for the world? Each one who has denied himself and purified his soul through a belief of the truth will begin at once to do missionary work for those perishing in their sins.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 16)
Read the last chapter of Revelation, and let it make an impression upon heart and life and character. We are to pray earnestly and work untiringly. The time had long gone by that should have seen every church, every school, every sanitarium placed upon a much higher platform. Will every soul now make most thorough work for repentance? We have no time to dally. Purify your souls by heartfelt repentance. Ask God to forgive your unfaithful discharge of your duties. Tarry no longer in your unprepared state. Open the door of the heart, that Christ may enter.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 17)
Let every idol now be given up, and let the believers come into a position of sincere, full consecration to God. If we will do this, He will delight to bless us and acknowledge us as His people. The Holy Spirit will work through every consecrated channel. When as a people we give evidence of our faith in the wonderful truths of the Word, and give these truths to the people, many eyes now blinded will be opened to discern spiritual things. As we keep the way of the Lord to do justice and righteousness, sinners will be drawn to Christ and will be converted.
(23LtMs, Ms 25, 1908, 18)
Ms 27, 1908
Truth to Be Maintained NP May 5, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in 2MR 96.
I have warnings to give to our people. There must be greater spiritual life and character given to our exposition of the Scriptures. In every church there should be held solemn seasons of earnest prayer to heaven for special revelations of the grace of God. Let every teacher humble his own heart, subdue his own excitable temper. There is to be a more direct unveiling of truth. He who presents the truth of the prophecies in the right way will use Scripture to explain Scripture. He will make the Bible its own expositor.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 1)
The enemy is wise in the work of leading men into false paths. The twenty-ninth chapter of Isaiah brings to view conditions the workers will have to meet as they carry forward the work of the third angel’s message. The prophet declares:
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 2)
“Stay yourselves, and wonder; cry ye out, and cry: they are drunken, but not with wine; they stagger, but not with strong drink. For the Lord hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep, and hath closed your eyes: the prophets and your rulers, the seers hath He covered. And the vision of all is become unto you as the words of a book that is sealed, which men deliver to one that is learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee: and he saith, I cannot; for it is sealed: and the book is delivered to him that is not learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee: and he saith, I am not learned.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 3)
“Wherefore the Lord saith, Forasmuch as this people draw near Me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor Me, but have removed their heart far from Me, and their fear toward Me is taught by the precept of men: therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvelous work among this people, even a marvelous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall be hid. Woe unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord, and their works are in the dark, and they say, Who seeth us? and who knoweth us? Surely your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter’s clay; for shall the work say of him that made it, He made me not, or shall the things framed say of him that framed it, He had no understanding? Is it not a very little while, and Lebanon shall be turned into a fruitful field, and the fruitful field shall be esteemed as a forest?” [Verses 9-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 4)
Here are represented some of the very things that have been taking place in Battle Creek in the introduction of strange suppositions. The Lord has marked how some of the men who acted a prominent part in the leading out of the work have gradually allowed themselves to be led by Satan’s devisings. “Is it not a very little while,” the prophet asks, “and Lebanon shall be turned into a fruitful field, and the fruitful field shall be esteemed as a forest?” [Verse 17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 5)
In these words is outlined the true condition that exists among many of our people. There has come into the ranks of Seventh-day Adventists false sentiments, an inclination on the part of some ministers and physicians to abolish the light that God has been sending. Some of our leading men have been denying the faith and giving heed to fanciful and erratic teachings. This is a scheme of Satan to call the mind away from the truth and lead men to give time and thought to the study of theories that confuse the mind and leave an indistinct understanding of the way of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 6)
I am instructed to say, Repeat not these errors or false teachings, but write the truth, speak the truth. Let the Word of God speak in every place, vindicating the truth for this time. The truth will triumph. When objectionable sentiments are introduced, repeat them not in your discourses, but hold to the affirmative. The message I am instructed to give at this time is one that I have been charged again and again for many years to give. It is this: Advance the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 7)
Satan has been well pleased with the work of those men and women who have used their influence to undermine the confidence of our people in the messages the Lord is sending through the Spirit of prophecy. I have been instructed that those who have engaged in such a work should not be chosen to occupy positions as leaders; for the influence they exert, and their misstatements concerning this agency in which they have no faith, will result in making unbelief popular in our churches. Let no man or woman be entrusted with responsibility in the church who will use the advantages such a position would give them to advocate sentiments of unbelief, thus sowing the tares of heresy among believers. And it has sometimes been the case that when men have been reproved for this kind of work, they have begun a warfare against the messages sent, by making light of the warnings and reproofs.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 8)
What can be done to make these men with strong traits of character realize that they need to be reconverted? Unless this experience comes to them, they will never become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. They are wrapping themselves up in a garment of self-confidence. The messages that the Lord sends them, that they may understand how much they need to be taught of Him, they cast aside as idle tales, thus placing themselves where they will accept their own suppositions as divine revelations. With their deficient experience, they are unfitted to understand the dealings of the Lord with His people.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 9)
Great and wonderful changes are taking place in the world. Wonderful changes are also taking place among God’s professing people; and these changes God foresaw. The minds of men who once were led by the wisdom of the Word of truth are passing through dark experiences. They have followed the imagination of unsanctified wills, and that which was once accounted as precious they no longer value. They have lost their bearings. The suppositions of the great deceiver have been greedily received, because they were in accordance with their own hearts and judgment. The judgment of those who have thus allowed themselves to be deceived is no longer reliable. The fruitful field has become a forest.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 10)
“And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity, and out of darkness. The meek also shall increase their joy in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. For the terrible one is brought to nought, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth at the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought. Therefore thus saith the Lord, who redeemed Abraham, concerning the house of Jacob, Jacob shall not now be ashamed, neither shall his face now wax pale. But when he seeth his children, the work of Mine hands, in the midst of him, they shall sanctify My name, and sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, and shall fear the God of Israel. They also that erred in spirit shall come to understanding, and they that murmured shall learn doctrine.” [Verses 18-24.]
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 11)
Our brethren in positions of responsibility need to experience daily the converting power of God upon heart and mind and soul, before they can hope to advise and labor unselfishly. The kind of planning that would make one man a center and pattern cannot be carried out. This is not the way in which the Lord works. He works through different individual minds to accomplish His purposes, and in the simplest ways, that they may reflect the great outshining of His love. When one man thinks that his mind is to outline the large moves in the work of God, that his abilities are to accomplish the greatest work, he limits the power of God to fulfil His purposes in the earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 12)
God would have the truths of the third angel’s message firmly established in the hearts of His people. Not one pin or pillar of the faith He has so graciously given is to be moved. The wily foe will bring in specious arguments to substantiate the theories he desires to have take the place of truth in the minds of the people. Assertions will be made that have no foundation in truth. The words of Scripture interwoven with a mass of error will be brought forward to confuse the mind. But we might be held in controversy as long as time should last if we were to listen to all the applications of Scripture that might be made to substantiate erroneous theories.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 13)
God has not given the Scriptures that they may be used to uphold a false position that would unsettle minds regarding light that He has clearly given. If men depart from the faith they have once held, and use the Word, which once they used in confirming their faith, now to support error, they do so to their own destruction. We are forbidden by God to repeat their arguments. Yet I have been shown that this has been done by some who have accepted the false teachings of those who have departed from the faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 14)
For the past few years the work in some of our conferences has been diverted from its true object, and if permitted to go on in the same lines, the cause of truth would be greatly dishonored. The Lord would have all the workers now come into line to advance the truth as it is proved by the Word of God, and by the providence of God in His continual vindication of it.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 15)
I am instructed to warn our people against placing in high positions of trust those men and women who seem to be adrift on any points of the faith and who, if our writings did not stand as faithful witness as to what constitutes truth, would lead away from the faith. Those who know of the grand and holy work done in the past, of the experience of the past fifty years in the cause of present truth, must witness to the revelations of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 16)
I am thankful that Elder Haskell can connect with the California Conference and help to conduct the work on right lines. I have felt that he should be left free to a large extent to work in ministerial lines, leaving the business burdens of the conference for businessmen to handle. Strong, consecrated men should stand as his helpers.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 17)
As far as possible, I have endeavored to write out from time to time the experiences in connection with the work of the third angel’s message, that it may be seen what was the work God gave me to do from the beginning. Elder Haskell, Elder Loughborough, Elder Butler—there are but few of the old pioneer workers still living who saw the wonderful works that God did to confirm the truth—these old standard-bearers are to be respected. When new and strange theories are introduced, it is time to call a halt and to revive the past workings of the Lord’s grace and power among us as a people.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 18)
As I have seen the old standard-bearers fall one by one, I have longed, O so much, that some might be spared as was the disciple John, to declare the great works of the Lord. The enemies of John, when they were not suffered to kill the aged servant of God, banished him to the isle of Patmos. I urge you to study the epistles of John. “That which was from the beginning,” the apostle wrote, “which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the Word of Life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us), that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [1 John 1:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 19)
We are ever to seek to keep the evidences of the past before us. We must not give heed to the voice of those who would lessen the force of the testimony which God has given to His servants to communicate to men.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 20)
To the younger men and women I would say: If the truth of God is stamped on heart and mind and soul, you will regard the old waymarks; you will never lose sight of the grand truths that have made us what we are. Let the light shine forth in distinct rays to the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 21)
The Lord calls for thoroughly converted men who are students of the Word and who will give the truth to the people in pure doctrine. The missionary spirit needs to be revived in all our churches. Every church member should feel the burden of a special work, a special commission from the One who gave Himself a living sacrifice for the salvation of the world. The Son of God has pledged Himself to be the efficiency of every one who will unite with Him in the work of saving souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 27, 1908, 22)
Ms 29, 1908
The Aim of Our School Work NP May 15, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in Educational Messenger 08/07/1908. + To the Teachers in Council:
We are rapidly nearing the final crisis in this world’s history, and it is important that we understand that the educational advantages offered by our schools are not to be such as are offered by the schools of the world. Neither are we to follow the routine of worldly schools. The instruction given in Seventh-day Adventist schools is to be such as to lead to the practice of true humility. In speech, in dressing, in diet, and in the influence exerted is to be seen the simplicity of true godliness.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 1)
Our teachers need to understand the work that is to be done in these last days. The education given in our schools, in our churches, in our sanitariums should present clearly the great work to be accomplished. The need of weeding from the life every worldly practice that is opposed to the teachings of the Word of God, and of supplying their place with deeds that bear the mark of the divine nature, should be made clear to the students of all grades. Our work of education is ever to bear the impress of the heavenly, and thus reveal the excellency of divine instruction above that of the learning of the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 2)
To some this work of entire transformation may seem impossible. But if this were so, why go to the expense of attempting to carry on a work of Christian education at all? Our knowledge of what true education means is to lead us ever to seek for strict purity of character. In all our association together, we are to bear in mind that we are fitting for transfer to another world; the principles of heaven are to be learned, the superiority of the future life to this impressed upon the mind of every learner. Teachers who fail to bring this into their work of education fail of having a part in the great work of developing character that can meet the approval of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 3)
The last earthly work of the prophet Elijah was to visit all the schools of the prophets in Israel and to give the students divine instruction. This he did and then ascended to the heavenly courts in a chariot of fire. As the world in this age comes more and more under the influence of Satan, the true children of God will desire more and more to be taught of Him. Teachers should be employed who will give a heavenly mold to the characters of the youth. Under the influence of such teachers, foolish and unessential practices will be exchanged for habits and practices befitting the sons and daughters of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 4)
As wickedness in the world becomes more pronounced, and the teachings of evil are more fully developed and widely accepted, the teachings of Christ are to stand forth exemplified in the lives of converted men and women. Angels are waiting to co-operate in every department of the work. This has been presented to me again and again. At this time, the people of God, the truly converted men and women, under the training of faithful teachers, are to be learning the lessons that the God of heaven values.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 5)
The most important work for our educational institutions to do at this time is to set before the world an example that will honor God. Holy angels through human agencies are to supervise the work, and every department is to bear the mark of divine excellence. Let the Word of God be made the chief book of study, that the students may learn to live by every word that Christ has given.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 6)
All our health institutions, all our publishing houses, and all our institutions of learning are to be conducted more and more like the divine model that has been given. When Christ is recognized as the head of all our working forces, more and more thoroughly will our institutions be cleansed from every common, worldly practice. The show and the pretense, and many of the exhibitions that in the past have had a place in our schools, will find no place there when teachers and students seek to carry out God’s will on earth as it is done in heaven. Christ, as the chief working agency, will mold and fashion characters after the divine order; and students and teachers, realizing that they are preparing for the higher school in the courts of God, will put away many things that are now thought to be necessary and will magnify and follow the methods of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 7)
Into all to which the Christian sets his hand should be woven the thought of the life eternal. If the work performed is agricultural or mechanical in its nature, it may still be after the pattern of the heavenly. It is the privilege of the preceptors and teachers of our schools to reveal in all their works the leading of the Spirit of God. Through the grace of Christ every provision has been made for the perfecting of Christlike characters, and God is honored when His people in all their social and business dealings reveal the principles of heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 8)
The Lord gave an important lesson to His people in all ages when to Moses on the mount He gave instruction regarding the building of the tabernacle. In that work He required perfection in every detail. Moses was proficient in all the learning of the Egyptians; he had a knowledge of God, and God’s purposes had been revealed to him in visions; but he did not know how to engrave and embroider.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 9)
Israel had been held all their days in the bondage of Egypt; and although there were ingenious men among them, they had not been instructed in the curious arts which were called for in the building of the tabernacle. They knew how to make bricks, but they did not understand how to work in gold and silver. How was the work to be done? Who was sufficient for these things? These were questions that troubled the mind of Moses.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 10)
Then God Himself explained how the work was to be accomplished. He signified by name the persons He desired to do a certain work. Bezaleel was to be the architect. This man belonged to the tribe of Judah—a tribe that God delighted to honor.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 11)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah: and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 12)
“And I, behold I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan; and in the hearts of all that are wise hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee. The tabernacle of the congregation, and the ark of the testimony, and the mercy seat that is thereupon, and all the furniture of the tabernacle, and the table and his furniture, and the altar of incense, and the altar of burnt offering, with all his furniture, and the pure candlestick with all his furniture, and the altar of incense, and the altar of burnt offering, with all his furniture, and the laver and his foot. And the cloths of service, and the garments of Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons to minister in the priests’ office, and the anointing oil, and sweet incense for the holy place: according to all that I have commanded thee shall they do.” [Exodus 31:1-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 13)
The Lord demands uprightness in the smallest as well as the largest matters. Those who are accepted at last as members of the heavenly court will be men and women who here on earth had sought to carry out the Lord’s will in every particular, who had sought to put the impress of heaven upon their earthy labors. In order that the earthly tabernacle might represent the heavenly, it must be perfect in all its parts, and it must be in the smallest detail like the pattern in the heavens. So it is with the characters of those who are finally accepted in the sight of heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 14)
The Son of God came down to earth, that in Him men and women might have a representation of the perfect characters which alone God could accept. Through the grace of Christ, every provision has been made for the salvation of the human family. It is possible for every transaction entered into by those who claim to be Christians to be as pure as were the deeds of Christ. And the soul who accepts the virtues of Christ’s character, and appropriates the merits of His life, is as precious in the sight of God as was His own beloved Son. Sincere and uncorrupted faith are to Him as gold and frankincense and myrrh, the gifts of the wise men to the Child of Bethlehem, and the evidence of their faith in Him as the promised Messiah.
(23LtMs, Ms 29, 1908, 15)
Ms 31, 1908
Deeper Consecration NP May 17, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in CT 248-252.
The teachers employed in our schools should be men who are acquainted with God through an experimental knowledge. They know Him because they obey all the commandments He has given them. Jehovah engraved His ten commandments on tables of stone, that all the inhabitants of the earth might understand His eternal and unchangeable character. Those teachers who desire to advance in learning and proficiency need to lay right hold of these wonderful revelations of God. But it is only as heart and mind are brought into harmony with God that they will understand the divine requirements.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 1)
None need concern themselves about those things which the Lord has not revealed to us. In these days speculations will abound, but the Lord declares, “The secret things belong unto the Lord.” [Deuteronomy 29:29.] The voice that spoke to Israel from Sinai is speaking in these last days to men and women, saying, “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.” [Exodus 20:3.] The law of God was written with His own finger on tables of stone, thus showing that it could never be changed or abolished. It is to be preserved through the eternal ages, immutable as the principles of His government in heaven and in earth. Men have set their will against the will of God, but this will not silence His words of wisdom and command, though they may set their speculative theories in opposition to the teachings of revelation and exalt human wisdom above a plain “Thus saith the Lord.”
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 2)
It should be the determination of every soul who desires to enter the pearly gates not so much to seek to understand all about the conditions that will prevail in the future state as to know what the Lord requires of him in this life. It is the will of God that each professing Christian shall perfect a character after the divine similitude. By studying the character of Christ revealed in the Word, by practicing His virtues, the believer will be changed into the same likeness of goodness and mercy. Christ’s works of self-denial and sacrifice brought into the daily life will develop in the soul the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. There are many who wish to evade the cross-bearing part, but the Lord speaks to all when He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me.” [Luke 9:23.]
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 3)
A great work is to be accomplished by the setting forth of the saving truths of the Bible. This is the means ordained of God to stem the tide of moral corruption in the earth. Christ gave His own life to make it possible for man to be restored to the image of God. It is the power of His grace that draws men together in obedience to the truth. Those who would experience more of the sanctification of the truth in their own souls should present the truth to those who are ignorant of it. Never will they find a more elevating, ennobling work.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 4)
The Teacher an Evangelist
The work of educating our youth as outlined for us in the instruction given of God is to be sacredly maintained. For this reason we must select as teachers those who will educate in right lines. Said my Instructor: Let not teachers be chosen to educate and train youth who will not maintain the simplicity of Christ’s methods. His teachings contained the very essence of sanctified simplicity.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 5)
Those teachers who present matters to the students in an uncertain light are not fitted for the work of educating the youth. No man is qualified for this work unless he is daily learning to speak the words of the Teacher sent from God. Now is the time to sow the gospel seed. The seed we sow must be clean and pure, and that which will produce the choicest fruit. We have no time to lose. The work of our schools is to become more and more in character like the work of Christ. Only the power of the grace of God working on human hearts and minds will make and keep the atmosphere of our schools and churches clean.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 6)
There have been teachers in our schools who could pass well in a worldly institution of learning, but who were unfitted for the training of our youth because they were ignorant of the truths of the gospel of Christ. They were unable to bring the simplicity of Christ into their labors. It should be the work of every teacher to present those truths that have called us out to stand as a peculiar people before the world, and which are able to keep us in harmony with heaven’s laws. In the messages that have been sent to us from time to time, we have truths that will accomplish a wonderful work of reform in our characters, if we will give them place. They will prepare us from entrance into the holy city of God. It is our privilege to make continual advancement to a higher grade of Christian living.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 7)
One night I was awakened and instructed to write a straight testimony regarding the work of our school at Loma Linda. By that school, a solemn and sacred work was to be done. The teachings of health reform were to stand out clearly and brightly, that all the youth in attendance might learn to practice them. All our educators should be strict health reformers. The Lord desires that genuine missionaries shall go out as pioneers from our schools. They are to be fully consecrated to the work, as laborers together with God, daily enlarging their sphere of usefulness and becoming more fully sanctified through the truth. The influence of a consecrated medical missionary teacher in our schools is invaluable.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 8)
I have been instructed to present these things before our teachers. We need to be converted from our faulty lives to the faith of the gospel. Christ’s followers have no need to try to shine. If they will behold constantly the life of Christ, they will be changed in mind and heart into the same image. Then they will shine without any superficial attempt. The Lord asks for no display of goodness. In the gift of His Son, He has made provision that our inward lives may be imbued with the principles of heaven. It is the appropriation of this provision that will lead to a manifestation of Christ to the world. When the people of God experience the new birth, their honesty, their uprightness, their fidelity, their steadfast principles will unfailingly reveal it. O what words were spoken to me! What gentleness was recommended through the grace abundantly given! The greatest manifestation that men and women can make of the grace and power of Christ is made when the natural man becomes partaker of the divine nature and, through the power that the grace of Christ imparts, overcomes the corruptions that are in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 31, 1908, 9)
Ms 33, 1908
Home Schools NP May 17, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 7MR 19-22.
As church schools shall be established in the future, there is a class of work to be done in connection with them that has not been done in the past. All who can should have the privileges of a home church school. It would be well if several families in a neighborhood would unite to employ a humble, God-fearing teacher to give to the parents the help that is needed in educating their children. This will be a great advantage, and a plan more pleasing to the Lord than that which has largely been followed of removing the youth from their homes to attend one of our larger schools. The church members, uniting, could erect an inexpensive building and secure a wise teacher to take charge of the school.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 1)
Our small churches are needed. And the children are needed in their homes, where they may be a help to their parents when the hours of study are ended. The Christian home is the best place for young children; for here they can have parental discipline that is after the Lord’s order. God would have us consider these things in all their sacred importance. It is the precious privilege of teachers and parents to co-operate in teaching the children how to drink in the gladness of Christ’s life by learning to follow His example. The Saviour’s early years were useful years. He was His mother’s helper in the home; and He was just as verily fulfilling His commission when performing the duties of the home and working at the carpenter’s bench, as when He engaged in His public work of ministry.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 2)
It is not required that all the youth rush off from home responsibilities to seminaries or higher schools in order to reach the highest round of the ladder. It should be remembered that right in the home there are generally young children to be instructed. The elder should ever seek to help the younger. Let the elder members of the family consider that this part of the Lord’s vineyard needs to be cultivated and resolve that they will put forth their best capabilities to make home attractive and to deal patiently with younger minds.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 3)
There are young persons in our homes whom the Lord has qualified to give the knowledge they have to others. Let these strive to keep spiritual lessons fresh in the mind, that they may impart the knowledge they have gained. If these older members of the family would become learners with the children, new ideas would be suggested, and the hours of study would be a time of decided pleasure as well as of profit.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 4)
The tender years of childhood are years of sacred responsibility to fathers and mothers. Parents have a sacred duty to perform in teaching their children to help bear the burdens of the home, to be content with plain and simple food and neat and inexpensive dress. The requirements of the parent should always be reasonable; kindness should be expressed, not by foolish indulgence, but by wise direction. Parents are to teach their children pleasantly, without scolding or faultfinding, seeking to bind the hearts of the little ones to them by the silken cords of love. Let all, fathers and mothers, teachers, older brothers and sisters, become an educating force to keep up every spiritual interest, and create a wholesome atmosphere in the home and school life that will train the younger children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 5)
Our children are the Lord’s property; they have been bought with a price. This thought should be the mainspring of our labors for them. The most successful method of assuring their salvation, and keeping them out of the way of temptation, is to instruct them constantly in the Word of God. And as parents become learners with their children, they will find their own growth in a knowledge of the truth more rapid. Unbelief will disappear; faith and activity will increase; assurance and confidence will deepen as they thus follow on to know the Lord. Their prayers will undergo a transformation, becoming more earnest and sincere. Christ is the head of His church, the dependence of His people; He will give the needed grace to those who seek Him for wisdom and instruction.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 6)
I speak to fathers and mothers: You can be educators in your home churches; you can be spiritual missionary agencies. Let fathers and mothers feel the need of being home missionaries, the need of keeping the home atmosphere free from the influence of unkind and hasty speech, and the home school a place where angels of God can come in and bless and give success to the efforts put forth.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 7)
Let parents unite in providing a place for the daily instruction of their children, choosing as teacher one who is apt to teach, and who, as a consecrated servant of Christ, will increase in knowledge while imparting instruction. The teacher who has consecrated self to the service of God will be able to do a definite work in missionary service and will instruct the children in the same lines. Let fathers and mothers co-operate with the teacher, laboring earnestly for the salvation of their children. If parents will realize the importance of these small educating centers, co-operating to do the work that the Lord desires to be done at this time, the plans of the enemy for our children will be frustrated.
(23LtMs, Ms 33, 1908, 8)
Ms 35, 1908
Sermon/Conflict and Victory Oakland, California March 7, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 07/09/1908.
“And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis, which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Revelation 3:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 1)
The expression “he that overcometh” indicates that there is something for every one of us to overcome. The overcomer is to be clothed in the white raiment of Christ’s righteousness, and of him it is written, “I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” Oh, what a privilege it is to be an overcomer, and to have our names presented before the Father by the Saviour Himself! And when, as overcomers, we shall be “clothed in white raiment,” the Lord will acknowledge our faithfulness as verily as He acknowledged the “few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments;” and we shall walk with Him in white, for through His atoning sacrifice we shall be accounted worthy. [Verses 4, 5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 2)
My dear friends, in view of these encouraging promises, how earnestly should we strive to perfect a character that will enable us to stand before the Son of God! Only those who are clothed in the garments of His righteousness will be able to endure the glory of His presence when He shall appear with “power and great glory.” [Matthew 24:30.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 3)
It means much to be an overcomer. The besetments of the enemy and all his evil agencies must be firmly resisted. Every moment we must be on guard. Not for one instant are we to lose sight of Christ and of His power to save in the hour of trial. Our hand must be placed in His, that we may be upheld by the power of His might.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 4)
We read further: “To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write: These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth: I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name. Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee.” [Revelation 3:7-9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 5)
A battle is continually going on between the forces for good and the forces for evil, between the angels of God and the fallen angels. We are beset before and behind, on the right hand and on the left. The conflict that we are passing through is the last that we shall have in this world. We are now in the midst of it. Two parties are striving for the supremacy. In this conflict we cannot be neutral. We must stand either on one side or on the other. If we take our position on the side of Christ, if we acknowledge Him before the world in word and work, we are bearing a living testimony as to whom we have chosen to serve and honor. In this important period of earth’s history, we cannot afford to leave any one in uncertainty as to whose side we are on.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 6)
The True Witness declares: “Behold, I have set before thee an open door.” [Verse 8.] Let us thank God with heart and soul and voice; and let us learn to approach unto Him as through an open door, believing that we may come freely with our petitions, and that He will hear and answer. It is by a living faith in His power to help that we shall receive strength to fight the battles of the Lord with the confident assurance of victory.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 7)
“Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.” [Verse 10.] We are now in this great hour of temptation that is to try all the world. In order to gain the victory over every besetment of the enemy, we must lay hold on a power out of and beyond ourselves. If we are self-sufficient, and think that we may go on just as we please, and yet hope to come out on the right side finally, we shall find that we have made a terrible mistake. As those who hope to receive the overcomer’s reward, we must press forward in the Christian warfare. At every advance, we shall meet with opposition.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 8)
“Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” [Verse 11.] Here again we are admonished to faithfulness, in view of the conflict. We must not yield any point that we have already gained. From now on till Jesus comes, the battle will wax fiercer and still fiercer. We shall have to meet and resist men who are regarded as very wise and learned, but who are not spiritually wise unto salvation. Our only hope of saving our own souls and of helping others to be saved is to receive the righteousness of Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 9)
In this Scripture is brought to view the hour of temptation that is to try them that dwell upon the earth. There is no escape for any one from this conflict. If in your life there are defective traits of character that you are not striving to overcome, you may be assured that the enemy will take advantage; for he is watching vigilantly, seeking to spoil the faith of every one. We must maintain a constant, living connection with Christ, who has power to give victory to every soul that will maintain an attitude of faith and humility.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 10)
We are seeking for a crown, a crown of glory that fadeth not away. As overcomers, we are to reign with Christ in the heavenly courts; and we are to overcome through the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 11)
“Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God: and I will write upon him My name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 12)
“And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God: I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Verses 14-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 13)
Those who profess to serve Christ, while in life they deny Him, are not thoroughly converted and are regarded by Christ as very offensive. Of every such one, He says, “I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 14)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 16-22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 15)
It will profit us to study carefully the book of Revelation. There are in this book many precious truths that we should bring into our living, daily experience.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 16)
We are not to rest quietly, with the thought that the devil will have nothing to do with us; but we can have the assurance that we shall not be left helpless, to be overcome by him. Yet if we, like many others, put forth no special effort to resist him, he will work to lead us away from the truth. If we give him the least encouragement, he will not wait for an invitation to come into our hearts. He will take possession of the mind, and then, although we may even think that we are being wonderfully led by the Lord, we shall be deceived. Our minds have been bought with an infinite price, and we cannot afford to give them over to the control of the enemy. We have no right to follow impulse and regard it as the guidance of heaven. We must have evidence that we are receiving the stamp of the divine character, such as will be acknowledged in the heavenly courts.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 17)
The Lord desires us to know what is our work in this world. Those who have come into right relation to God will have a living experience in carrying out His purposes. They will be enabled to help those who are tempted. Angels of God will open the way before them; and as they follow the leadings of the Holy Spirit, they will work for their neighbors and friends.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 18)
If, while professing to know the truth, we lead others away from Christ by our example, there rests upon us a terrible accountability. It is a sad truth that some are carrying out plans and methods of their own devising, believing these to be right, when in reality they are sadly deceived. Because they fail of maintaining a living connection with God, they are led by a spirit that is at enmity with God and His work. O that these deceived souls may yet repent and be converted!
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 19)
Why should we be so particular in regard to our life conduct? Oh, there is a world lying in darkness, waiting for the Light of life, a world for whom Christ has given His life! In His plan for the redemption of the fallen race, Jesus came to the earth and was subject to the same temptations wherewith man is beset. No one will be called to pass through temptations so severe as were those our Saviour endured. Because of this, our great High Priest knows how to succor those who are tempted. He knows how to sympathize with them when in their great need they call for help. There are severe trials before every one of us, yet we need not fail. In the hour of temptation, Christ will not leave His children, but will send His angels to minister unto them. He will answer their prayers for deliverance.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 20)
The Lord desires us to pray much. He desires us to maintain a firm hold on His divine power. His blessings are to be sought, not merely for our own benefit, but for the benefit of our fellow men. In view of the power of our influence for good or ill, we cannot afford to deviate from the right way; for if we do wrong, we may lead some one else astray. “Make straight paths for your feet,” writes the apostle Paul, “lest that which is lame be turned out of the way.” [Hebrews 12:13.] If with clear, sanctified vision we keep our eyes fixed upon Jesus, and walk by faith, we shall not stumble and fall. By beholding, we shall become changed into the likeness of the divine.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 21)
Our Saviour laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and left the glories of heaven to come to this world. He clothed His divinity with humanity. He designed that fallen humanity might touch His humanity and receive from Him power to be partakers of the divine nature and to overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. He is our pattern, and I beseech of you, my brethren, to lay hold of the power that is ours through the union of the divine and the human in Christ. He overcame for us, and we may claim His merits. We may plead His power, His virtue. And as we co-operate with Him, and live in harmony with His law, He will cleanse our natures from sin and impart to us His righteousness.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 22)
The world is to be warned of the impending judgments of God that will precede the second coming of Christ. Those who know the truth should be taught to labor earnestly for their neighbors and friends. Special efforts must be put forth in behalf of those who do not know the truth. As we ourselves learn more and more how to overcome through the blood of the Lamb, and through the word of our testimony, we shall labor to help those who are weak, and who have been unable to overcome.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 23)
There are many who have never heard from the Word the reasons for our faith. And yet some of our ministers feel a burden to hover over little companies of believers in an effort to hold them together. The best way to hold them together is to induce them to maintain a living connection with God and to exert their influence in seeking to draw others to Him. It is our work to help others to place their feet upon the right foundation and to understand their duty through a prayerful study of the Scriptures.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 24)
Satan knows that his time is short, and he will put forth every effort in his power to destroy our faith in God and in His Word. His agencies are following us constantly, seeking to induce us to follow his plans, to take a wrong course in word and deed. But if we will grasp the power that Christ offers, seeking the Lord diligently and watching unto prayer, we shall have all power and wisdom to meet the attacks of the enemy.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 25)
Many of our people do not seem to realize that the time has come for every one to take his stand positively on the side of Jesus Christ and the heavenly angels. By their indifference, by carelessness in word and act, they leave themselves open to the molding influence of the enemy. They seem asleep as regards the issues that are now before the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 26)
I wish to read to you the description of a scene that passed before me not many years ago. This is published in (Testimonies for the Church 8:41-47), under the title “A View of the Conflict”:
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 27)
“In vision I saw two armies in terrible conflict. One army was led by banners bearing the world's insignia; the other was led by the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Standard after standard was left to trail in the dust, as company after company from the Lord's army joined the foe, and tribe after tribe from the ranks of the enemy united with the commandment-keeping people of God. An angel flying in the midst of heaven put the standard of Emmanuel into many hands, while a mighty general cried out with a loud voice: ‘Come into line. Let those who are loyal to the commandments of God and the testimony of Christ now take their position. Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean, and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters. Let all who will, come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.’
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 28)
“The battle raged. Victory alternated from side to side. Now the soldiers of the cross gave way, ‘as when a standard-bearer fainteth.’Isaiah 10:18. But their apparent retreat was but to gain a more advantageous position. Shouts of joy were heard. A song of praise to God went up, and angel voices united in the song, as Christ’s soldiers planted His banner on the walls of fortresses till then held by the enemy. The Captain of our salvation was ordering the battle, and sending support to His soldiers. His power was mightily displayed, encouraging them to press the battle to the gates. He taught them terrible things in righteousness as He led them on step by step, conquering and to conquer.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 29)
“At last the victory was gained. The army following the banner with the inscription, ‘The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus’ [Revelation 14:12], was gloriously triumphant. The soldiers of Christ were close beside the gates of the city, and with joy the city received her King. The kingdom of peace and joy and everlasting righteousness was established.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 30)
“Now the church is militant. Now we are confronted with a world in midnight darkness, almost wholly given ever to idolatry. But the day is coming in which the battle will have been fought, the victory won. The will of God is to be done on earth, as it is done in heaven. Then the nations will own no other law than the law of heaven. All will be a happy, united family, clothed with the garments of praise and thanksgiving—the robe of Christ’s righteousness. All nature, in its surpassing loveliness, will offer to God a constant tribute of praise and adoration. The world will be bathed in the light of heaven. The years will move on in gladness. The light of the moon will be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun will be seven-fold greater than it is now. Over the scene the morning stars will sing together, and the sons of God will shout for joy, while God and Christ will unite in proclaiming, ‘There shall be no more sin, neither shall there be any more death.’ [See Revelation 21:4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 31)
“This is the scene that is presented to me. But the church must and will fight against seen and unseen foes. Men have confederated to oppose the Lord of hosts. These confederacies will continue until Christ shall leave His place of intercession before the mercy seat, and shall put on the garments of vengeance. Satanic agencies are in every city, busily organizing into parties those opposed to the law of God. Professed saints and avowed unbelievers take their stand with these parties. This is no time for the people of God to be weaklings. We cannot afford to be off our guard for one moment.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 32)
“‘Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the spiritual rulers of darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith wherewith, ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.’Ephesians 6:10-17.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 33)
“‘This I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ, being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God.’Philippians 1:9-11.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 34)
“‘Let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ; ... stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries; which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. For unto you it is given in the behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake.’Philippians 1:27-29.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 35)
“There are revealed in these last days visions of future glory, scenes pictured by the hand of God, and these should be dear to His church. What sustained the Son of God in His betrayal and trial?—He saw of the travail of His soul, and was satisfied. He caught a view of the expanse of eternity, and saw the happiness of those who through His humiliation should receive pardon and everlasting life. He was wounded for their transgressions, bruised for their iniquities. The chastisement of their peace was upon Him, and with His stripes they were healed. His ear caught the shout of the redeemed. He heard the ransomed ones singing the song of Moses and the Lamb.”
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 36)
*****
As I see representations of the terrible conflict that is now waging, and realize that those who are victorious will be with their Lord forevermore, I feel as if I cannot spare myself. I must do all I can to help others win the victory and the crown of life. I am now in my eighty-first year, and yet I cannot lay down the burden. My pen is in my hand almost constantly, excepting when I am in attendance at some meeting. I am always glad when I can have the privilege of speaking to a company of people in the hope that the words I speak will be received and will exert an influence for good upon life and character.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 37)
Since my return from Australia, I have felt a great burden for the work in Oakland. Frequently the Lord has revealed to me, as an indication of unfaithfulness on the part of His people, the little that is being done in our large cities. In the camp-meetings and tent-meetings that have been held in Oakland, I have stood before our own people and with most earnest entreaties have labored to persuade them to give the truth to those who know it not. But many in our churches say, “We want your labors; we want you to preach to us.” Let those who believe the truth go out and preach it. Let them practice it before their neighbors. The Lord calls upon you, my brethren, to gain a deep, living experience in the things of God. There are sacrifices that we must make. Shall we let the multitudes who know nothing of the truth perish in their sins, unwarned? Satan is planning to hold these souls fast. He is seeking to hedge up our opportunities for reaching them. But the God of heaven is also at work in their behalf. As you seek to labor for them, His angels will go before you to prepare their hearts, and the same heavenly agencies will go with you as you visit them, to tell them of the sin-pardoning Saviour.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 38)
Who will now carry this burden? In view of the great needs all about us, who can be content to hover over our own churches, neither gaining nor imparting strength? Let those who have a living connection with God go out and labor for unbelievers. We do not call for those who are half asleep to go in their present condition, but we beseech of them to awake, to lay hold of the arm of infinite strength, and then go forth, speaking the words of life.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 39)
Let us now seek God with all the heart, that we may find Him. For your souls’ sake, I ask you to resist the devil. The promise is that he will flee from you. Put on the whole armor of righteousness, and press the battle to the gates. Heavenly angels will be with you to minister to your needs. You can speak the words of truth, and they will make an impression upon the heart.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 40)
How many of those present will now take a position on the Lord’s side, enlisting to fight the good warfare? Ask the Saviour to anoint your eyes with the heavenly eyesalve, that you may have spiritual discernment. Break with the enemy, and come into line with the soldiers of Jesus Christ and with heavenly angels. Here is a world perishing in sin; and I beg of you, for Christ’s sake, to work along right lines.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 41)
Are there those who will pledge themselves to live a life of prayer, ceasing to find fault, ceasing to criticize their brethren, and striving henceforth to be co-laborers with Christ Jesus? There are souls to be saved, and we cannot afford to lay stumbling blocks in one another’s way. Now we ask you to seek the Lord with all the heart. Will those who are determined to cut loose from every temptation of the enemy, and to seek for heaven above, signify such determination by rising to their feet. (Nearly all the congregation responded.)
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 42)
We desire that every one of you shall be saved. We desire that for you the gates of the city of God shall swing back on their glittering hinges, and that you, with all the nations who have kept the truth, may enter in. There we shall give praise and thanksgiving and glory to Christ and to the Father evermore, even forever and ever. May God help us to be faithful in His service during the conflict, and overcome at last, and win the crown of life eternal.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 43)
(Praying) My heavenly Father, I come to Thee at this time, just as I am, poor and needy, and dependent upon Thee. I ask Thee to give me and give this people the grace that perfects Christian character. Wilt Thou have compassion upon this people? Let Thy light shine into the chambers of the mind, and into the soul-temple.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 44)
My Saviour, Thou hast given Thy life to purchase Thine inheritance, that, as overcomers, they may enter the kingdom of God, where they shall go no more out forever. Bless those who have signified their desire to serve Thee. Put Thy Spirit upon them.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 45)
I ask Thee, heavenly Father, to let Thy Holy Spirit come to this people. May Thy salvation be revealed. Touch their hearts, and make them very tender. Soften them by Thy Holy Spirit, and help them to see the work to be done for their neighbors, and for souls that are perishing all around them. O awaken them to their responsibilities! May they wash their robes of character, and make them white in the blood of the Lamb. Wilt Thou encircle them in the arms of Thy mercy? Plead with them through the impressions of Thy Holy Spirit, that they may try to let their light shine to those that have not known the truth. Put Thy church in order, O Lord, that they may labor for souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 46)
My Saviour, reveal Thyself to this people. Let Thy love be expressed—O let it be revealed! Hold Thy people, that Satan may not have his will and way with them. Help them to press through all opposition, that at last they may lay their crowns at the feet of Jesus in the city of God; and Thy name shall have all the glory. Amen.
(23LtMs, Ms 35, 1908, 47)
Ms 37, 1908
Sermon/Abiding in Christ Oakland, California March 10, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 292-298.
“I am the true vine, and My Father is the husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 1)
“Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 2)
“If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [John 15:1-7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 3)
It is your privilege to be one with Christ as He is one with the Father. If you are a member of such a union, you will not ask favors of Him from a selfish motive, but you will be prompted by pure, holy desires, and your petitions will be such as God can grant.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 4)
The Saviour next points out the sign of discipleship: “Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples.” [Verse 8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 5)
By faith we are to lay hold on a living God and maintain an experience that shall breathe love, tenderness, kindness, compassion, and affection. These traits of character are the fruit that the Lord Jesus desires us to produce, and to present before the world as a witness that we have a Saviour who can uplift and who can satisfy. We have not as our Saviour one who will continually cast a shadow across our pathway. We need not be on the losing side; for in everything He is our efficiency.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 6)
What we need is the presence of Jesus Christ. We want His truth shining in our hearts, pervading all our life actions. This will determine whether or not we are branches of the true vine. If we are fruit-bearing branches, we may expect that the Great Husbandman will prune us, that we may bring forth more fruit. All that is useless, all that would hinder our growth in the Christian life, must be removed. We are to be representatives of Jesus Christ who died for us that we might have life. The sanctification of the Holy Spirit of God is to be manifested in our heart and revealed in our disposition, in our conversation, in all our dealing with others. After we have made a promise, even though we consider that we have acted against our own interests to the advantage of others, we are not to break our word. Let us all be Christians. God desires us to stand with Him, His grace resting upon us, His character revealed by our influence.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 7)
“As the Father hath loved Me,” He continues, “so have I loved you: continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.” [Verses 9, 10.] This language is so plain that there need be no mistake as to what God requires of us. “This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments: and His commandments are not grievous.” [1 John 5:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 8)
Our duty is made so plain in the Word that there will be no excuse for us if we fail. It is our privilege to believe the words of Christ. If we exercise a living faith in God’s power, we shall be overcomers. May the Holy Spirit come into our mind and heart, and transform our character, so that we may discern the right, and may give to the world an example of a true Christian life.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 9)
“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [John 15:11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 10)
We, as Christians, are not required to go about with long faces, sighing as though we had no Saviour and no hope. This will not glorify God. He desires us to be cheerful. He desires us to be filled with praises to His name. He desires us to carry light in our countenances and joy in our hearts. We have a hope that is far above any pleasures that the world can give, and this fact should be made manifest.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 11)
Why should not our joy be full—full, lacking nothing? We have an assurance that Jesus is our Saviour, and that we may draw freely from Him. We may partake freely of the rich provision that He has made for us in His Word. We may take Him at His word, believe on Him, and know that He will give us grace and power to do just as He bids us. He has given us every assurance, and He will fulfil all that He has promised.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 12)
We may constantly seek the joy of His presence. We need not be all the time upon our knees in prayer, but we may be constantly asking for His grace, even when we are walking on the streets or when we are engaged in our ordinary daily duties. We may constantly keep the mind ascending to Christ, and He will freely impart to us of His grace; for He Himself has said, “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 13)
The joy of Christ is a pure, unalloyed cheerfulness. It is not a cheap gaiety that leads to vanity of words or lightness of conduct. No, we are to have His joy, and His greatest joy was to see men obeying the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 14)
“This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [John 15:12.] This is a wonderful statement. In our lives we are to exemplify the love of Christ. Then, like Him, we shall labor most earnestly for the salvation of sinners. He desires that we shall abide in Him, that He may work through us in keeping before the world such a representation of the infinite love of God as He Himself gave. Through our lives the despondent may receive an assurance that it is possible to be partakers of the divine nature, and by taking hold of this divinity, win the victory that all must win who shall enter in through the gates into the city.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 15)
It seems impossible for us to comprehend Christ’s great love for us. We can only behold the wonderful sacrifice that He made in manifesting that love. He who was one with the Father laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and in coming to this world clothed His divinity with humanity. Had He come in all His glory, escorted by myriads of angels, no man could have endured the sight. But He took upon Himself humanity, that He might perfect in His own life a humanity that we can lay hold of and be united with divinity. The divine nature is to be imparted to every true seeker after Jesus Christ. Divinity must be united with humanity. Thus humanity may be partakers of the divine nature, that men may be able to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 16)
Without perfection of character, no one can enter the pearly gates of the city of God; for if, with all our imperfections, we were permitted to enter that city, there would soon be in heaven a second rebellion. We must first be tried and chosen, and found faithful and true. Upon the purification of our character rests our only hope of eternal life.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 17)
In so far as we lack perfection of character, thus far do we fail of attaining that which God has provided for us through Jesus Christ. If we do not lay hold upon the provisions of His grace, we shall have a cheap experience governed by our own impetuous, changeable disposition. We cannot glorify God by our own efforts. We must become partakers of the divine nature, abiding in Him as the branches abide in the vine.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 18)
God helping me, I am determined to be an overcomer. Through Christ, I shall obtain the victory. Then His joy will remain in me, and my joy be full. I will talk of His goodness; I will tell of His power. Through a dependence upon the divinity of Christ, I may overcome as He overcame.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 19)
“Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you.” [Verses 13-15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 20)
Here is brought to view our work. There is something that we are to make known to the world. If Jesus Christ is revealed in us, the world will see that humanity may lay hold of divinity. There will be no excuse for us if we fail in overcoming as God requires of us. The question we must now decide is, Will we put on the armor of righteousness? Will we lay hold of the divinity of Jesus Christ, that we may receive strength to overcome?
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 21)
“Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you.” [Verse 16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 22)
Can we desire more than this? Then why, with such a promise, should we manifest unbelief? Why should we be halfhearted in our efforts to follow Christ? What excuse can we have for occupying such a position? May the Lord God of heaven tear away the film that dims our perception, hindering us from discerning the requirements of Jesus Christ and following Him. May we, by living faith, grasp the hand of Infinite Power. This is our privilege; and if we take Christ at His word, He is honored and glorified. Then our joy will be full, and we shall not appear as a company of mourners. Happy are the people who have laid hold of the divine nature, and escaped the corruption that is in the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 23)
“Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit.” [Verse 16.] We are ordained unto God to bear fruit. Was this not our experience when we were led down into the water and baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost? What did that mean?—It meant that the three great powers in heaven were pledged to keep us so long as we remain one with Christ, united to the vine.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 24)
We are not, because Christ died, left a company of orphans. “Greater works than these shall ye do,” says He, “because I go unto My Father.” [John 14:12.] It is possible for us to obtain victory after victory and be the most happy people on the face of the earth. True, we shall feel sorrow as we see the results of sin around us. But we have a message to bear that can, through the grace of Christ as revealed in the Word, transform the sinner. We are not to fold our arms and do nothing. If there are around us unconverted ones, we are not to leave them till the day of judgment to find out what their sins are. We must hunt for these people. We have words to speak to them of the highest, holiest import. As we endeavor to win them to Christ, we must ever keep Him in view.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 25)
We are to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. When God is dishonored by men who appear to be doing the will of God, then we sometimes have a very plain testimony to bear. We must take a decided stand on the side of Christ, to approve that which is of Him. Unless we do this, we shall not be accounted as faithful stewards.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 26)
I have felt compelled to bear some very straight testimonies to men who, though dead in trespasses and sins, did not realize their true condition. They have even thought that, because they were doing a certain work, they were doing the will of God. But when it came to a representation of Jesus Christ in character, they revealed a decided failure. To those who receive testimony after testimony from the Spirit of God, and do not heed the reproof, the time will come when, unless they repent and are converted, the Spirit will no longer strive with them.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 27)
Every day of our lives, we need a manifestation of the converting power of God. There must be a continual yielding of self to do the will of God. Our will is not a sanctified will unless it is in harmony with His will. And if it is in harmony with His will, our actions will bear testimony to that fact. God will not leave us in darkness, not knowing whether we are serving Him or not. We have the Word, and our actions will bear testimony as to whether or not we are obeying that Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 28)
We need not go about like a band of mourners. We may commit our case to God, saying, “I will do Thy will, whatever comes. I will honor Thy name.” Now that is just what every one of us will have to do if we are to have the divine nature and be enabled to distinguish between right and wrong, and to overcome every evil thing.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 29)
“These things I command you, that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also. But all these things will they do unto you for My name’s sake, because they know not Him that sent Me. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both Me and My Father. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated Me without a cause.” [John 15:17-25.]
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 30)
Jesus says, “They hated Me without a cause.” [Verse 25.] And if we take a straightforward course to lift up Jesus Christ, if we work determinedly, that we may bring souls to Him, we shall arouse the hatred of the world, even as did He whom we follow.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 31)
“But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of Me: and ye also shall bear witness, because ye have been with Me from the beginning.” [Verses 26, 27.] I am very glad that our workers have the privilege of attending these meetings. I hope that as a result of the labors put forth here, some who have not been keeping the commandments of God will be led to feel that it is high time to take hold of the divine nature of Jesus Christ, in order that they may be overcomers. Do not allow these opportunities to pass by without seeking the Lord with all the heart. Let every one repent and be converted. If you will do this, you will see of the salvation of God. We may be misunderstood by the world; for spiritual things are spiritually discerned; but we are to go straightforward, following in the footsteps of our Lord. We are to trust Him who is spirit and life to the believer.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 32)
Confess your sins while you may. Clear the King’s highway, that He may use you as His disciples. He will accept every one who comes to Him. Whoso shall confess and forsake his sins shall find mercy. Even the thief, dying on the cross in awful agony, asked for forgiveness, and it was granted to him. His request to be remembered by the Saviour when He should come into His kingdom was granted. “Verily, verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:43.] Not that he would be with Christ in paradise that same day, for Jesus did not then Himself go to paradise.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 33)
I hope that all will here seek the Lord with the whole heart, that you may touch a new spring of praise and glory and thanksgiving to God and Jesus Christ, and that the light of heaven may shine into your hearts, and the glory of God be revealed in your lives. Make a steady work of overcoming. Be sure that your words and actions are right and sanctified.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 34)
God calls upon His people to come into line. There is a great work to be done in a short time, and there is no time for hesitation. Plead with God, saying, “I make an entire surrender. I give myself away to Thee.” Then be joyful. The Word is in you, purifying and cleansing your character. God does not want His children to go about with anxiety and sorrow expressed in their faces. He wants the lovely expression of His countenance to be revealed in every one of us who are partakers of the divine nature; for we have power to escape the corruptions of the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 35)
May God help you to labor for eternity. He wants you to have eternal life, and you may have it. If you will come to Christ, confess your sins in humility, and put them away, He will use you and will enable you to help others. You may be workers together—together! If you separate from God you can do nothing—workers together with Him. That is our privilege. May God help us as we strive for the victory.
(23LtMs, Ms 37, 1908, 36)
Ms 39, 1908
Sermon/Let Us Glorify God Oakland, California March 11, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in VSS 121-122, 132-133, 148; 8MR 343.
It will be profitable for us to consider some of the important truths contained in the last recorded prayer of Christ with His disciples just before His betrayal and crucifixion. From the seventeenth chapter of John we read:
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 1)
“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee: as Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 2)
“I have glorified Thee on the earth: I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word.” [Verses 1-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 3)
Important responsibilities are resting upon us. Let us be very careful lest we dishonor the work of Jesus Christ, regarding lightly the work of salvation which cost so much. In our course of action, and in our words, let us seek to glorify Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 4)
“Now they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee. For I have given unto them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed that Thou didst send Me.” [Verses 7, 8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 5)
Then what is our work? We are to give to others the very words that Christ gave to His disciples. These words are of value both for time and for eternity. We are to glorify, not ourselves, but God.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 6)
“I pray for them: I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them.” [Verses 9, 10.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 7)
To glorify God is a living experience that must be realized in every one of us. We are not to look to men for direction as to what we shall do. Our commission is to come from God. We are to receive our orders from Him, for if we always do as He bids us, we shall make no mistakes.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 8)
“And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as We are.” [Verse 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 9)
“One as We are”—one as the Father and the Son are one. If we realized that angels of God were looking upon us, would we not be less careless and indifferent? Let us be sure that all our works are wrought in God. Let us be careful of our words. O there is so much speech that is not for the glory of God. Would it not be much better if we should talk less and pray more?
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 10)
“While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the Scripture might be fulfilled. And now come I to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have”—perplexity, sorrow, or groaning?—No, no—“that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 11)
God wants every one of us to be happy in living in harmony with Christ’s example. He wants us all to rejoice in the redemption that has been wrought for us. He wants us to lift up Christ before the people; to glorify Him in our words and in our actions.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 12)
“I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” [Verses 14, 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 13)
We shall have to associate with people of the world, but we may show a determination of character ever to keep in view the glory of God. Wherever we are, we have a work to do for the world. When we go out into the world, we are not to leave our religion at home. In all our association with men and women, we are to reveal the purity and gentleness of Christ’s character. Whenever we see an opportunity to speak a word in favor of Christ and His truth, let that word be spoken. There should rest upon us continually a burden to manifest Christ to the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 14)
“They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth.” [Verses 16, 17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 15)
If we are to be sanctified through the truth, we must know what is truth. This sanctifying truth is revealed in the Bible, and in order to understand it we must have the help of the Holy Spirit of God. The Holy Spirit will, if we are individually partakers of the divine nature, enable us to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. The light of the glory of God must shine into our hearts, that we may develop a pure and holy character.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 16)
“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verses 18, 19.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 17)
Amid great obstacles and difficulties, we are to continue the special work that He began on earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 18)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their words; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verses 20, 21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 19)
Such unity is wonderful, too wonderful for us to comprehend fully. Let us never work at cross purposes with our brethren; for we must ever keep in view the glory of God. He is glorified, not by the counterworking of one and another, but by a unity that is based upon a belief of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 20)
God is ready to do great things for us, if we will only reach the high standard that He has set before us. If we would live up to our privileges, hundreds more would be converted from darkness and error to a belief of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 21)
We cannot afford to live a half-way religion; for unless we take a decided position on the right side, we shall be heavy losers.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 22)
Christ said to His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] To exert a converting influence is our mission in the world. We should feel a solemn obligation to fulfil our part of the terms of salvation and redemption, to reach such a condition of unity with God and with one another that the world may realize that we are in the love of the Father. We want to convince men that the Father loves them, even as He loves His own Son.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 23)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:24-26.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 24)
Let every one of us come into a close relation to God. Let us seek the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. Let us be men and women of prayer. The woman, while she is at work in her home, or the man, while he is about his daily business, may keep their minds in communion with God. Then He will let His light shine upon them, and that light will be reflected to others around them.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 25)
And let us be pleasant and agreeable. We need not go about with sorrowful faces, as though we were serving a tyrant. The Lord Jesus wants us to bear a pleasant countenance, and to speak kind, sympathetic words. Even if we are sick, or if we feel out of sorts, we need not tell others. If we will talk of the goodness of the Lord, this will act as a cure for sadness and grief.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 26)
How thankful I am that at the age of eighty years I can speak to you. Every day I try to do all I can; for I know not how long my life may be spared. But it does not grieve me to think that my life may soon end. So long as God gives me a clear mind and physical strength, I shall endeavor to speak and to write the things He gives me.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 27)
Brethren and sisters, the Lord is our God. If Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, we have a hope in God that it is impossible for us to keep to ourselves. We will praise Him. We do not praise Him as much as we should. Whoso offers praise glorifies God. Now instead of speaking doleful words, and telling of our trials and afflictions, let us thank God that we can speak at all and resolve that we will endeavor to glorify His name. Let us take such a position that we may honor and glorify God upon the earth. Let this determination be expressed in our words and in all our business transactions.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 28)
If I am to transact business with men, I will not do a dishonest or a shameful thing. I will not dishonor my Master. While I live, I will keep His praise in my heart. I will carry a cheerful countenance, that others may see that I am not under a yoke of bondage, but that the truth makes free. We are free indeed, if we work in harmony with the principles of truth. But we must constantly look to Jesus and weave His grace and His love into our words and actions.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 29)
How must Christ regard professed Christians who act like quarrelsome children? O how His heart was grieved, when on earth, as He saw such a spirit manifested among His disciples! If we have a blessed hope in and through Jesus Christ, let us manifest it by our words. Let us not speak words that will, by grieving God’s children, grieve the Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 30)
We may at times be obliged to speak some very plain things, as I have had to do many times, when those who should stand as sentinels for God are not found in their lot and place. Such words must sometimes be spoken to show where we as Bible Christians stand, that we are on the side of Him who gave His life for us and can not countenance evil. But we may always speak the truth in love.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 31)
I am so thankful that ever since I was fifteen years old the Lord has permitted me to have a part in His work. I am glad that my mind is still clear on Bible subjects. Alone in my room, in the early morning hours, while the other members of the family are sleeping, I write the messages that God gives me in representation. And the Lord has given me vivid representations of how He regards His church, and how willing He is to bless them if they will only repent and serve Him with their whole heart. But He cannot bless them if there is a constant clinging to their own imperfect ways, if they are careless and indifferent and unrepentant. God wants us to come into perfect harmony with Himself. Why should we not be spiritually minded? Christ tells us that we may be one with Him, even as He and the Father are one. Why should we not keep our eyes fixed upon the Author and the Finisher of our faith?
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 32)
It is painful to know that there are many church members who feel so little responsibility to make Christ known to their neighbors. If we all carried the love of Christ in the heart and the truth upon our lips, if we were diligent in opening the Word of life to those that are perishing about us, showing what Christ is to us, and what He is willing to be to them, hundreds more would believe and be rejoicing in the truth today. But we shut ourselves up within ourselves. We seem to think that it is well with us, but that it is not in our line to speak of Christ. Is He not all and in all to us? If we obtain any victories, is it not through His grace that they are wrought? Then why should we not lift Him up?
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 33)
Christ in His prayer teaches that we should be one as He is one with the Father. Then what is our work? Are we to do honor to men who are finding fault with others men that are exalting themselves? Shall we encourage them as though God were truly leading them? No, we can not do that. We have a message for them, a message of reproof that we must faithfully bear.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 34)
I began to bear my testimony when I was but fifteen years old. Now I am, as some might say, in my second childhood, and I feel that it is a proper time for me to continue to learn. I want to learn the lessons that Christ gives me, as a little child learns. There are others here who have gray hairs. What shall we do? Let us learn of the great Teacher, the greatest Teacher that ever came to our world. It is not yet too late for us to learn how to be thankful for a truth that purifies the soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 35)
We are to love the Word. Do not fall into a passion if some one in his words crosses your track. If some one says something that stirs you up, and you feel the words are unjust, show him by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. Remember that silence is eloquence. You can best stop the talk by making no response to it. If you speak wrongly to a brother, do not go right on, too proud to confess it.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 36)
Let us talk more of heaven, more of Christ. When you go to visit your neighbors, ask them if they will spend a few minutes with you in prayer. You need not pray at great length; but as you offer a few words of prayer, angels of God will be around you to hear and to make a right impression.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 37)
God wants us to come into line. For our own good, and for the good of others, He desires us to acknowledge Him and to walk in the path that leads heavenward. This is a straight path, and we must follow that straight path, looking constantly to the Author and Finisher of our faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 38)
Study what Christ endured. He might have brought with Him into our world myriads of heavenly angels. But this He did not do. He came as a man, taking upon Himself humanity, that He might in His humanity wrestle with evil. We read that He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. [Hebrews 4:15.] He gained victory after victory in our behalf.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 39)
In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, I ask you, What victories are you gaining? Sometimes what you may regard as a very small victory is really a great victory, for the enemy was working right with you; and if he could have induced you to yield even a small point, a great loss would have been yours. We cannot afford any losses, for they give advantage to the enemy. We are seeking for the crown of everlasting life that is to be given to the overcomer.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 40)
If all those who profess to be believers were indeed overcomers, there would be no disagreement among them. But there are many, even among God’s professed people, who must humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, that He may exalt them in due time.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 41)
O I am so grateful that we have a Saviour. I feel to praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice for His great salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 42)
In the last chapter of Revelation is pictured the reward of the overcomer. Let us read:
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 43)
“He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him.” [Revelation 22:1-3.] And now is the time to begin earnestly and determinedly the work of serving Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 44)
“And they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light; and they shall reign forever and ever.” [Verses 4, 5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 45)
What is our little lifetime of service here?—A few brief years devoted to the service of God, and then to come into possession of everlasting life, everlasting happiness. No more trials, no more griefs, no more temptations. Is not this a wonderful prospect—eternal life—to live forever and ever?
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 46)
We cannot afford to sin. We cannot afford to be negligent or reckless in this matter of our soul’s eternal interest. The time that we are in this world is in comparison to eternity very brief. A life that measures with the life of God is presented to us for a brief life of sanctified obedience to the will and Word of God. Then, for Christ’s sake, let us reach a higher and still higher standard. Let us plead with God till we have in our hearts the sanctification of His Spirit. But shall we be overcomers? My dear brethren and sisters, it is worth our while to try.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 47)
“And He said unto me, These things are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show unto His servants the things which must shortly be done.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 48)
“Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book.” [Verses 6, 7.] O let us keep them. Let us keep them in our hearts. Let us teach and stimulate others to keep them. When we think of eternal life, why do we not feel a determined interest to try to open the Word before souls perishing and dying in their sins? Let us talk with them of the wonderful blessings that await the children of God. God will help us in doing this. We need the simplicity of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 49)
“Behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” [Verse 12.] Then can we afford to be careless or indifferent? Dare we serve our own unsanctified will? We must work the works of God here in this life, if we would live with Him in the future life and wear the crown of glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 50)
“I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 51)
I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Verses 13-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 52)
Here are words to encourage our hearts. But we do not, as we should, build ourselves up in the most holy faith. With seeming indifference, we see sinners going down to perdition. The world is seeing a very faulty example in many professed Christians. As these things are revealed to me, my heart is so burdened that I cannot sleep. I feel an untold agony of mind.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 53)
Let us all arise. Let us lay hold of the promise which is given us, and hold it fast by living faith. By living works, by a living sanctification, let us reveal that we do believe the truth, that we believe in Jesus Christ, and that we are running with patience the race that is set before us. Then we shall have right—O that right is worth everything to us—we shall have right to the tree of life, and to enter in through the gates into the city.
(23LtMs, Ms 39, 1908, 54)
Ms 41, 1908
Sermon/Lessons From the First Chapter of Second Peter Oakland, California March 12, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in 2MCP 387, 389-390, 434-435, 493-494, 673; Te 139, 162.
“Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 1)
Here is our dependence. We are not to be dependent on men to direct us. We cannot lean on human agencies, but it is our privilege to look to and trust in Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 2)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord. According as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [Verses 2-4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 3)
Corruption abounds in our world. It is all around us; and unless we watch diligently, we shall become corrupted and be unable to discern what we must be or what we must do in order to win eternal life. We must be wide-awake. In the matter of our eating and drinking we must use wisdom, denying ourselves of everything that would corrupt the mind or turn our thoughts away from the clear knowledge that we may have in Jesus Christ. Notice the words “exceeding great”—“whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [Verse 4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 4)
We may escape this corruption; but if we do, it will not be by indulgence in harmful or unnecessary desires. We must have all the strength of our minds, in order to know what saith the Lord. We are to study His Word diligently.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 5)
“And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance.” [Verses 5, 6.] Notice that temperance is placed before patience. An intemperate man is seldom a patient man. The drunkard and the tobacco user have by harmful indulgence injured their brain nerve power. One who indulges freely in eating, who overloads the digestive organs until they are unable properly to care for the food eaten, is also an intemperate man and will find it impossible to discern clearly spiritual things.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 6)
We must be temperate in our eating and drinking. We must care for the digestive organs and not force upon them a great variety of food. He who gorges himself with many kinds of food at a meal is doing himself injury. It is more important that we eat that which will agree with us than that we taste of every dish that may be placed before us. There is no door in our stomach by which we can look in and see what is going on, so we must use our mind, and reason from cause to effect. If you feel all wrought up and everything seems to go wrong, perhaps it is because you are suffering the consequences of eating a great variety of food.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 7)
The digestive organs have an important part to act in our life happiness. God has given us intelligence, that we may learn what we should use as food. Shall we not, as sensible men and women, study whether the things we eat will be in agreement, or whether they will cause trouble? People who have a sour stomach are very often of a sour disposition. Everything seems to be contrary to them, and they are peevish and irritable. If we would have peace among ourselves, we should give more thought than we do to having a peaceful stomach.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 8)
We should practice temperance in our labor. It is not our duty to place ourselves where we shall be overworked. Some may at times be placed where this is necessary, but it should be the exception, not the rule. We are to practice temperance in all things. If we honor the Lord by acting our part, He will on His part preserve our health. We should have a sensible control of all our organs. By practicing temperance in eating, in drinking, in dressing, in labor, and in all things, we can do for ourselves what no physician can do for us.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 9)
We need to exercise good judgment. We should work out the principles of health reform decidedly, not in a half-way manner, but whole-heartedly, positively. Then we shall be less likely to speak words in the heat of passion. Our words will be studied. We shall consider what effect our words may produce upon those who hear them. We may be speaking to persons who have had trials and difficulties, or who are despondent. Unless we are constantly on guard, we are in danger of speaking words that would better be left unsaid; for they will tempt others to respond in a manner corresponding to our unkind words.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 10)
The Lord wants us to be sanctified. We shall have to contend with people of varied dispositions, and we should be in a position where we know how to deal with human minds. We must ask Christ to impress us with words to speak that will be a blessing. And as we help others, we shall be blessed ourselves.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 11)
We cannot afford to be in any way a hindrance to others. Each has his own peculiar temptations and trials, and we are to stand in a position where we can help and strengthen the tempted. We are to encourage and, if possible, lift up those what are weak in the faith. By speaking of the promises of God, we may sometimes remove depression from the minds of those who are in trial and difficulty.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 12)
When I was visiting the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, about three years ago, I spoke nearly every morning at five o’clock to the workers, and at a later hour to the patients. There was among the patients one man who seemed always depressed. I learned that he believed the theory of the Bible doctrines, but could not exercise faith to appropriate to himself the promises of God. Morning after morning I would speak to the patients about faith and urge them to believe the words of God. Yet this poor man seemed unable to admit that he had faith. I talked with him alone. I would present the truth in every way possible, then I would ask him if he could not believe that Christ was his individual Saviour and would help him. He has said to all who are weary and heavy laden, “Take My yoke upon you.” Do not wear a yoke of your own framing. “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 13)
Finally the time came when I must leave. I said to him, “Now, my friend, can you tell me that you have learned to trust that Saviour who has taken so much pains to meet the situation of every soul? Can you and will you trust in Him? Can you tell me, before I leave, that you have received faith to believe God?” He looked up and said, “Yes, I believe. I have faith.”“Thank the Lord,” I replied. I felt that although there were others who had been present and had listened to my talks in the parlor, I had in this case been amply rewarded for all my efforts.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 14)
We do not realize how much we lose through unbelief. Without faith we shall be engaged in a losing battle. We have a Saviour who understands every phase of our life. He knows our discouragements, and He knows just what help we need. We want a faith in Him, a faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 15)
We are individually to do what we can for ourselves. We are, so far as possible, to be our own physicians. Many pay large sums of money for one thing or another to help them, when, if they would only deny themselves, and refrain from wrong habits in eating and living, they might save many dollars. When you sit at table, be careful. Do not eat things that disagree; for if you do, you are likely to get into a disagreement with somebody before long.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 16)
There was one time in my experience when it was expected that I would live but a little while. I was then a meat-eater and thought I could not possible live without it. I had frequent fainting spells, when it was difficult to restore me to consciousness. Then the light came me: “Use no flesh meat as food. You do not need the flesh of dead animals. There are simple foods that you can eat that will not create a disturbance, and cause fermentation, as does the meat.”
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 17)
So I gave up eating meat. I did not like bread, but I began to educate my appetite till I could eat those things that were harmless. Since that time, I have had but very few of those fainting spells, and then only when I have become exhausted or have been poisoned by the breaths of large congregations.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 18)
“And to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness.” [2 Peter 1:6, 7.] Do we understand what brotherly kindness means? As those whom Christ has died to redeem, we should be like a family of brothers and sisters. We should treat one another kindly, tenderly. How does God regard those whom He desires to redeem? We read that He “so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 19)
“If thee things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 20)
Many times I have praised the Lord for that promise. We have a right to claim it as our own. If we do our part, adding to our characters the virtues that have been spoken of, we may trust the Lord to fulfil His promise that we “shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 21)
“But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins. Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 8-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 22)
Here is our everlasting life insurance policy—“If ye do these things, ye shall never fall.” [Verse 10.] It is our privilege to have the reward that remains for the faithful; but we must co-operate with God. Merely talking the truth will not save men who refuse to co-operate with God, who will not place themselves in a position where they can obtain the insurance policy for eternal life. Let us do all we can to secure this everlasting life insurance policy in the kingdom of glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 23)
“Give diligence to make your calling and election sure.” [Verse 10.] When we manifest diligence in this line, we shall have fewer church trials. There will not be in the church the difficulties that have been seen in some places. Those trials were caused by men who did not heed the words that God sent to them. Their eyes were blinded, and they stumbled in the pathway.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 24)
“Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth. Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance; knowing that shortly I must put off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath showed me. Moreover I will endeavor that ye may be able after my decease to have these things always in remembrance.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 25)
“For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eye witnesses of His majesty. For He received from God the Father honor and glory, when there came such a voice to Him from the excellent glory, This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with Him in the holy mount.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 26)
“We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts: knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private interpretation. For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.” [Verses 12-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 27)
Now I have read these things from the Word of God. How do we regard these promises? Are our hearts softened? I pray the Lord that you may have grace and strength to be free from all the difficulties and disturbances that are caused by finding fault, or charging faults upon others. Shall we not put all such things away? We want Christ formed within, the hope of glory. He loves us with a love that is infinite.
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 28)
May the Lord bless the little talks I have given you from morning to morning. I desire that every soul here may enjoy all that it is his privilege to enjoy. I desire that you may all stand where you will have the eternal life insurance policy, so that “an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verse 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 41, 1908, 29)
Ms 43, 1908
Sermon/Lessons From the Fifty-Eighth of Isaiah Oakland, California March 14, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in OHC 15; CD 309; 4BC 1151-1154; 5MR 82-83; 11MR 188. +
“Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of Me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God. Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and Thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge?
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 1)
“Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labors. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness: ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord? Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke?” [Isaiah 58:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 2)
Men have no right to place yokes on the necks of their brethren. They have no right to exercise a power so dominating that their brethren will look upon them with fear, instead of looking unto the Lord God of Israel and fearing Him and doing His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 3)
“To loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed to free, and that ye break every yoke”—this is the message that the Lord has given me to bear to those assembled here today. [Verse 6.] There is to be a reformation all through these cities, that the inhabitants of these crowded centers may know what it means to serve the Lord God of Israel and to glorify His name.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 4)
We continue reading. Seventh verse: “Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?”
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 5)
All about us in Oakland and San Francisco, and in every other city of this land, there are many who have been so blinded and bound about by the enemy of their souls, that they cannot recognize the Lord God of heaven and His will concerning them. They seem unable to realize the times in which they are living. And yet here we are, professedly the Lord’s people, with the accumulated light of centuries shining along our pathway. What are we doing for those who are groping their way in the mists of error? The coming of the Lord is near. It hasteth greatly. The Lord is coming in such a time as many look not for Him, and who is prepared for His coming? What are we doing to warn our friends and neighbors? Are we faithfully doing all in our power to let our light shine out into this moral darkness and illuminate the pathway of those who are seeking to find the way of life eternal?
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 6)
Note the inspired promise of the prophet to those who do all in their power to relieve distress, both physical and spiritual. “Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward.” [Verse 8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 7)
As Christians we are to have a righteousness that shall be developed and seen—a righteousness that represents the character of Jesus Christ when He was in our world. He came and died in order that we might live. He gave His life to purchase every soul of the human family. But only those who come to Him in faith, nothing wavering, will be granted the boon of life eternal.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 8)
The Christian life does not call for undue suffering and hardship. We are not asked to sit in sackcloth and ashes; but we are asked to recognize God as our helper, and to co-operate with Him in doing His will, so that He may bless us and enable us to live the Christian life. He is our strength, our frontguard, and our rereward. And whatever our estate, we may be assured that Christ has lived and suffered in our behalf, and that by His grace we may be strong to prevail. The King of glory, He stooped low to rescue humanity. Laying aside His royal crown and kingly robe, He came to this earth in the likeness of humanity, as the poorest of the poor. By personal experience He knew what it meant to be poor and oppressed. And in the busy years of His ministry, when surrounded by crowds seeking to be healed of their infirmities, He never turned one away. Although oft faint with hunger and weariness, He attended to the needs of all who sought His help.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 9)
At times His friends and relatives feared for His life, the pressure was so great. On one occasion when His mother and His brethren begged Him to rest, and He saw how concerned they were over His welfare, He called for a boat and went to the other side of the sea, away from the press of the throng. But only for a little while did He remain, and then He was once more back with the multitude. He could not turn aside from suffering humanity unless first He had helped them escape from their afflictions.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 10)
We read further: “Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and He shall say, Here I am. If thou take away from the midst of thee the yoke, the putting forth of the finger, and speaking vanity; and if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noonday: and the Lord shall guide thee continually.” [Verses 9-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 11)
A follower of Christ is one who lives a Christlike life. In his association with the sick and the suffering, the unconverted and the backslider, he does all in his power to help. His light is ever bright, and many are blessed through the influence of his helpful ministry. God desires that every soul shall become a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 12)
We are now preparing for eternity. Time will not last much longer; for we are living in the closing days of this world’s history. Satan knows that his time is short, and he is now at work with all his masterly power. We need to be instant in prayer; for in communion with God we shall find strength to resist the enemy. If we are not watchful, we may be ensnared, and yet not realize our condition.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 13)
It is our privilege to live in the light or in the darkness. Our spiritual condition is dependent on our consecration of soul, body, and spirit to Him who has purchased us by the sacrifice of His own life. We are the property of Christ. We have been bought with a price—and what a price! We can acknowledge God’s ownership by walking in accordance with a plain “Thus saith the Lord,” advancing step by step in faith. In the light of the infinite cost of our redemption, how essential it is that we have keen spiritual discernment! Never should we lose sight of the sacrifice of Christ on the cross of Calvary. Oh, the suffering, the agony, endured by Him! He died to save a lost world. If we choose, we may blind our eyes to His sacrifice in our behalf; but in the way of unbelief there is naught but darkness and death.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 14)
In our world there are two classes. One is made up of those who behold a crucified and risen Saviour. The other includes all who have chosen to look away from the cross and to follow the leadings of satanic influences. The latter class are busily engaged in putting stumbling blocks before God’s people, to cause them to fall, and turn from the path of obedience into the broad way of disobedience and death. Evil angels are striving to obscure the clear vision of commandment-keepers, and to darken the understanding that they will not be able to discern between righteousness and unrighteousness.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 15)
Many choose unrighteousness because Satan presents it in such a way that it seems attractive to those who are not on guard against his wiles. And he works in a special manner through unsanctified men and women who profess to be children of God. In some way or other the enemy will seek to deceive all, even the very elect. Only as we are partakers of the divine nature can we escape the corrupting influences that are brought to bear upon us by the enemy of our souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 16)
As Satan seeks to break down the barriers of the soul, by tempting us to indulge in sin, we must by living faith retain our connection with God and have confidence in His strength to enable us to overcome every besetment. We are to flee from evil and seek righteousness, meekness, and holiness. Rightdoing develops strength of character and begets confidence in our Christian integrity on the part of those who are watching us to see whether the Christian religion is really a molding power in our lives. We are to obey the injunction, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 17)
Of him who walks in the way of life everlasting, using his blessings to bless others, the prophet Isaiah declares: “The Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not.” [Isaiah 58:11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 18)
These blessings we need. We need the water of life that flows from Jesus Christ, which will be in us a well of water springing up into everlasting life. “The Lord shall guide thee continually.” [Verse 11.] When we are guided by the Lord, we shall have clear discernment. We shall not call righteousness unrighteousness, nor think that things that the Lord has forbidden are right. We shall understand where the Lord is working.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 19)
Many have not understood this. There are some whom I know have been led astray by the enemy. But God wants to make you a partaker of the divine nature. He wants no yoke of human authority on your neck, but that you shall look to Him who is able to save to the uttermost every one that comes to Him in righteousness and truth. We have no time to tamper with the enemy; for we are very near the close of this earth’s history.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 20)
“And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations, and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in.” [Verse 12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 21)
A breach has been made in the law of God, and He is calling for a people that will repair this breach. A spurious Sabbath has been exalted instead of the Sabbath of Jehovah. Soon laws will be passed, compelling all to observe the first day of the week instead of the seventh. We must meet this difficulty, and we shall find trouble enough, without stirring up contention among those who profess to be keeping God’s commandments.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 22)
“Thou shalt be called The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shall honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thin own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 23)
“Behold, the Lord’s hand is not shortened, that it cannot save; neither His ear heavy, that it cannot hear: but your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your sins have hid His face from you, that He will not hear.” [Isaiah 58:12-14; 59:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 24)
God wants us to be in a position where we may do real missionary work. We should feel for our fellow men the same sympathy that Christ felt for humanity. His sympathy led Him to redeem them, even at the cost of His own blood. If we would carry out the principles of the law of God, we are to love our neighbor as we love ourselves.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 25)
The Lord is calling upon His people to finish His work in the earth. As for me, I purpose to stand in my lot and place; and wherever the Lord bids me go, I shall raise the note of warning. He requires of us that the divine impress shall be upon all our words, upon all our business transactions. Wherever we go, we are to let our light shine in the community around us. We are preparing to enter the pearly gates of the city of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 26)
But many of you are not ready for the coming of Christ. The Lord has bidden me bear to this people the message, Prepare to meet thy God. There is earnest work before you. There are hundreds even in this vicinity who should be converted, and who might even now be rejoicing in the knowledge of the truth, if all had done their duty faithfully. There is a world to hear the message, yet some of our ministers have been hovering over small churches, when the members of these churches themselves ought to be active in spreading the knowledge of the truth to those around them.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 27)
We cannot give this solemn warning unless we ourselves are partakers of the light and grace and the righteousness of Jesus Christ. Let it be known that there is a God in Israel. We are to lift up our voice like a trumpet, and show God’s people their transgressions. If we do this faithfully and fearlessly, many will take heed and will seek the Lord and find Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 28)
I would ask you, Have you done the work of the Lord in meekness and in sanctification of the Spirit? In the visions of the night I have seen some of the baneful results of unsanctified minds influencing other minds. Some have placed yokes on the necks of their brethren, and God now demands that these yokes shall be broken. Let every one realize that there is freedom in Jesus Christ. He loves you, and He desires to reveal Himself unto you, that you may reveal Him to the world. He desires you to tell others of His love and of His willingness and power to save. Jesus Christ, the Lord our righteousness, will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your rereward.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 29)
I ask you to search well your own hearts. Put away the evil speaking that has been weakening the faith of some of God’s people. We must have a living faith in God. We cannot afford to go backward. We must press forward in the footsteps of our Redeemer, even though we are led through a cloud.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 30)
In the sixty-first chapter of Isaiah, the prophet speaks of the mission of our Saviour. He says:
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 31)
“The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent me to bind up the broken hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn.” [Verses 1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 32)
The Lord is not pleased to have His people a band of mourners. He wants them to repent of their sins, that they may enjoy the liberty of the sons of God. Then they will be filled with the praises of God, and will be a blessing to others.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 33)
The Lord Jesus was anointed also “to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garments of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that the might be called Trees of righteousness, The planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified.” [Verse 3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 34)
“That He might be glorified”—O that this might be the purpose of our lives! Then we should have regard to the expression of our countenance, to our words, and even to the tone of our voice when we speak. All our business transactions would be wrought in faith and integrity. Then would the world be convinced that there is a people that are loyal to the God of heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 35)
So long as God gives me strength, I shall endeavor faithfully to bear to His people the messages of warning that He gives me. It pains me to think of the loss of souls. I find no pleasure in thinking that there are some who have seen great light, and who have enjoyed wonderful privileges, but who are still in the darkness of error. God calls for all to come into harmony with Himself. He will receive them if they will put away their evil actions. By a union with the divine nature of Christ, they may escape the corrupting influences of this world.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 36)
It is time for every one of us to decide whose side we are on. The agencies of Satan will work with every mind that will allow itself to be worked by him. But there are also heavenly agencies waiting to communicate the bright rays of the glory of God to all that are willing to receive Him. It is truth that we want, precious truth in all its loveliness. Truth will bring liberty and gladness.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 37)
We are to take a special interest in those who know not the special truths for this time. Had faithful work been done in Oakland during the past few years, hundreds more would have been converted. Will those whose eyes have been blinded, now seek earnestly for a clear spiritual vision, that a new order of things may be seen.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 38)
In the following verses our work is pointed out: “And they shall build the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations. And strangers shall stand and feed your flocks, and the sons of the alien shall be your plowmen, and your vinedressers. But ye shall be named the Priests of the Lord: men shall call you the Ministers of our God: ye shall eat the riches of the Gentiles, and in their glory shall ye boast yourselves.” [Verses 4-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 39)
We are all amenable to God for the character of the influence we exert. Are we preparing for the day of our God which is soon to burst upon us, or are we closing our eyes, and blinding the eyes of others, that they shall not discern where the enemy is working?
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 40)
We plead for temperance in all points. I remember how the temperance question forty years ago was all alive. My husband was living then, and as we went from place to place, we would advocate the principles of temperance in all things. There must be temperance in eating as well as in drinking. Our appetites are to be under a sensible control. The Lord is not pleased when we load our digestive organs with the flesh of dead animals, or with a large variety of foods at the same meal. It is well to eat one class of foods at one meal, and other kinds of food at a different meal. Fruit we would especially recommend as a health-giving agency. But even fruit should not be eaten after a full meal of other foods.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 41)
We may preserve our health if we will use good common sense. That is why we have established sanitariums in so many places, that a proper education might be given. But notwithstanding all the light that God has given on this subject, there are some who will eat anything and everything that they desire.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 42)
God is willing to work with everyone who will seek for the righteousness of Jesus Christ. But if you turn away from that righteousness, if you refuse to heed the light that God has given, you cannot claim His promises.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 43)
May the Lord bring into our ranks the spirit of freedom. He is coming soon, to take to Himself those who are tried and proved. But what a loss will come to those who have not purified their souls through obedience to the truth. They will lose eternal life, an eternal life free from pain and suffering, a life where sin is unknown. This reward Christ has provided for all who will receive and acknowledge Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 44)
May the Lord help us to humble our souls before Him, and learn of Jesus Christ as little children, that we may practice the truth in righteousness. If we do this, we may rejoice in the Lord. We may be happy and joyous in our God.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 45)
I want you all to be saved in the kingdom of glory. As I see how much Christ has done for you, I am determined, so long as I have strength, to extend the invitation to come up on the platform of eternal truth, where you may know that you are experiencing the keeping power of God, and that there awaits you in the kingdom of God the life eternal.
(23LtMs, Ms 43, 1908, 46)
Ms 45, 1908
Sermon/“That Ye Should Go and Bring Forth Fruit” Lodi, California May 5, 1908 Previously unpublished. +
“I am the true vine, and My Father is the husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit He purgeth it that it may bring forth more fruit.” [John 15:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 1)
The Lord Jesus expects fruit from every soul that professes to believe in Him. He expects of all of us much more than we give Him. Those who will take Him as their Helper will be branches that will bear fruit abundantly.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 2)
“Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me.” [Verses 3, 4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 3)
In the kind of fruit we bear, we give to the world an evidence as to whether or not we are united to the true vine. Some branches bear fruit, but not good fruit. So some people profess to be children of God; but unless they bear fruit in harmony with the character and example of Jesus Christ, they give to the world a false representation. If we would make a right use of all the light and opportunities that have been granted to us, we must represent the truth in its purity. We must seek to copy after the example of our Saviour.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 4)
“I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do nothing.” [Verse 5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 5)
If as branches we draw our nourishment from the vine Jesus Christ, we have a right to expect that He will give us of His Holy Spirit. He will work with us, and His power will rest upon us. Then when we speak to others in regard to the truth, the holy Spirit will be present to impress their minds.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 6)
“If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verses 6, 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 7)
If with faith in Jesus Christ as our Saviour we come to Him in our necessities, we shall receive from Him that grace that we need every day and every hour.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 8)
“Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.” [Verses 8-10.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 9)
Here is a wonderful promise to those who keep the commandments of God who, by bearing good fruit, give evidence that they are branches of the living vine.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 10)
“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verse 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 11)
In an abiding union with Christ there is fulness of joy: there is a refreshing cheerfulness, a constant uplifting of the soul to God. If we enjoy this experience, those around us will be benefited by our fruit-bearing. The kind words we speak and the Christian love that we manifest will bring gladness to their hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 12)
O that we might see more of that fulness of joy! Then would flow from the lips of God’s children words in harmony with that sacred joy. If our joy is full, it will manifest itself in labor for souls. If our heart is really full of the love of God and His joy, we shall not confine our religious exercises to meeting together on the Sabbath. There is a world lying in darkness. We must have compassion on those who know not the truth. Let us open the Word to them. It may be that we may help some to free themselves from the hold of Satan, and then they, too, will labor to lead others to see the beauty and loveliness that there is in Jesus Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 13)
We are all amenable to God. If we abide in Christ, we shall do His works. We shall see the necessity of multiplying souls for His kingdom. We shall reveal His light and love and joy in our hearts. There is a great work to do. Why are we not stirred within us as we see souls perishing on the right hand and on the left? Let us invent every possible means to bring the precious light of truth to those that are ready to perish.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 14)
“This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verse 12.] Can you measure the love wherewith Christ has loved us? We only know that in manifesting that love He offered Himself to us as a living sacrifice, in His humiliation and suffering, paying the price of our salvation. “Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain; that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you.” [Verses 13-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 15)
This is an abundant promise: do we believe it? Will we honor our great Teacher by believing every word He says, that we may meet His expectations for us?
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 16)
“These things I command you, that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also. But all these things will they do unto you for My name’s sake, because they know not Him that sent Me.” [Verses 17-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 17)
The true Christian can have no fellowship with the world, where “judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off,” where “truth is fallen in the streets, and equity cannot enter,” and “he that departeth from evil maketh himself a prey.” [Isaiah 59:14, 15.] The Christian represents a truth that works counter to all the ambitious plans of the world. This is why the world hates the followers of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 18)
“If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both Me and My Father. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated Me without a cause.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 19)
“But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of Me: and ye shall bear witness, because ye have been with Me from the beginning.” [John 15:22-27.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 20)
We understand something of our responsibilities, but would that we all might be brought into right relation to God, that we should love Him, and keep His commandments, and be happy in His love. We entreat of you for Christ’s sake to make an entire surrender to God. Here is your opportunity, while you are assembled at this camp-meeting. Search your hearts to see where in your business relations, or in any other line, you have been working counter to the law of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 21)
God has given us His precious Word, that we might live by it. When Christ has done so much for us, shall we not show our appreciation of His love. There is a world to be saved. We are not to sit down contentedly with our own families, enjoying our privileges of meeting together, but feeling no special interest for those who know not the truth. We must help them to understand the Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 22)
The work of the Lord is to be carried in meekness, in lowliness of heart. As Christ’s little children, we are to take Him as our Helper. He will let His glory rest upon us, and He will speak through us as He did through the disciples that He sent out. He said to them, “Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] There may be manifestations all around us of a wolfish spirit, but we need not be partakers of that spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 23)
If you have not taken hold to try to bring the light of truth to those that are in darkness, will you not begin this work at once? Try to win souls to Christ, and let the light of His countenance be expressed in you. Let it shine forth in meekness and lowliness of heart. The truth will be opposed by the world, but “greater is He that is in you, than he that is in the world.” [1 John 4:4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 24)
Let the children be educated to understand what Christ is to them, and what they may do for Christ. They can be His obedient children. There are errands that they may do for Jesus, and they may help in the work of saving souls that are ready to perish.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 25)
There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. If we lose that heaven that has been purchased for us at such tremendous sacrifice, the time will come when we shall bitterly lament. We shall have lost everything.
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 26)
If we will all take hold of the work of God intelligently, angels of God will be with us to teach us, to lead us, and to bless us. Then our hearts will be filled with a satisfaction that we do not dream of while we are careless and indifferent. Let us arm ourselves with the mind of Christ. With the trusting simplicity of children, let us pray as we have never prayed before for the Holy Spirit. God has promised it in His Word. It is His Word that bids us go forward, and His work in which we are to be engaged. Then why should we fail or be discouraged?
(23LtMs, Ms 45, 1908, 27)
Ms 47, 1908
Sermon/As Little Children Lodi, California May 7, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 299-304. +
“At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto Him and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily, I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the midst of the sea.” [Matthew 18:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 1)
The child in its simplicity manifests a humility that should be manifest among the children of God. How can we but feel humble when we consider how Jesus Christ, the Majesty of heaven, took it upon Himself, even at the cost of His own life, to rescue a fallen race? In doing this He took upon Himself the nature of weak, sinful humanity and came to this world to battle with the powers of darkness. In His work of overcoming sin, He opened the way, so that every one that will receive Him as his Saviour may also be an overcomer.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 2)
Let us be careful that we do not offend one of the little ones that believes in Jesus. All about us are souls that are tempted. They know not how to receive from Christ the grace and help that He can give. As Christians we are ever to stand ready to help such ones. With all the powers of our influence we are to seek to draw to Jesus Christ those that are in need of His grace. We are not to stand in indifference and coldness, with no sympathy for those who are tempted. We must work one for another.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 3)
We are laborers together with God. Jesus says of His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world.”“Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] Those who have a knowledge of the Scriptures are not to hide their light under a bushel.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 4)
There are souls to be saved. It was at a tremendous sacrifice that the Father gave His only begotten Son to die a shameful death. Jesus’ experience on earth was necessary, in order that no one might truthfully say that Christ could not enter into sympathy with him in his temptations.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 5)
While Christ was hanging in agony on the cross, one of the thieves that at first railed on Him repented, and said to Him, “Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom. And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:42, 43.] Satan then trembled for his kingdom. He knew it would be destroyed. Jesus had withstood all his temptations, He had patiently endured cruel persecution, and now with a note of triumph in His voice, He could promise salvation to a poor, repentant sinner.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 6)
Christ has paid the debt of sin for the whole world. In His great sacrifice, He embraces old and young. He endured the poverty, in order that He might bring to mankind the priceless riches of the heavenly home. He who was the Son of God, equal with His Father, He who made the worlds has died to save every soul that will come to Him. How terrible it is for any one to refuse to co-operate with Him, to work against Him!
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 7)
Every one who will help these little ones is doing the will of God. “But whoso shall offend one of these little ones,” Christ declares, “it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea.” [Matthew 18:6.] It is a very serious matter to lay stumbling blocks in the way of others. Especially should we seek to keep the little ones in our own families, as far as possible, from the temptations of Satan.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 8)
Fathers and mothers, you are responsible for your children. Be careful under what influences you place them. Do not, by scolding or fretting, lose your own influence over them for good. You are to guide them, not to stir up the passions of their mind. Whatever provocation you may have, be sure that the tone of your voice betrays no irritation. Do not let them see in you a manifestation of the spirit of Satan. This will not help you to fit and train your children for the future, immortal life.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 9)
“Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh! Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot offend thee, cut them off, and cast them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire.” [Verses 7-9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 10)
If anything stands in the way of our surrender to Christ, even though it be as dear to us as a hand or a foot or an eye, it will be to our interest to let it go, rather than to lose eternal life.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 11)
“Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do alway behold the face of My Father which is in heaven. For the Son of man is come to seek and save that which was lost.” [Verses 10, 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 12)
The children are God’s property, and it is the duty of every church member to take an interest in their salvation. Because some children do not belong to your own family is no excuse for neglecting or mistreating them. You are to co-operate with Christ in seeking and saving that which has been lost. Let us not shrink from bearing responsibilities. I thank the Lord that I have in the past taken some responsibilities in caring for children. I have taken several into my own home, and have done my best to educate and train them for God.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 13)
The work of saving the children must begin in the home. If the mother has a hasty temper, she should seek earnestly to overcome it. Let her remember that she is not to provoke her children to wrath. By exercising patience under trial, she may be the means of bringing her children under the influence of the Spirit of God, so that they may respond to it. The father and the mother are responsible for the maintenance of religion in the home. We should pray to God much more than we do. There is great strength and blessing in praying together in our families, with and for our children. When my children have done wrong, and I have talked with them kindly and then prayed with them, I have never found it necessary after that to punish them. Their hearts would melt in tenderness before the Holy Spirit that came in answer to prayer.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 14)
I see great possibilities for the proper training of children situated, as you are here, away from the contaminating influences that are found in the large cities. You are not so crowded together, but that you can keep your children under your own influence. O what a gain it will be if you can so educate and train your children, that when you come up to the gates of the city of God, a blessing may be pronounced upon you and upon your children!
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 15)
God has a tender regard for the children. He wants them to gain victories every day. Let us all endeavor to help the children to be overcomers. Do not let offenses come to them from the very members of their own family. Do not permit your actions and your words to be of a nature that your children will be provoked to wrath. Yet they must be faithfully disciplined and corrected when they do wrong.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 16)
“How think ye? If a man have an hundred sheep, and one of them be gone astray, doth he not leave the ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seeketh that which is gone astray? And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, He rejoiceth more of that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. Even so it is not the will of your Father which is in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish.” [Verses 12-14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 17)
Will our ministers remember that it is not the particular duty of a minister of the gospel to hover over the churches? Those who do not labor for the salvation of others will soon lose their own confidence in God. All who profess to understand the plan of salvation have a special work to do for those around them, ever to be ready to speak a word in season to them that are ready to perish. If it is your desire to honor and glorify, not yourself, but God, He will give you a work to do that will result in the salvation of souls. But you yourselves must be in right relation with God before you can lead others to Him. You must have a humility that God can accept. Then He will be able to impress your mind and give you a fitness for His service.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 18)
“Moreover, if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he will hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven; and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven.” [Verses 15-18.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 19)
If these directions were faithfully carried out whenever a brother or a sister is thought to be in wrong, there would be fewer church trials. God would be pleased to have His people cease to criticize their brethren one to another. We must come into unity with God and with one another.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 20)
“Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Verses 19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 21)
If when you find the battle is strong, you would go to one of two of your brethren and sisters, and unite with them in seeking the Lord, you might often find peace and comfort. The holy angels would be with you, and your prayers would be heard by your Father in heaven. You would be better fitted for your responsibilities in the home.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 22)
We do not half believe the Lord. Suppose we try to come into right relation with Him, and know that He will surely teach us, and lead us, and guide us, and bless us. Let us cast our helpless souls on Jesus Christ. If you are provoked, remember that silence is eloquence. Do not become angry. Here in this world we are in our preparatory school, being fitted to enter the school in the higher courts above. One of the lessons that we must learn here is the lesson of self-control.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 23)
In all our troubles and difficulties it is our privilege to look to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith. He wants us to unite with Him in finishing His work on the earth. If we act our part faithfully now, we shall, when He comes, receive a crown of life. We shall obtain the reward that is granted to every overcomer.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 24)
We cannot bear the thought that the King of glory, the mighty Counselor shall have come to our world and died for us in vain. We want to accept the great gift, and to be laborers together with God in obeying the principles of His Word. Let us live a life of simplicity. We are not living for the world. We are not seeking its flattery or its compliments. There is a world to save. Christ has done all that He can do for its salvation, and He desires us to do what we can do to raise up churches for Him in new places.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 25)
“Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God! therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God; and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 26)
Here is our work today. We are to carry on constantly a work of soul purification. We must cling to the mighty One and walk in humility. God wants parents and children to be overcomers. He desires them to conquer their own natural spirit, and to gain the victory over the great enemy of righteousness, who is playing the game of life for our souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 27)
We are told that “whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] How much do we glorify God by our praises? We frequently hear the expression, “I am so sorry.” Have we not heard enough sorry stories? Let us tell some stories that will uplift and bring cheer and courage. Let us tell what it means to be an overcomer. With the sunshine of heaven in our hearts, let us praise and glorify God. Let there be no quarrelling among us, no differences. With sanctified lips and tongues, let us sing the praises of God, even though we may feel discouraged.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 28)
In times of discouragement, there are evil angels by our side. But angels of heaven are also with us; and as soon as we strike a note of praise to God, His angels shed their light about us, and the evil angels are driven back. Then we find our discouragement giving way to a feeling of hope and courage in the Lord. Shall we not, instead of fretting and complaining, use our voice to praise God? Then we shall see more of His salvation, and He will let His rich blessing rest upon us.
(23LtMs, Ms 47, 1908, 29)
Ms 49, 1908
Sermon/Lessons from the Experiences of Pentecost Lodi, California May 9, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 1SAT 391-396.
“And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. And suddenly there came a sound from heaven, as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them cloven tongues, like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 1)
“And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out of every nation under heaven. Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language. And they were all amazed, and marveled, saying one to another, Behold are not all these which speak Galileans? And how here we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born? Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, and in Judea, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and proselytes, Cretes and Arabians, we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God.” [Acts 2:1-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 2)
At this time there was in Jerusalem a great religious festival, and God used His disciples on this occasion to give to the multitudes assembled there the message of the risen Saviour.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 3)
In preparation for this important work, the disciples had for several days been together, confessing their sins and praying for the Holy Spirit. Jesus had told them that they were not to depart from Jerusalem until they had received the promise of the Father. “Ye shall receive power,” He had told them, “after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth.” [Acts 1:8.] The second chapter of Acts records the experiences that came to the disciples when they received the Holy Ghost.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 4)
Some who heard the disciples tried to say something that would counteract the influence of their preaching. “They were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What meaneth this? Others mocking said, These men are full of new wine.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 5)
“But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words; for these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of My Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: and on My servants and on My handmaidens I will pour out in those days of My Spirit; and they shall prophesy: and I will show wonders in heaven above, and signs in the earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke: the sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before that great and notable day of the Lord come: and it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.” [Verses 12-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 6)
If this prophecy of Joel met a partial fulfilment in the days of the apostles, we are living in a time when it is to be even more evidently manifest to the people of God. He will so bestow His Spirit upon His people that they will become a light amid the moral darkness; and great light will be reflected in all parts of the world. O that our faith might be increased, that the Lord might work mightily with His people.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 7)
We all need the Holy Spirit. Our ministers need it. Our medical and educational institutions and our churches need it. We need a thorough, living experience in the work of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 8)
We thank the Lord that here at this meeting there has been seen some of the moving of the Spirit of God, and that some of these young people and children have been given a desire to obtain an experience in religious things. I was glad, as I saw them coming forward the other day, that they were not living in wicked cities such as San Francisco and Oakland, but that they are here in the country, where they may be kept free from evil associations, and many of the temptations that come with life in the cities.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 9)
“It shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.” [Acts 2:21.] This is a comforting promise. Can we grasp it by faith? Shall we not by our actions show that we appreciate the rich provisions of the Word of God?
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 10)
Peter continues, “Ye men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by Him in the midst of you, as ye yourselves also know: Him being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain.” [Verses 22, 23.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 11)
It took courage to bear this straight testimony. This courage and boldness in speaking the truth had come in answer to the united prayer of the disciples, while they had been together in the upper chamber.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 12)
Peter then speaks of the resurrection of Jesus: “Whom God hath raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it was not possible that He should be holden of it. For David speaketh concerning Him, I foresaw the Lord always before my face; for He is on my right hand, that I should not be moved: therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh shall rest in hope; because Thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt Thou suffer Thine Holy One to see corruption.” [Verses 24-27.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 13)
Thank God, we all have a hope that reaches to the grave. When we die, we do not go immediately to heaven. But if the Lord calls us to die, and we have been faithful in His service, we may lie down with the expectation that when Christ comes to raise the dead, we shall hear His voice, and be brought out of our graves. Our flesh may rest in hope. When the righteous shall come forth from their graves, what a rejoicing there will be!
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 14)
“This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses. Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, He hath shed forth this, which ye now see and hear. For David is not ascended into the heavens: but he saith himself, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit Thou on My right hand, until I make Thine enemies Thy footstool. Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 15)
“Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? Then Peter said unto them, Repent and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. For the promise is unto you and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” [Verses 32-39.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 16)
These promises are for our children as well as for us. We can bring them to Christ. It will require great watchfulness on the part of parents; but if they are faithful, they may keep their children from being spoiled by the vanity and the corruptions that are in the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 17)
“And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation.” [Verse 40.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 18)
This exhortation has a special application to us. We are living in the generation, concerning which it is said, “As the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood, they are eating and drinking, marrying, and giving in marriage.” [Matthew 24:37, 38.] If any of us are to be among the overcomers, we must be diligent to keep ourselves free from the corruptions of the age.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 19)
“Then they that gladly received his word were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls. And they continued steadfastly in the apostles’ doctrine and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.” [Acts 2:41, 42.]
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 20)
The Holy Spirit has not been diminished since the days of Pentecost. It will be given today to every soul that will seek for it. The Lord is willing to send His Holy Spirit into all our institutions. We want a spirit of prayer. Let us take hold of God by living faith. Let us believe that He will do all that He says He will do, and let us prepare our hearts to receive what He has promised for us.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 21)
In many places we have established our educational institutions. Our schools and our sanitariums are to reach a high standard. The Bible is to be made the great educational book. It is the Book of books, that gives us a knowledge of Him whom to know aright is life eternal. It is to be made the foundation of all true education.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 22)
We are not to aim for a lower standard than that which Christ has laid out for His people. But there are many things included in what is commonly called a higher education that we do not need. John the Baptist received a training for his life work, not in the schools of the rabbis, but in the wilderness, alone with God and His Word. As he prayed, the Scriptures were opened before him in a wonderful manner. And today God is just as willing to instruct those who will humbly seek for that wisdom which cometh from above.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 23)
We need experienced workers in the cause of God. It is not necessary that they all know several languages, but they do all need an experience in the things of God. Some who go to foreign countries will need to learn a language, but all need not spend time in learning languages that they will never use. We have not time to spend years in studying subjects that will be of no practical value. We are not to think that we must climb to the highest rounds of knowledge on every science. Time is short, and we must labor earnestly to save souls. If we will take the Word of God, and study it diligently and prayerfully, we will find the light and the knowledge that we need.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 24)
In our sanitariums, we advocate the use of simple remedies. We discourage the use of drugs, for they poison the current of the blood. In these institutions sensible instruction should be given, how to eat, how to drink, how to dress, and how to live so that the health may be preserved.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 25)
Before there were any sanitariums amongst us, my husband and I began work in medical missionary lines. We would bring to our house cases that had been given up by the physicians to die. When we knew not what to do for them, we would pray to God most earnestly, and He always sent His blessing. He is the mighty Healer, and He worked with us. We never had time or opportunity to take a medical course, but we had success as we moved out in the fear of God and sought Him for wisdom at every step. This gave us courage in the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 26)
Thus we combined prayer and labor. We used the simple water treatments, and then tried to fasten the eyes of the patients on to the great Healer. We told them what He could do for them. If we can inspire the patients with hope, this is greatly to their advantage. We want all that have any part to act in our sanitariums to have a firm grasp on the power of the Infinite. We believe in Him and in the power of His Word. When we do our best for the recovery of the sick, we may then look for Him to be with us, that we may see of His salvation. We put too little confidence in the power of the hand that rules the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 27)
The Lord instructed us that we should have a place where the sick might come and be treated in a rational way. In harmony with this instruction the sanitarium at Battle Creek was built. Now we have many of these medical institutions, and the Lord is blessing their work.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 28)
We believe in the living God, and in the simplicity of true godliness. It is important that those who are treating the sick shall have a living connection with the source of all life and healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 29)
Somehow, we often seem to carry on our meetings in a tame, lifeless way. We need a revival of the Spirit of God. Every one is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling. If you will all plant your feet upon the living Word of God, believing it, and acting in harmony with it, confessing your sins in all humility, and following Christ, we shall see among us more of the working of His mighty power.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 30)
Let us prepare for that life which measures with the life of God. We have not before us the prospect of lying in our graves. Some of us may be translated without tasting of death. Who will not deny themselves, in order that they may help to send the truth where it will be received? We have now but a very little time in which we can work, so let us deny ourselves in every way possible, that we may give the light of truth to all that can be reached. Every penny that we will invest in this work will be returned to us with large interest.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 31)
Let us take hold in faith. Let us pray. Let us believe. Let us act, and the Lord will encourage and strengthen us in the way. I want to see the salvation of God revealed in this meeting. He has power to give us. There is no lack of power on His part, but there is a lack of faith and of humility on the part of His people. Many of us would not know how to use that power if we were to receive it. Let us learn of the great Teacher, what it means to walk in humility, as Christ walked in humility.
(23LtMs, Ms 49, 1908, 32)
Ms 51, 1908
An Appeal to Ministers NP May 21, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 07/23/1908.
The Lord has instructed me to say to His people that He demands a deeper consecration on the part of His people, in every conference, in every church, and in every household. Said the messenger: Speak to the leading men, saying, You should give to the people an example of what may be done by the human agent in holy living by coming into close relation to God. Do all in your power to send home the messages of warning that have been given. Wake up the watchmen; for their unbelief has paralyzed the efforts of many who would become workers.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 1)
“As it was in the days of Noe, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be; For as in the days that were before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.”“Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken and the other left. Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken and the other left. Watch therefore; for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” [Matthew 25:37-42.]
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 2)
“But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up; therefore be ye also ready; for in such an hour as ye think not, the Son of man cometh. Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his Lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” [Matthew 24:43-46.]
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 3)
“Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season?” [Verse 45.] I repeat this. Many among professedly Christian teachers and pious men are not such at heart. They have not been purifying their souls by obeying the truth. And because the religious experience of many has been only a profession, meat has not been given in due season, and God has been greatly displeased. Blessed is that servant, the Lord declares, whom the Lord when He cometh shall find faithful. “Verily I say unto you, He shall make him ruler over all his goods.” [Verse 47.]
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 4)
“But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming, and shall begin to smite his fellowservant, and to eat and drink with the drunken, the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of; and shall cut him asunder and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” [Verses 48-51.]
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 5)
This lesson is being fulfilled all around us and right in our midst. In the indifference and boasting of men and women today, the words of the evil servant are being repeated, “My Lord delayeth His coming.” [Verse 48.] In our large cities every kind of wickedness imaginable is being revealed, and yet among the masses, yes, even among the scoffers, there are some who are listening for the trumpet to give the signal of alarm. But they listen in vain. The appropriate warnings have not been given. Is it not high time that the messengers should awake and give the warning message that is to prepare the world for the judgments that are right upon us?
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 6)
Let there be an awakening and heartfelt confessions of sin. Let there be a seeking after God. Let the shepherds throw off the lethargy that is upon them. Wake up, brethren, for Christ’s sake wake up. Let earnest, organized efforts be made, that light may go forth to those in darkness who are eating and drinking with those who are befogged with skepticism.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 7)
Our sinful condition of lukewarmness has been coming in for years, and we are far behind in following the instructions given to enter the cities and erect memorials for the cause of present truth. For many years the instruction has been repeated to us, regarding the work to be done in the cities; yet there seems to be a deathlike slumber upon many ministers and people. There are a few who have been doing all in their power, but the burden of this work has not been borne upon the hearts of our people; they are not urged to co-operate and to set in order the things that remain that are ready to die.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 8)
At our meetings held in the cities, and at our camp-meetings, we do not ask for great demonstrations, but we ask that the men who come before the people to present the truth shall be in earnest and reveal that God is with them. There must be a special seeking after God, that the work of the meeting may be carried on under the deep movings of the Holy Spirit. There must be no mingling of the wrong with right. In the past we have had abundant evidence that God will work through those who place themselves wholly on His side; and this evidence will again be given. We must have at our camp-meeting Christians of the class of whom it was said, “Ye are the light of the world.”“Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] Those who seek the Lord in humility of heart will be uplifted and refreshed.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 9)
Avoid Errors of the Past
Those who take hold of the work at this time are not to repeat the mistakes that have been made in the past, when men have sought to control and rule their fellow workers. God forbids that this spirit shall come into His work. Another message than this is to be borne. Those who have felt a burden to place yokes on the necks of their brethren, who desired to labor, are called upon to repent and be converted. “Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call upon Him while He is near.” [Isaiah 55:6.] The message of the third angel is to go forth with a loud voice. Wake up the watchmen; leave them not to settle back in their deathlike slumber.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 10)
By words and works some have declared, “My Lord delayeth His coming” [Matthew 24:48], and the thief is preparing to steal in and destroy their goods. O that our brethren would awake to the situation! Every presentation possible may be made to them; but unless the plowshare of truth shall plow up the fallow ground of the heart, there will be no thorough work done. Hearts that are hard will not be broken until there is deep and sincere repentance. Unless there is a thorough reconversion, some will fall back into the same ways that have been followed for the past eight years.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 11)
A Word to the Wavering
Of those who are constantly working to undermine faith in the messages God is sending to His people, I am instructed to say, Come out from among them and be ye separate. Come into the light, brethren, and lead others to the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Those who in faith accept the leadings of the Spirit of God will see where their dangers lie and will make decided moves in the right direction.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 12)
There are some who have not accepted the messages God has sent, and these have sown the seeds of unbelief until tares have sprung up and multiplied. Those who themselves have a tottering faith are constantly working to weaken the faith of those who come within the reach of their influence. Those who have stood directly in the way of the work of God for the past fifteen years are not to be sustained or given influence.
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 13)
Now, brethren and sisters, is your time to obtain an experience that will be invaluable to you in the future. But there can be no compromise. Those who desire to be accepted as workers in the future of this cause must advance step by step heavenward. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for; the evidence of things not seen.” [Hebrews 11:1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 51, 1908, 14)
Ms 53, 1908
Our Publications NP May 24, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 9T 61-64.
The great and wonderful work of the last gospel message is to be carried on now as it has never been before. The world is to receive the light of truth through an evangelizing ministry of the Word in our books and periodicals. Our publications are to show that the end of all things is at hand. I am bidden to say to our publishing houses, Lift up the standard; lift it up higher. Proclaim the third angel’s message, that it may be heard by all the world. Let it be seen that “here are they that keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.” [See Revelation 14:12; 12:17.] Let our literature give the divine message as a witness to all the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 1)
Our workers should now be encouraged to give their first attention to books that deal with the evidences of our faith, which teach the doctrines of the Bible, and will prepare a people to stand in the trying times before us. Having brought a people to the enlightenment of the truth by prayerful labor in Bible instruction, and through a wise use of our publications, we are to teach them to become laborers in word and doctrine. We are to encourage them to scatter the books that deal with Bible subjects, and whose teachings will prepare a people to stand, having their loins girded with truth and their lamps burning.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 2)
We have been asleep, as it were, regarding the work that may be accomplished by the circulation of well-prepared literature. Let us now, by the wise use of periodicals and books, preach the Word with determined energy, that the world may understand the message that Christ gave to John on the isle of Patmos. Let every human intelligence who professes the name of Christ testify, The end of all things is at hand; prepare to meet thy God.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 3)
Our publications should go everywhere. Let them be issued in many languages. The third angel’s message is to be given through this medium and through the living teacher. You who believe the truth for this time, wake up. It is our duty now to bring in all the means possible to help those who understand the truth to proclaim it. Part of the money that comes in from the sale of our publications should be used to increase our facilities for the production of more literature that will open blind eyes and break up the fallow ground of the heart.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 4)
There is danger of our brethren entering into commercialism and becoming so engrossed in worldly business, that the truths of the Word of God in their purity and power are not brought into the life. The love of trade and gain is becoming more and more prevalent. My brethren, let your souls be truly converted. If ever there was a time when we needed to understand our responsibilities, it is now, when truth is fallen in the streets and equity cannot enter. Satan has come down with great power, to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; and everything that can be shaken will be shaken, and those things that cannot be shaken will remain. The Lord is coming very soon, and we are entering into scenes of calamity. Satanic agencies, though unseen, are working to destroy human life. But if our life is hid with Christ in God, we shall see of His grace and salvation. Christ is coming to establish His kingdom on the earth. Let our tongues be sanctified and used to glorify Him. Let us work now as we have never worked before. We are exhorted to “be instant in season, out of season.” [2 Timothy 4:2.] We are to make openings for the presentation of the truth. We are to improve every opportunity of drawing souls to Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 5)
As a people we are to be reconverted, our lives sanctified to declare the truth as it is in Jesus. In the work of scattering our publications, we can speak of a Saviour’s love from a warm and throbbing heart. God alone has the power to forgive sins; if we do not speak this message to the unconverted, our neglect may prove their ruin. Blessed, soul-saving Bible truths are published in our papers. There are many who can help in the work of selling our periodicals. The Lord calls upon all of us to seek to save perishing souls. Satan is at work to deceive the very elect, and now is our time to work with vigilance. Our books and papers are to be brought before the notice of the people; the gospel of present truth is to be given to our cities without delay. Shall we not arouse to our duties?
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 6)
If we are making the life and teachings of Christ our study, every passing event will furnish a text for an impressive discourse. It was thus the Saviour preached the gospel in the highways and byways; and as He spoke, the little group that listened to Him swelled to a great company. Present-day evangelists are to be workers together with Christ. These, just as verily as the first disciples, have the assurance, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth; go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 7)
The work to be carried on by the people of God is declared in the words of inspiration: “Behold, I send My messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.” [Mark 1:2, 3.] “Behold, My Servant, whom I uphold; Mine elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him; He shall bring forth judgment unto the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth; and the isles shall wait for His law.” [Isaiah 42:1-4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 8)
God invites all men to the fullest investigation of the claims of His law. His Word is sacred and infinite. The cause of truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. Earnest study of the Word of God will reveal the truth. Sin and wrong will not be sustained, but the law of God will be vindicated. “Thus saith the Lord, He that created the heavens, and stretched them out; He that spread forth the earth, and that which cometh out of it, He that giveth bread to the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein, I the Lord have called Thee in righteousness, and will hold Thine hand, and will keep Thee, and will give Thee for a covenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house.” [Verses 5-7.] Christians are to seek their light from the Word of God, and then in faith go forth to give that light to those who sit in darkness.
(23LtMs, Ms 53, 1908, 9)
Ms 55, 1908
The Temperance Watchman NP May 24, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 06/18/1908.
God bids His people blend harmoniously in their service for Him, that they may work in Christ’s lines. This last message of warning must be brought to the world; and there are continual calls for those who will go forth and carry the message to the missionary fields that are calling for help. There are some who cannot themselves go to these fields, but they can help with their means in the support of the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 1)
Many can engage in the work of selling our periodicals. Thus they can earn means for the work in foreign fields while sowing seeds of truth in the byways and hedges in the home field. Such labor will be blessed of God, and it will not be done in vain.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 2)
Wherever you are, let your light shine forth. Hand our papers and pamphlets to those with whom you associate, when you are riding on the cars, visiting, conversing with your neighbors; and improve every opportunity to speak a word in season. The Holy Spirit will make the seed productive in some hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 3)
As a people we should cultivate kindliness and courtesy in our association with those whom we meet. Let us avoid any abruptness of manner and strive always to present the truth in an easy way. This truth means life, eternal life to the receiver. Study therefore to pass easily and courteously from subjects of a temporal nature to the spiritual and eternal. A most courteous manner characterized the work of the Saviour. Seek in the most gentle way to introduce your mission. While walking by the way, or seated by the wayside, you may drop into some heart the seed of truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 4)
I have words of encouragement to speak in regard to the special number of the Watchman, which the Southern Publishing House is soon to bring out. I shall rejoice to see our conferences help in this work by taking a large number of this issue for circulation. Let there be no forbiddings placed upon the effort, but let all take hold to give this temperance number a wide circulation.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 5)
There could not be a better time than now for a movement of this kind, when the temperance question is creating such widespread interest. Let our people everywhere take hold decidedly to let it be seen where we stand on the temperance question. Let everything possible be done to circulate strong, stirring appeals for the closing of the saloon. Let this paper be made a power for good. Our work for temperance is to be more spirited, more decided.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 6)
Precious light will be given in the publications you scatter through the towns and cities. Your humble prayers, your unselfish activity, will be blessed by God; and the truth as it is in Jesus will come to those who need it. The words that Christ spoke to men, while He was in the world, He will speak again through His humble, faithful followers. Through them He will give to men the bread of life and the waters of salvation. Brethren, take up this work in humility of heart. The simplicity of true godliness will cause you to be respected and will lead men and women to seek the source of your power. Believe, and you will receive the things you ask for.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 7)
The Women’s Christian Temperance Union is an organization with whose efforts for the spread of temperance principles we can heartily unite. The light has been given me that we are not to stand aloof from them; but, while there is to be no sacrifice of principle on our part, as far as possible we are to unite with them in laboring for temperance reforms. My husband and I in our labors united with these temperance workers, and we had the joy of seeing several unite with us in the observance of the true Sabbath. Among them there is a strong prejudice against us, but we will not remove this prejudice by standing aloof. God is testing us. We are to work with them when we can; and we can assuredly do this on the question of utterly closing the saloon.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 8)
As the human agent submits his will to the will of God, the Holy Spirit will make the impression upon the hearts of those to whom he ministers. I have been shown that we are not to shun the Women’s Christian Temperance Union workers. By uniting with them in behalf of total abstinence, we do not change our position regarding the observance of the seventh day; and we can show our appreciation of their position, regarding the subject of temperance. By opening the door and inviting them to unite with us on the temperance question, we secure their help along temperance lines; and they, by uniting with us, will hear new truths which the Holy Spirit is waiting to impress upon hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 9)
My brethren, be workers together with Christ. Make every possible effort, in season and out of season, to spread the light of present truth. The Lord has taught us how safe is the cable that anchors us to the living Rock. Here is an opportunity to labor for those who have truth on some points, but who on other points are not safely anchored. Keep in touch with the people wherever you can. “Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 10)
“Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] “Blessed is the man that heareth me, watching daily at my gates, and waiting at the posts of my doors.” [Proverbs 8:34.] “He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength. They shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and shall not faint.” [Isaiah 40:29-31.] “In the day that I called He answered me, and strengthened me with strength in my soul.” [Psalm 138:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 11)
I entreat every soul to seek for true conversion of heart, and then labor for the salvation of precious souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 55, 1908, 12)
Ms 57, 1908
An Appeal for the Madison School NP January 6, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in PH119.
I am acquainted with the necessities of the work being done by Brethren Magan and Sutherland and their co-laborers at Madison, Tenn., for the Lord has presented this matter clearly before me.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 1)
Light had been given that a great work was to be done in and around Nashville. When these brethren were looking for a location for their school, they found the farm where the school is now established. The price was moderate, and the advantages were many. I was shown that the property should be secured for the school, and advised them to look no further.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 2)
The Character of the Work
The school at Madison not only educates in a knowledge of the Scriptures, but it gives a practical training that fits the student to go forth as a self-supporting missionary to the field to which he is called. In their work at Madison, Brethren Sutherland and Magan and their associates have borne trial nobly. The students have been taught to raise their own crops, to build their own horses, and to care wisely for cattle and poultry. They have been learning to become self-supporting, and a training more important than this they could not receive. Thus they have obtained a valuable education for usefulness in missionary fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 3)
To this is added the knowledge of how to treat the sick and to care for the injured. This training for medical missionary work is one of the grandest objects for which any school can be established.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 4)
The Need for a Sanitarium
There are many suffering from disease and injury, who, when relieved of pain, will be prepared to listen to the truth. Our Saviour was a mighty Healer. In His name there may be many miracles wrought in the South and in other fields, through the instrumentality of the trained medical missionary.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 5)
It is essential that there shall be a sanitarium connected with the Madison school. The educational work at the school and the sanitarium can go forward hand in hand. The instruction given at the school will benefit the patients, and the instruction given to the sanitarium patients will be a blessing to the school.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 6)
The Value of an All-round Education
The class of education given at the Madison school is such as will be accounted a treasure of great value by those who take up missionary work in foreign fields. If many more in other schools were receiving a similar training, we as a people would be a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. The message would be quickly carried to every country, and souls now in darkness would be brought to the light.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 7)
It would have been pleasing to God if, while the Madison school has been doing its work, other such schools had been established in different parts of the Southern field. There is plenty of land lying waste in the South that might have been improved as the land about the Madison school has been improved. The time is soon coming when God’s people, because of persecution, will be scattered in many countries. Those who have received an all-round education will have a great advantage wherever they are. The Lord reveals divine wisdom in thus leading His people to train all their faculties and capabilities for the work of disseminating truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 8)
A Call to Self-denial
Every possible means should be devised to establish schools of the Madison order in various parts of the South; and those who lend their means and their influence to help this work are aiding the cause of God. I am instructed to say to those who have means to spare: Help the work at Madison. You have no time to lose. Satan will soon rise up to create hindrances; let the work go forward while it may.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 9)
Let us strengthen this company of educators to continue the good work in which they are engaged, and labor to encourage others to do a similar work. Then the light of truth will be carried in a simple and effective way, and a great work will be accomplished for the Master in a short time.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 10)
When the Lord favors any of His servants with worldly advantages, it is that they may use those advantages for the benefit of others. We are to learn to be content with simple food and clothing, that we may save much means to invest in the work of the gospel.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 11)
Our lack of self-denial, our refusal to see the necessities of the cause for this time, and to respond to them, call for repentance and humiliation before God. It is a sin for one who knows the truth of God to fold his hands and leave his work for another to do. The gospel of Christ calls for entire consecration. Let our church members now arise to their responsibilities and privileges. Let them spend less on self-indulgence and needless adorning. The money thus expended is the Lord’s and is needed to do a sacred work in His cause. Educate the children to do missionary work and to bring their offerings to God. Let us awake to the spiritual character of the work in which we are engaged. This is no time for weakness to be woven into our experience.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 12)
The Work at Madison Not to be Hindered
The workers at Madison have devised and planned and sacrificed in order to carry the school there on right lines, but the work has been greatly delayed. The Lord guided in the selection of the farm at Madison, and He desires it to be managed on right lines, that others, learning from the workers there, may take up a similar work and conduct it in a like manner.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 13)
In the work being done at the training-school for home and foreign missionary teachers in Madison, Tenn., and in the small schools established by the teachers who have gone forth from Madison, we have an illustration of one way in which the message should be carried in many, many places.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 14)
Brethren Sutherland and Magan should be encouraged to solicit means for the support of their work. It is the privilege of these brethren to receive gifts from any of the people whom the Lord impresses to help. They should have means—God’s means—with which to work. The Madison enterprise has been crippled in the past, but now it must go forward. If this work had been regarded in the right light, and had been given the help it needed, we should long ere this have had a prosperous work at Madison. Our people are to be encouraged to give of their means to this work which is preparing students in a sensible and creditable way to go forth into neglected fields to proclaim the soon coming of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 15)
Now a modest sanitarium is being erected, and a more commodious school-building. These are necessary to carry on aright the work of education. In the past, Brethren Sutherland and Magan have used their tact and ability in raising means for the good of the cause as a whole. Now the time has come when these faithful workers should receive from their brethren, the Lord’s stewards, the means that they need to carry on successfully the work of the Madison school and the little Madison sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 16)
I appeal to our brethren to whom the Lord has entrusted the talent of means: Will you not help the workers at Madison, who have been instrumental in raising means for many enterprises? As the Lord’s messenger, I ask you to help the Madison school now. This is its time of need. The money which you possess is the Lord’s entrusted capital. It should be held in readiness to answer the calls in places where the Lord has need of it.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 17)
The necessities of the Madison school call for immediate help. Brethren, work while the day lasts; for the night cometh, when no man can work.
(23LtMs, Ms 57, 1908, 18)
Ms 59, 1908
The New England Sanitarium NP 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #13 3-16.
A Review of the Providences Connected with the Establishment of the Sanitarium at Melrose, Massachusetts, near Boston.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 1)
Removal to Melrose
The Lord in His providence has opened the way for His workers to take an advance step in New England—a field where much special work should be done. The brethren there have been enabled to arrange to change the location of the sanitarium from South Lancaster to Melrose, a place much nearer Boston, and yet far enough removed from the busy city so that the patients may have the most favorable conditions for recovery of health. The transfer of the New England Sanitarium to a place so convenient to the city of Boston is in God’s providence. When the Lord sets His hand to prepare the way before us, God forbid that any should stand back, questioning the wisdom of going forward, or refusing to give encouragement and help.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 2)
The removal of the New England Sanitarium from South Lancaster to Melrose has been presented to me as being directed by the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 3)
Let all who are connected with this sanitarium labor to make it a model institution, where the living principles of righteousness shall prevail. Our institutions for the care of the sick and suffering are to stand upon the elevated platform of truth. They are to carry out the eternal principles of equity and righteousness. Those who are working in them are to weigh their actions in the scales of justice and practice strict equity. God desires every man and every woman in His service to stand before Him in purity and truth, obedient to all His commandments. Cleanness of spirit must be preserved wherever the light of truth is to shine forth. All the workers in our sanitariums should ever remember that they are laboring in institutions dedicated to the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 4)
October 24, 1902 *****
Description of the Property
(Portion of an article printed in the Review and Herald, September 29, 1904.)
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 5)
Ever since the removal of the New England Sanitarium to Melrose, I have had a desire to see the new location, and to tell those connected with the institution of the important influence which its work may exert to benefit the people of Boston.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 6)
The Beautiful Surroundings
I have now been at the Melrose Sanitarium for a week, and find it one of the most favorably located sanitariums that I have ever seen. The spacious lawns, the noble trees, the beauty of the scenery all around answer to the representations given me of what our sanitariums ought to be. The quietude is delightful. The surroundings are attractive to the eye and refreshing to the mind. Here I see the very pictures that I have been shown in vision—patients amid beautiful surroundings, lying out in the sunshine in wheelchairs and on cots. I see before me the sights that the Lord has helped me to present before our people in print.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 7)
Our sanitariums should be attractive places, and the surroundings of this sanitarium correspond more closely to the representations that have been given me by the Lord than anything else I have seen up to the present time. This place and several other places were presented to me some time ago. This place was pointed out as a most desirable site for the sanitarium work that should be carried on near Boston. It has the attractiveness that will bring to it wealthy people from Boston. It has been reserved for us, that we may reach the people of that city. I have been instructed that it is in the providence of God that the New England Sanitarium is here; and we should appreciate the advantages thus placed within our reach.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 8)
Since coming to this sanitarium, I have had opportunity to see a great deal of its surroundings. The forty acres of land, with the large buildings located on the property, are in the midst of the Middlesex Fells, a state reservation of three thousand five hundred acres. We have driven slowly through the park in every direction, looking with delight at the trees and the lakes, and inhaling the health-giving fragrance of the pines. It is delightful to ride through the forest. There are many beautiful drives and much fine scenery. I enjoy looking at the many different kinds of trees, but most of all I enjoy looking at the noble pines. There are medicinal properties in the fragrance of these trees. “Life, life,” my husband used to say when riding among the pines. “Breathe deep, Ellen; fill your lungs with the fragrant, life-giving atmosphere.”
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 9)
It is impossible to find words to describe the beauty of this place. Just in front of the sanitarium buildings there is a beautiful lake called Spot Pond. This lake supplies the city of Boston with water, and it is most carefully guarded from contamination. No bathing or boating are allowed in it.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 10)
The Buildings
Then sanitarium buildings are fairly well adapted to their present use. They were originally used as a hotel, but have been easily adapted to sanitarium purposes, though, of course, some changes had to be made. The buildings, with the forty acres of land, were purchased for thirty-nine thousand dollars. There was about six thousand dollars worth of furniture in the buildings, and for this no additional charge was made.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 11)
I have been instructed that it was in the providence of God that our people obtained possession of this place. I have also been instructed that proper facilities should be provided for the increasing number of patients. Many from Boston and other places will come to this institution, to be away from the din and bustle of the city. Additional buildings will have to be put up. Rooms must be provided for the rich as well as for the poor. The money of the rich is needed: it will be a great help to the institution....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 12)
At the time that the sanitarium work was moved from South Lancaster to Melrose, I bore testimony to the wisdom of the change, and I now say again, The providence of God has been revealed in the transfer. The Melrose Sanitarium is a place that will be well patronized; and great good will be accomplished by the institution if it is rightly conducted....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 13)
There should be accommodations for those who desire and are willing to pay for rooms with a private bathroom. People come here who say that they are willing to pay whatever is asked for rooms which are just what they want. But they see nothing that satisfies them, and they go away. Accommodations must be provided for people of this class. We are to labor in the highways as well as in the byways.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 14)
I am instructed that Boston must be worked; and I know that the possession of this sanitarium site is one of the greatest blessings that could come to our work in the Eastern States. A hundred or more might be cared for here were there suitable accommodations. Therefore we advise that the work on the new building be begun soon, so that patients of the wealthy class may be cared for. This class must hear the message. Let those in charge counsel together, and make arrangements to put up a building that will provide the necessary accommodations. The doors, windows, and other material brought from South Lancaster, and now lying idle in the barn, can be utilized. Remember, this material was a gift.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 15)
We rejoice that the Lord in His providence has guided us to this place. No buildings can be put up near the sanitarium by other parties. There is here nothing to offend the sense of sight or the sense of smell, and care must be taken that there shall be nothing of the kind. I am instructed that close inspection is being made by those who are not supposed to be inspectors. Everything about the buildings will be investigated. Note will be taken of the care given to the barns and stables; therefore there must be no laxness or looseness in the care of the premises. Let everything be such that it will bear favorable testimony to the institution.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 16)
Those who are acting a prominent part in connection with this sanitarium should be encouraged by what the Lord has done in behalf of the institution.... Let all who are connected with the sanitarium move forward unitedly, inquiring at every crisis, What would Christ do were He in my place? ... Come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. Satanic agencies are constantly seeking to discourage and destroy those who will listen to the counsel of the enemy. Keep close to the Word of God; for it is spirit and life. Then the Lord will be able to say of you, Ye “are laborers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 17)
*****
Sanitarium, California
January 17, 1905 Dear Brother __________:
I have recently learned of the burning of a portion of the Melrose Sanitarium. At first I felt almost overcome, but later I learned that only a part of the main building had been destroyed. I want you to see, my brother, that the Lord is good. Do not mourn over the loss, as long as the best part of the building is saved. Thank the Lord that considerable of the furniture was saved, and, above all, that no one was hurt or killed.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 18)
Can you not do something to arouse our people in the East to arise and rebuild the sanitarium? I feel a deep anxiety that Boston shall hear the Word of the Lord and the reasons of our faith. Ask the Lord to raise up laborers to enter the field. Ask Him to raise up laborers who can gain access to the people of Boston. The message must be sounding forth. There are thousands in Boston craving for the simple truth as it is in Jesus. Cannot you who minister in word and doctrine prepare the way for this truth to reach many souls?
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 19)
O how I long to see the Holy Spirit’s working on human minds! For hours during the night I lie awake, unable to sleep, pleading with God to let the power of His Spirit come upon the minds and hearts of the people in our cities.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 20)
Our people in the East are to do their part in helping to rebuild the destroyed portion of the building. May the Lord impress the hearts of those who have money to come up to His help and assist in the erection of a building that will be wholesome and safe and convenient.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 21)
*****
Why Conduct Sanitariums?
In letters received from our brethren, the questions are asked: “Why do we spend so much effort in establishing sanitariums? Why do we not pray for the healing of the sick, instead of having sanitariums?”
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 22)
These is more to these questions than is at first apparent. In the early history of our work, many were healed by prayer. And some, after they were healed, pursued the same course in the indulgence of appetite that they had followed in the past. They did not live and work in such a way as to avoid sickness. They did not show that they appreciated the Lord’s goodness to them. Again and again they were brought to suffering through their own careless, thoughtless course of action. How could the Lord be glorified in bestowing on them the gift of health?
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 23)
When the light came that we should begin sanitarium work, the reasons were plainly given. There were many who needed to be educated in regard to healthful living. As the work developed, we were instructed that suitable places were to be provided, to which we could bring the sick and suffering, who knew nothing of our people and scarcely anything of the Bible, and there teach them how to regain health by rational methods of treatment without having recourse to poisonous drugs, and at the same time surround them with uplifting spiritual influences. As a part of the treatment, lectures were to be given on right habits of eating and drinking and dressing. Instruction was to be given regarding the choice and the preparation of food, showing that food may be prepared so as to be wholesome and nourishing, and at the same time appetizing and palatable.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 24)
In all our medical institutions, patients should be systematically and carefully instructed how to prevent disease by a wise course of action. Through lectures, and the consistent practice of the principles of healthful living on the part of consecrated physicians and nurses, the blinded understanding of many will be opened, and truths never before thought of will be fastened on the mind. Many of the patients will be led to keep the body in the most healthy condition possible, because it is the Lord’s purchased possession. “Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 25)
When we have shown the people that we have right principles regarding health reform, we should then take up the temperance question in all its bearings and drive it home to the hilt.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 26)
It is to save the souls, as well as to cure the bodies of men and women, that at much expense our sanitariums are established. God designs that by means of these agencies of His own planting, the rich and the poor, the high and the low, shall find the bread of heaven and the water of life. He designs that they shall be educated in right habits of living, spiritual and physical. The salvation of many souls is at stake. In the providence of God, many of the sick are to be given the opportunity of separating for a time from harmful associations and surroundings, and placing themselves in institutions where they may receive health-restoring treatments and wise instruction from Christian nurses and physicians. The establishment of sanitariums is a providential arrangement, whereby people from all churches are to be reached and made acquainted with the truth for this time.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 27)
*****
Sanitarium, California
May 14, 1906
To the Medical Superintendent of the Melrose Sanitarium
Dear Brother: I was very much pleased to receive a letter from you regarding the sanitarium at Melrose. I have not been situated so that I could respond sooner. Early in April we were called upon to attend the dedicatory exercises of two of our Southern California sanitariums—at Loma Linda, near Redlands, and at Paradise Valley, near San Diego....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 28)
Like Melrose, one of the chief advantages of the situation at Loma Linda is the pleasing variety of charming scenery. We believe that both places have come into our possession to be used to the very best advantage possible for sanitarium purposes.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 29)
But more important than magnificent scenery and beautiful buildings and spacious grounds is the close proximity of these institutions to densely populated districts, and the opportunity thus afforded of communicating to many, many people a knowledge of the third angel’s message. We are to have clear spiritual discernment, else we shall fail of understanding the opening providences of God that are preparing the way for us to enlighten the world. The great crisis is just before us. Now is the time for us to sound the warning message by the agencies that God has given us for this purpose. Let us remember that one most important agency is our medical missionary work. Never are we to lose sight of the great object for which our sanitariums are established—the advancement of God’s closing work in the earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 30)
Loma Linda is in the midst of a very rich district, including three important cities—Redlands, Riverside, and San Bernardino. This field must be worked from Loma Linda, as Boston must be worked from Melrose.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 31)
When the New England Sanitarium was removed from South Lancaster to Melrose, the Lord instructed me that this was in the order of His opening providence. The buildings and grounds at Melrose are of a character to recommend our medical missionary work, which is to be carried forward not only in Boston, but in many other unworked cities in New England. The Melrose property is such that conveniences can be provided that will draw to that sanitarium persons not of our faith. The aristocratic, as well as the common people, will visit that institution to avail themselves of the advantages offered for restoration of health.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 32)
Boston has been pointed out to me repeatedly as a place that must be faithfully worked. The light must shine in the outskirts and in the inmost parts. The Melrose Sanitarium is one of the greatest agencies that can be employed to reach Boston with the truth. The city and its suburbs must hear the last message of mercy to be given to our world. Tent-meetings must be held in many places. The workers must put to the very best use the abilities God has given them. The gifts of grace will increase by wise use. But there must be no self-exaltation. No precise lines are to be laid down. Let the Holy Spirit direct the workers. They are to keep looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. The work for this great city will be signalized by the revelation of the Holy Spirit, if all will walk humbly with God....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 33)
We hope that those in charge of the work in New England will co-operate with the Melrose Sanitarium managers in taking aggressive steps to do the work that should be done in Boston. A hundred workers could be laboring to advantage in different portions of the city, in varied lines of service.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 34)
The terrible disasters that are befalling great cities ought to arouse us to intense activity in giving the warning message to the people in these congested centers of population, while we still have an opportunity. The most favorable time for the presentation of our message in the cities has passed by. Sin and wickedness are rapidly increasing; and now we shall have to redeem the time by laboring all the more earnestly.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 35)
The medical missionary work is a door through which the truth is to find entrance to many homes in the cities. In every city will be found those who will appreciate the truths of the third angel’s message. The judgments of God are impending. Why do we not awaken to the peril threatening the men and women living in the great cities of America? Our people do not realize as keenly as they should the responsibility resting upon them to proclaim the truth to the millions dwelling in these unwarned cities.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 36)
There are many souls to be saved. Our own souls are to be firmly grounded in a knowledge of the truth, that we may win others from error to the truth. We need now to search the Scriptures diligently; and as we become acquainted with unbelievers, we are to hold up Christ as the anointed, the crucified, the risen Saviour, witnessed to by prophets, testified of by believers, and through whose name we receive the forgiveness of our sins.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 37)
We need now a firm belief in the truth. Let us understand what is truth. Time is very short. Whole cities are being swept away. Are we doing our part to give the message that will prepare a people for the coming of their Lord? May God help us to improve the opportunities that are ours.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 38)
*****
Sanitarium, California
May 15, 1906
To the Medical Superintendent of the Melrose Sanitarium
Dear Brother: It was a wonderful providence that brought us into possession of the Melrose Sanitarium property. Let us work out by faith God’s purpose for this institution. It is to be an important outpost-center, from which to work the city of Boston. You, my brother, understand the instruction that the Lord has given regarding this matter.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 39)
Never in any way should the Melrose Sanitarium be placed under the influence of any man or set of men at Battle Creek. Not one of our sanitariums should be swayed by plans of human devising. The Lord is to manage our sanitariums, and He positively forbids that the sanitarium at Melrose shall in any respect be under the guidance of those who have resisted the counsel of the Lord regarding the proper union of the evangelical and medical work. Were men outside of New England to have a controlling voice in your organization and plans, great perplexity would attend your work.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 40)
I now say to you, in the name of the Lord, Cut loose from Battle Creek. Sever every connection. The course recently taken by some to hinder the Melrose Sanitarium from forming a perfect organic union with the conferences, from which its support and patronage come, is exactly the course that God has warned us would be taken. When listening to the men who have taken this course, you are under an influence the character of which you do not realize. The spiritual understanding of some men whom we have greatly respected in past years is not now to be depended upon....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 41)
My brother, the Lord will lead you, but never, never through a human agency that is under the influence of the enemy of our souls. The Lord has given you a most favorable place in which to care for the sick, and to labor in His service, and He will bless you and your wife so long as you look to Him for guidance. But if you lean upon human help, you will find that you dependence is as a broken reed. I am bidden to say to you and your wife, Guard yourselves against every deceptive influence. As you do this, God will tenderly lead and guide you and bless you in your position of responsibility.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 42)
In past years, you have taken a special interest in the upbuilding of the Melrose Sanitarium, and the Lord has blessed your efforts. He will still help you, if you will to do His will. Do not, I beseech of you, break away from Melrose now, when you have before you so many wonderful opportunities for service. The Lord has a special work for you to do in Boston. The standard of present truth is to be exalted in that great city; and, in God’s providence, you and your co-laborers are situated where you can co-operate with others in doing a noble and far-reaching work in that important center of influence.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 43)
Brother ______, I wish to express my great thankfulness to God that you have the privilege of engaging in so good a work. This is the very work you ought to do in connection with the medical missionary work. Your position as a physician of experience and your wife’s position give you influence. It has been very plainly presented to me by the Lord that you and your wife have been placed where you have many opportunities for accomplishing much good. A second physician—one who is competent to assist you, and who, withal, is sound in the faith—should be connected with you; and reliable help should also be provided for your wife. This would give both of you more freedom.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 44)
It is the will of the Lord, Brother ______, that you and your associates shall blend your talents in carrying forward the work of the Melrose Sanitarium. He desires that our people shall conduct this institution in harmony with the light that He has given. God established this sanitarium to be a means in His hands of accomplishing great good....
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 45)
God’s judgments are in the land. Whole cities and villages will be blotted out. Boston is to be warned now, and we are to allow nothing to divert our minds from the responsibility of fulfilling God’s purpose in establishing the Melrose Sanitarium, which purpose He desires to work out through us.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 46)
As physicians and ministers, let us labor in unity. The Lord will work with power, as we strive to do our part faithfully. He will cause Boston to hear the message of present truth. Co-operate with Him in bringing this about, my brother, my sister, and He will help you, strengthen you, and encourage your hearts through the salvation of many precious souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 59, 1908, 47)
Ms 61, 1908
A Collection of Manuscripts Regarding the Huntsville School NP 1908 Not on file. This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #12x 3-16.
Ms 63, 1908
Instruction to Sanitarium Workers NP June 3, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in LLM 379-382.
I am very anxious that all those connected with our sanitariums shall be men whose lives are wholly devoted to God, free from all evil works. There are some who seem to have lost all sense of the sacred character of our institutions and the purpose for which they were established. A great dread has been upon my mind as to what the results will be of this lack of spirituality and clear discernment. There is great need of loyalty to principle. The Lord calls for young men to work in our sanitariums who will not yield to temptation. The lives of the young people connected with our sanitariums should be such as to exert a convicting and converting power upon those who have not received the message for this time.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 1)
Our sanitariums are to be conducted in such a way that God will be honored and glorified. They are not to become a snare. But unless the human instrumentalities are under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, the enemy will use them to carry out his devisings for the hindrance of God’s cause and for the destruction of their own souls. Many have already lost their first love for the great, grand Bible truths concerning Christ’s second coming.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 2)
It is only the Lord’s working, believing people who are full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, who will honor the truth they profess to believe. Their faith speaks out through their earnest belief of the truth. They render loyal obedience to their Leader. They rest upon the efficacy of His sacrifice for the race, knowing that it speaketh better things than the blood of Abel. They believe that to those who look for Him He will appear the second time without sin unto salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 3)
In our sanitariums a pure religious influence should be paramount. Solemn impressions are to be made on the minds of those who come for treatment. The very highest interests are to be given the first attention. The accumulated light of the past, which has made us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists—is to shine forth through us to the world. The light of truth is to illuminate and irradiate all our sanitariums. The helpers are to be light-bearers to the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 4)
The truth is to be cherished, not banished or hidden from sight. The light is to shine forth in clear, distinct rays. These institutions are the Lord’s facilities for the revival of pure, elevated morality. We do not establish them as a speculative business, but to help men and women to follow right methods of living. Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is no longer in our world in person. But He has not left the world in darkness. To His subjects He has given the commission, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,”“teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20.] The great questions of Bible truth are to enter into the very heart of society, to reform and convert men and women, bringing them to see the great necessity of preparing for the mansions that Christ told His disciples He would prepare for them that love Him. “If I go away,” He declared, “I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 5)
Satan will introduce every form of error in an effort to lead souls away from the work to be accomplished in these last days. There needs to be a decided awakening, in accordance with the importance of the subjects we are presenting. The conversion of souls is now to be our one object. Every facility for the advancement of God’s cause is to be put into use, that His will may be done on earth as it is in heaven. We cannot afford to be irreligious and indifferent now. We must take advantage of the means that the Lord has placed in our hands for the carrying forward of medical missionary work. Through this work infidels will be converted. Through the wonderful restorations taking place in our sanitariums, souls will be led to look to Christ as the great Healer of soul and body.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 6)
God wants every one to stand with the whole armor on, ready for the great review. He wants us to do the work that He has given us. “In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths.” [Proverbs 3:6.] “The secret of the Lord is with them that fear Him.” [Psalm 25:14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 7)
The Lord will manifest Himself to all who seek Him with humble hearts. The end of all things is at hand. Let your eyes be fixed upon Christ. As the called and chosen of God, we must represent truth in its purity. Our lives are to be such that the world will take knowledge that we have been with Christ, and that truth may seem more desirable to them than error.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 8)
If rightly conducted, our sanitariums may exert a refining, ennobling influence and lead many souls to Christ. The religious principles maintained in these institutions will demonstrate that there is relief for the soul, weary and sick with sin. Many are weak and sick because of the disease of the soul. Let Christ be held up before them as the great Healer who invites them to come to Him and find rest. Tell them that the heart of Christ is drawn out in compassion and love for His blood-bought heritage. He will heal the troubled heart that looks to Him in faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 9)
Great care should be exercised in regard to the influences that prevail in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their characters for eternity.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 10)
The influence of the sanitarium family should be a united influence, each member seeking to become a power for good in that department in which he labors. If this result is obtained, there must first be a weeding out of every lame principle; then the workers can hope to succeed in perfecting themselves as Christian workers. It is only as they place themselves under the discipline of God, conforming their daily lives to the pattern that they have in the Saviour’s earthly life, that they can become partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. As long as we are here in this world, we are on test and trial. We will be held accountable, not only for the working out of our own salvation, but for the influence for good or evil that we exert on other souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 11)
He who is meek in spirit, who is purest and most childlike, will be made strong for the battle. He will be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man. He who feels his weakness, and wrestles with God as did Jacob, and like this servant of old, cries, “I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me” [Genesis 32:26], will go forth with the fresh anointing of the Holy Spirit. The atmosphere of heaven will surround him. His influence will be a positive force in favor of the religion of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 12)
These words point out what the workers in the sanitarium may be. I am so glad that we can come to God in faith and humility, and plead with Him until our souls are brought into such close relationship with Jesus, that we can lay our burdens at His feet, saying, “I know in whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed to Him against that day.” [2 Timothy 1:12.] The Lord is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we can ask or think. Our cold, faithless hearts may be quickened into sensibility and life, until we can say in faith, “The life that I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God.” [Galatians 2:20.] Let us seek for the fulness of the salvation of Christ. Let us follow in the footsteps of the Son of God, for the promise is, “He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 63, 1908, 13)
Ms 65, 1908
Labor to be Given to Lakeport and the Surrounding Settlements NP June 9, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in CG 76; Ev 46, 50-52; PC 8-9. +
While I was in Lakeport I was deeply impressed with the fact that here was a place where a faithful work should be done in giving the message of truth to the people. In this mountain region are many souls who need the truths of the third angel’s message. Under the influence of the Holy Spirit we are to proclaim the truth for this time among these settlements in the mountains and valleys. Its solemn warnings are to be echoed and re-echoed. And the message must come to the people quickly; it must be given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Without delay, wise and intelligent men and women should engage in the work of sowing the gospel seed.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 1)
The Lord is calling His people to go forth into the highways and byways and call men and women to come to the gospel feast. If His servants will put their hearts into the work of proclaiming the truth to those who know it not, they may be assured that angels who minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation will give them grace and power and efficiency for their labors, and that the Spirit of God will go before them to impress hearts to respond to their efforts. The Lord will work through those who will open the Scriptures to the people who have made their homes in these retired places of the country. I appeal to my brethren and sisters to unite in doing this good work and carry it to completion.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 2)
Lakeport and the settlements in the surrounding valleys and hills should sometime have the privileges of a camp-meeting. Here are people in need of the light of truth. They should have wise and patient labor put forth in their behalf. We could find a beautiful place to hold a camp-meeting amidst the restful scenes of nature to be found in these mountain regions, and this would be one of our best means of reaching the people settled there. Curiosity would call out many to the meetings. And the interest aroused by the camp-meeting should be followed by the distribution of our literature, by house-to-house visiting, and the giving of Bible readings in the homes.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 3)
The people who live in the country place are often more easily reached than are those who dwell in the thickly populated cities. Here among the scenes of nature, Christian character is more easily formed than amid the wickedness of city life. When the truth takes hold of the hearts of the simple-hearted, and the Spirit of God works upon their minds, leading them to respond to the proclamation of the Word, there will be some raised up to help support the cause of God both by their means and their labors.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 4)
There is urgent call for means to sustain the workers who are entering new fields in all parts of the world. Our church members should be instructed to cherish a spirit of self-sacrifice. In every home lessons of self-denial should be taught. Our children should be encouraged to keep their self-denial boxes always in sight. And where it is possible, the boys and girls should have a piece of land where they can raise something for market, and thus earn means that they can devote to missionary purposes.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 5)
Christ was the King of glory, the honored of heavenly beings; yet He laid off His royal robe and crown and for our sakes became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich in the possession of heavenly treasure. He taught that His disciples should follow out in their lives the principles of the gospel, being willing to deny self, willing to follow His example in truth and righteousness, willing to suffer for the truth’s sake, that they may be partakers in His glory when He comes in His kingdom.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 6)
As a people we are called to reach a much higher standard of attainment. Our camp-meetings should be regarded as sacred, solemn seasons, when we may expect much from God. Every camp-meeting held should be an object lesson of order and neatness and economy. The food prepared for the campers should be wholesome and appetizing, and free from all flesh foods, and from tea and coffee and other harmful drinks. The family tents should be neat and orderly; and in all our movements we should show the results of good organization. The Lord demands also that cleanliness prevail throughout the camp. The Leader of Israel gave special instruction to Israel in this respect. The regulations observed in the Hebrew encampment are to be a lesson to us.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 7)
Let the camp-ground be regarded as a sacred place. Let the people assembled remember that they have not come to visit and to chat about trifling interests, but to gain a better knowledge of how to serve and glorify God. Let all feel that they need not only to study the Word, but to practice it, that they may take the benefits of the meetings with them to their homes. It is time that we became more intelligent in regard to the Scriptures, and that we learn how to work wisely for others. We are soon to be severely tested and tried, and we need to learn to have trust and confidence in God. At the camp-meeting we have the privilege of devoting much time to the acquiring of spiritual strength for the duties that lie before us in the future.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 8)
From the camp-meeting we may take with us a better understanding of our home duties. There are lessons to be learned here regarding the work the Lord would have our sisters do in their homes. They are to learn to cultivate politeness of speech when speaking to husband and children. They are to study how they may help to bring every member of the family under discipline to God. Let fathers and mothers realize that they are under obligation to make home pleasant and attractive, and that obedience is not to be obtained by scolding and threats. Many parents have yet to learn that no good is accomplished by outbursts of scolding. Many do not consider the need of speaking kindly to the children. They do not remember that these little ones are bought with a price, and are the purchased possession of the Lord Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 9)
The Lord has given to the Marthas and the Marys their individual work. We all need to bear in mind that if we would do a good work for Christ, we must first learn the precious and all-important lesson of meekness. We must not only bear the name of Christ, but day by day we are to watch unto prayer. We are to walk even as Christ walked, and possess His spirit, purifying our lives daily from those things that would cause spiritual weakness to ourselves and that would bring dishonor to God. The life of every believer of truth is to bring honor to the cause of truth by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. Then the power and grace of Christ will be revealed through His people. In our labors at the camp-meetings, more attention should be given to the work of teaching the principles of health and temperance reform; these questions are to take an important place in our efforts at this time. My message is: Educate, educate on the question of temperance. In our schools let only those teachers be employed who will exert a reformatory influence in matters of eating and drinking and dressing. Encourage the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice. In all our sanitarium and school work, let matters pertaining to health reform take a leading part. The Lord desires to make our sanitariums an educating force in every place. Whether they are large or small institutions, their responsibility remains the same. The Saviour’s commission to us is, “Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 10)
The reason why I call your attention to Lakeport and its surrounding settlements is that these places have not yet received a right impression regarding the truth for this time. It may be that among our people there are those who will consent to use their means for the opening of missionary fields. To such I would say, For the Master’s sake, do what you can to help. We have not yet investigated fully how large a field for labor lies here, but Lakeport is one of the places presented to me as in need of our attention.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 11)
I have much to say in regard to these settlements in the mountains. There are like settlements near Washington, where a similar work should be done. Will not our people work more faithfully in the highways and hedges? Commercial enterprises have so long absorbed the interests and capabilities of so many Seventh-day Adventists, that they are largely unfitted to do the work of bringing the light of present truth before those who are ignorant of it. We should not be content to permit such a condition to continue.
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 12)
There are many of our people who, if they would go out of the cities, and begin the labor in these byways, would recover physical health. I urge our brethren to go out as missionaries, two and two, to these country places. Go in humility. Christ has given an example, and the Lord will certainly bless the efforts of those who will move out in the fear of God, bearing the message the Saviour gave to the first disciples, “The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you.” [Luke 10:9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 65, 1908, 13)
Ms 67, 1908
Morning Reflections NP June 20, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in PUR 07/02/1908.
The question is asked, “When the Son of Man cometh, shall He find faith in the earth?” [Luke 18:8.] Can you say this morning, I believe in the Lord Jesus; I live by the faith of the Son of God, by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God?
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 1)
The Saviour is calling souls to come to Him. The bells of heaven are ringing out the blessed invitation, “Come.” The Spirit of God is pleading, “If any man thirst, let him come unto Me and drink.” [John 7:37.] These are precious words of encouragement and hope.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 2)
It is the privilege and duty of every church member to consecrate heart and soul to God. At your baptism you pledged yourselves to believe in God, to obey His Word, to receive His grace. You pledged yourselves to live the principles of the gospel, and to labor together with Christ with all the ability God has given you. None are excused for living idle lives. None can refuse to represent Him in word and deed and be guiltless.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 3)
The presence of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, the three highest powers in the universe, and those in whose name the believer is baptized, is pledged to be with every striving soul. They will impart grace and strength to all who will watch unto prayer, to all who will purify the soul by obedience to the truth. And they will make the believer instrumental in leading other souls to accept Christ by faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 4)
The duty to reflect light rests upon every church member. “Ye are the light of the world,” Christ declared to His followers. “A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] If the believer fails of drawing light from the Sun of righteousness, he cannot reflect light.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 5)
“He that is not with Me,” Christ said, “is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Those who do not cast their influence on the side of Christ, Satan imbues with his spirit to act in unison with the enemy of good. We cannot afford to do this, and thus violate the pledge we made at our baptism. When we give to the cause of evil the influence and ability which belong to the cause of the truth, angels are disappointed, and Christ is dishonored. Those who are true to their baptismal pledge cannot be indifferent to the work of saving souls. To those who by their influence gather with Christ, angels will give ability to labor successfully for Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 6)
How precious to every soul should be the thought that his name upon the church books is the pledge that he is engaged in the service of Christ! The servant of God is to be learning constantly how he may reflect light to the world. By his earnest devotion to the cause of the coming King, he is to be a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. He has become dead to worldly inducements, and lives unto God; and the words of his mouth, the modest dress, the humble spirit, unfailingly testify that he is a laborer together with God.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 7)
Spiritual indolence brings discouragement to the church. The example of one indolent soul may do much harm, for it will be copied by others just according to the possibilities of its influence. The Lord calls upon all who profess His name to exalt His character before men, by words and works revealing their faith in Him. In response to our desire to labor for Christ, heavenly angels will place opportunities before us by which we may make known the salvation of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 67, 1908, 8)
Ms 69, 1908
Teacher, Know Thyself NP June 19, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in FE 525-527.
To know oneself is great knowledge. True self-knowledge will lead to a humility that will allow the Lord to train the mind and mold and discipline the character. The grace of humility is greatly needed by the workers for Christ in this period of the world’s history. No teacher can do acceptable work who does not bear in mind his own deficiencies, and who does not drop out from his reckoning all plans that will weaken his spiritual life. When teachers are willing to drop out from their work everything that is unessential for the life eternal, then they can be said indeed to be working out their salvation with fear and trembling, and to be building wisely for eternity.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 1)
I am instructed to say that some of our teachers are far behind in an understanding of the kind of education needed for this period of earth’s history. This is not a time for students to be gathering up a mass of knowledge that they cannot take with them to the school above. Let us carefully weed out from our course of study all that can be spared, that we may have room in the minds of the students in which to plant the seeds of righteousness. This instruction will bear fruit unto eternal life.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 2)
Every teacher should be a daily learner in the school of Christ, lest he lose the sense of what constitutes true physical, mental, and moral excellence. No one should place himself as a teacher of others who is not constantly working out his own salvation by receiving and imparting an all-round education. The true teacher will educate himself in moral excellence, that by precept and example he may lead souls to understand the lessons of the great Teacher. No one should be encouraged to do the work of teaching who will be satisfied with a low standard. No one is fitted to teach the grand mysteries of godliness till Christ is formed within, the hope of glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 3)
Every teacher needs to receive the truth in the love of its sacred principles; then he cannot fail of exerting an influence that is purifying and uplifting. The teacher whose soul the truth cleanses, refines, and ennobles, whose heart is stayed upon Christ, will speak and act like a Christian. Such an one will not be satisfied until the truth cleanses his life from every unessential thing. He will not be satisfied unless his mind is day by day being molded by the holy influences of the Spirit of God. Then Christ can speak to the heart, and His voice, saying, “This is the way; walk ye in it,” will be heard and obeyed. [Isaiah 30:21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 4)
The teacher who has a right understanding of the work of true education will not think it sufficient now and then to make casual reference to Christ. With his own heart warm with the love of God, he will constantly uplift the man of Calvary. His own soul imbued with the Spirit of God, he will seek to fasten the attention of the students upon the pattern Christ Jesus, the chiefest among ten thousand, the One altogether lovely.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 5)
The Holy Spirit is greatly needed in our schools. This divine agency comes to the world as Christ’s representative. It is not only the faithful and true witness to the Word of God, but it is the searcher of the thoughts and purposes of the heart. It is the source to which we must look for efficiency in the restoration of the moral image of God in man. The Holy Spirit was eagerly sought for in the schools of the prophets; its transforming influence was to bring even the thoughts into harmony with the will of God and establish a living connection between earth and heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 6)
Teachers, if you will open your hearts to the indwelling of the Spirit of God, if you will welcome the heavenly guest, God will make you laborers together with Him. In co-operation with the Master Teacher, the spirit of selfishness will be expelled, and wonderful transformations will take place.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 7)
*****
In the night season these words were spoken to me: “Charge the teachers in our schools to prepare the students for what is coming upon the world.” The Lord has been waiting long for our teachers to walk in the light he has sent them. There is need of a humbling of self, that Christ may restore the moral image of God in man. The character of the education given must be greatly changed before it can give the right mold to our institutions. It is only when intellectual and moral powers are combined for the attainment of education, that the standard of the Word of God is reached.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 8)
These words were clearly and forcibly spoken: “Confess your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed. Press together; press together, and love as brethren. Pray together.” [See James 5:16; 1 Peter 3:8.] The Lord has paid the price of his own blood for the salvation of the world. He suffered every indignity that men could devise and Satan could invent, in order to carry out the plan of salvation. Let not the teacher seek to exalt self, but let him see the necessity of learning of Christ daily, and making him the pattern. For teachers and students our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ should be the only example.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 9)
Bear in mind that the Lord will accept as teachers only those who will be gospel teachers. A great responsibility rests upon those who attempt to teach the last gospel message. They are to be laborers together with God in the training of human minds. The teacher who fails to keep the Bible standard always before him, misses an opportunity of being a laborer together with God in giving to the mind the mold that is essential for a place in the heavenly courts.
(23LtMs, Ms 69, 1908, 10)
Ms 71, 1908
To Workers in Washington NP June 19, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in 3SM 80-81; CD 381.
I am instructed to say to our brethren and sisters who are acting a part in various lines of work in Washington, The word of the Lord to you is, Come into line; come into line. The light that has been given on the subject of health reform is just as essential in 1908 as it was in the days when we first received it. Let the believers in Washington bring into their lives the principles of true temperance, and thus set a right example to our people in other places.
(23LtMs, Ms 71, 1908, 1)
If those who hold positions of responsibility are lax in following the principles of health reform, and depart from the plain light that God has given us upon this subject, it would be better for them to be in some other place than in this important center. If they choose to disregard the clear light that God has sent for the last forty years, they ought not to stand in a place where their backslidings exert so wide an influence.
(23LtMs, Ms 71, 1908, 2)
There are some professed believers who accept certain portions of the testimonies as the message of God, while they reject those portions which condemn their favorite indulgences. Such persons are working contrary to their own welfare, and the welfare of the church. It is essential that we walk in the light while we have the light. Those who claim to believe in health reform, and yet work counter to its principles in their life practice, are hurting their own souls and leave wrong impressions upon the minds of believers and unbelievers.
(23LtMs, Ms 71, 1908, 3)
It is for their own good that the Lord counsels the remnant church to discard the use of flesh meats, tea, and coffee, and other harmful foods. There are plenty of other things on which we can subsist that are wholesome and good.
(23LtMs, Ms 71, 1908, 4)
Ms 73, 1908
Counsels Repeated NP June 19, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in PC 2-3.
Again representations have been made to me that all who have the care of the sick, in our sanitariums, should bear in mind that these institutions are established for a special work, and are to be conducted in a way that will bring honor to God.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 1)
Our sanitariums should be established in retired places, that are free from all noise and confusion, such as the rumbling of carriages and streetcars.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 2)
The Lord has taught us that great efficacy for healing lies in a proper use of water. These treatments should be given skilfully. We have been instructed that in our treatment of the sick we should discard the use of drugs. There are simple herbs that can be used for the recovery of the sick, whose effect upon the system is very different from that of those drugs that poison the blood and endanger life.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 3)
The number of our lady physicians should be increased. Care should be taken that lady nurses have the care of lady patients, and gentleman nurses of gentleman patients.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 4)
I would say to our physicians, Never allow your patients to think that in the human being is power to heal the sick. You are to depend much more than you have done on the co-operation of the great Physician in the work of healing disease. Your faith is to lay hold upon the efficacy of Christ to make effectual the effort put forth for the recovery of the sick.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 5)
There are some in our institutions who claim to believe the principles of health reform, and yet who indulge in the use of flesh meats and other foods which they know to be injurious to health. I say to such in the name of the Lord, Do not exert your influence against the principles of health reform. Do not accept positions in our institutions while you refuse to live the principles for which our institutions stand; for by doing this you make doubly hard the work of teachers and leaders who are striving to carry the work on right lines. Clear the King’s highway. Cease to block the way of the messages He sends.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 6)
I have been shown that the principles that were given us in the early days of the message are to be regarded as just as important by our people today as they were then. There are some who have never followed the light given us on the question of diet. It is time now to take the light from under the bushel, and let it shine forth in clear, bright rays.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 7)
Some who are not willing to receive the light, but who prefer to walk in ways of their own choosing, will search the testimonies to find something in them to encourage the spirit of unbelief and disobedience. Thus a spirit of disunion will be brought in; for the spirit which leads them to criticize the testimonies will also lead them to watch their brethren to find in them something to condemn.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 8)
Satan’s rebellion shut him out from the courts of heaven; and all who engaged with him in warfare against Christ were cast out with him. The exercise of Satan’s seductive arts against the government of heaven did not cease with his expulsion from the presence of God. Year by year they have grown more deceptive, more subtle, more determined. Every additional evidence rejected increases his power to resist the government of God and of Christ. And every ray of hope resisted helps to create for him and for his followers a hopeless future.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 9)
Satan has turned men from the worship of the true Sabbath which at the creation of the world God sanctified and blessed, and which on Mt. Sinai He repeated amid terrible majesty to His people. All who reject the sacred message, regarding the requirements of the law of God, reject truth. God’s obedient people are to hold fast to truth in every line. This is the only hope of the soul, when Satan seeks to take control of heart and mind.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 10)
The resistance of truth leaves men captive to the will of Satan. Those who today hold fast to erroneous ideas, and feel satisfied with popular errors, rejecting a plain “Thus saith the Lord,” reveal that had they lived in the days of Christ, they would have helped to swell the cry of the murderous mob, “Crucify Him, crucify Him.” [Luke 23:21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 11)
God requires continual advancement from His people. They need to learn that indulged appetite is the greatest hindrance to mental improvement and soul sanctification. As a people, with all our profession of health reform, we eat too much. Indulgence of appetite is the greatest cause of physical and mental debility and lies largely at the foundation of feebleness and premature death. Intemperance begins at our tables when we use an unwise combination of foods. Let the individual who is seeking to possess purity of spirit bear in mind that in Christ there is power to control the appetite.
(23LtMs, Ms 73, 1908, 12)
Ms 75, 1908
Words to Students NP June 19, 1908 [typed] Previously unpublished.
I desire to say to the students in our schools, We cannot keep the heart sweet and pure without a constant renewal of divine grace. A daily conversion of mind and heart, a daily purification of the thoughts and the affections, is essential to the life of the Christian. Let every student say at the beginning of each day, I place myself on the Lord’s side this day to represent the grace and meekness of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 1)
It was in the early morning hours that Christ communed with His Father, and in this communion He found strength for the duties and trials that awaited Him. If we would dedicate ourselves to God in the early hours of each day, we would receive strength to resist temptation, and we would be kept by His power.
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 2)
As a people we are to be health reformers. We are to practice self-denial. Christ is our pattern in this respect. Lay hold of His divine strength for power to live a life of holiness and self-surrender. Let the purity of His Word sanctify the life. The Lord has graciously imparted light, showing how we may have physical health and clear, clean thoughts. Should we not be ready to follow His directions?
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 3)
Christ declared to His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 4)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.” [Verses 17-19.]
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 5)
“He shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 19.] Some may argue from these words that the transgressors of the law will be in the kingdom of heaven. But this is not so. Those who transgress the commands of God will have no part there. They will be accounted the least in the estimation of those who inherit the kingdom.
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 6)
Let us seek God while He may be found. He has a heaven full of blessings awaiting our demand; and He is the only source of our power. When we realize how great is His power to help, how tender is His protecting care, our hearts should be filled with praise and gratitude to Him. Let us encourage a spirit of thankfulness and praise. Let us watch unto prayer. We shall thus obtain a rich experience.
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 7)
The student has a special work to do in the school. Right in the school room and in the school home, there are missionary fields awaiting his labors. Here a variety of minds are gathered, many different characters and dispositions. By proving himself a help and blessing to his fellows, the student has the privilege of proving the genuineness of his love for Christ, and his willingness to improve the opportunities for service that come to him. Students, by helpful words and kindly deeds seek to impart to your associates the grace of God bestowed upon you.
(23LtMs, Ms 75, 1908, 8)
Ms 77, 1908
Lamps Without Oil NP June 19, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 09/17/1908.
The necessities of the times demand that most earnest efforts be put forth for the advancement of the third angel’s message. Evil angels are endeavoring by every ingenious method to counterwork the work of God. Heavenly agencies are laboring to make effective the message of light and truth. Yet at such a time a lack of consecration and faith is manifest among God’s people that is grieving the Holy Spirit. Many of our workers seem to be sleeping.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 1)
To many the Bible is as a lamp without oil, because the knowledge of the Word is turned into channels of speculation that bring misunderstanding and confusion to minds. This has been done by some to such a degree as to give occasion for those who are watching us to make of none effect the message of truth. I am instructed to ask our leading men and ministers, Are you laborers together with God, or do you place your own interpretation upon the Word? It is the duty of every worker to ask himself the question, Whom am I serving? Beware, brethren, lest self be interwoven with your exposition of the Word. Beware lest you lead any soul to a misunderstanding of the Word. The Lord now calls for the truth to be presented in its simplicity, that all, even the most ignorant, may understand its requirements.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 2)
The psalmist writes: “Blessed are the undefiled in the way, who walk in the law of the Lord. Blessed are they that keep His testimonies, and that seek Him with the whole heart. They also do no iniquity: they walk in His ways. Thou hast commanded us to keep Thy precepts diligently. O that my ways were directed to keep Thy statutes! Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all Thy commandments. I will praise Thee with uprightness of heart, when I shall have learned Thy righteous judgments. I will keep Thy statutes, O forsake me not utterly.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 3)
“Wherewithal shall a young man cleanse his way? by taking heed thereto according to Thy word. With my whole heart have I sought Thee: O let me not wander from Thy commandments. Thy word have I hid in my heart, that I might not sin against Thee. Blessed art Thou, O Lord: teach me Thy statutes. With my lips have I declared all the judgments of Thy mouth. I have rejoiced in the way of Thy testimonies, as much as in all riches. I will meditate in Thy precepts, and have respect unto Thy ways. I will delight myself in Thy statutes: I will not forget Thy word.” [Psalm 119:1-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 4)
Let the young men and women study these words, and encourage a spirit that will desire to heed the way of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 5)
David continues, “Deal bountifully with Thy servant, that I may live and keep Thy word. Open Thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy law.... Teach me, O Lord, the way of Thy statutes; and I will keep it unto the end. Give me understanding, and I shall keep Thy law; yea, I will observe it with my whole heart. Make me to go in the path of thy commandments; for therein do I delight. Incline my heart unto Thy testimonies, and not to covetousness. Turn away mine eyes from beholding vanity; and quicken Thou me in Thy way. Stablish Thy word unto Thy servant, who is devoted to Thy fear. Turn away my reproach which I fear; for Thy judgments are good. Behold, I have longed after Thy precepts: quicken me in Thy righteousness.” [Verses 17, 18, 33-40.]
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 6)
Such prayers as this the Lord’s servants should be continually offering to Him. This prayer reveals a consecration to God of heart and mind; it is the consecration that God is asking us to make.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 7)
The Word of God brings plainly to view two classes of people, the wise and the foolish. Let those who profess to know the truth for these last days take heed that they be not found among the foolish, whose lamps are going out because they have failed to supply themselves with the holy oil, the Spirit and grace of Christ. Through the agency of the two anointed ones who stand by the Lord of the whole earth, provision has been made that every soul may be abundantly supplied.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 8)
Unless there is a connection with heavenly agencies, the strong, pure influence which should be exerted by every worker in the field will be lacking. They will be no more prepared to do the work which the Lord expects them to do than were the foolish virgins prepared to answer the call, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet Him.” [Matthew 25:6.] The Holy Spirit will not be represented in their labors. They have the form of the truth; they have the lamp, but they have no oil in their vessels. The power of a godly example is lacking. There is no living experience to give power to the truth presented.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 9)
If the influence of heavenly agencies is not combined with human effort, the word of truth presented will be ineffective. Great zeal may be manifested; but if the daily example is not a living, powerful influence for good, the zeal will be worthless. Unless the Spirit of God accompanies the worker to correct every unsanctified way, his work will be superficial and weak.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 10)
Spiritual things, the apostle Paul declares, are spiritually discerned. “Therefore seeing we have this ministry, as we have received mercy, we faint not; but have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in craftiness, nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man’s conscience in the sight of God. But if our gospel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost; in whom the god of this world hath blinded the eyes of them that believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them. For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord: and ourselves your servants for Jesus’ sake. For God who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us.” [2 Corinthians 4:1-7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 11)
I am instructed to say to many professed believers, Unless you look upon your religious experience in an altogether different light than you have, you are going to meet with keen disappointment. The righteousness of Christ is revealed from faith to faith, that is, from your present faith to an increased understanding of that faith which works by love and purifies the soul. Those who endure trial for the truth’s sake, who make sacrifices to help those in need, do so because of the presence of the love of God in the soul. When men and women give themselves unreservedly to the exercise of unselfish works, it is because the grace of Christ is in the heart, molding the life to His example. But if the heart is destitute of the Spirit of God, if it does not possess the rich grace of God, there is no oil in the vessel with the lamp, there is no treasure in the earthen vessel.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 12)
Those who are genuinely converted will not act like the worldling, but their experience will answer to the words of the apostle Paul, when he declared, “I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ; for it is the power of God unto salvation to everyone that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith, as it is written, The just shall live by faith.” [Romans 1:16, 17.] When Christ imparts to any the blessings of His grace, He lays the recipients under special obligations to place their capabilities and powers at the service of God. They are called so to relate themselves to the work of the Master, that they will reveal in all their actions that they are converted. In their reverence and homage for the grace of Christ, they will reproduce that character in their own, thus testifying to the attributes of the Father.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 13)
There is need that we study carefully the evidence we give in our own lives that we are Christians. On the part of some, evidence has been given of an unchristian spirit. They have revealed that they need a reconversion if they would not be disappointed in the great day of final award.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 14)
There are troublous times before us, when everything that can be shaken will be shaken. For this conflict with the powers of evil, we are bidden to arm ourselves with all the armor of God, “above all,” the apostle exhorts, “taking the shield of faith, whereby ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:16, 17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 15)
We have reason for great thankfulness that we have the perfect example of the life of Christ. As He did, so day by day we are to obey the Word of the Lord. Let us cultivate a grateful spirit. Let us make sure work for eternity. The humility and benevolence of Christ’s life revealed in ours is the testimony we give to the world that we are His disciples. Through a life of obedience and self-sacrifice we are to reveal the love of God for fallen man.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 16)
Those who would have the life that measures with the life of God must be workers in this life. They must watch unto prayer. They must not fail nor be discouraged. By faith they must work out their own salvation. By faith and complete submission to the will of God, they must become partakers of God’s love and doers of His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 77, 1908, 17)
Ms 79, 1908
Build on a Sure Foundation St. Helena, California June 19, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 09/24/1908.
The story of a crucified and risen Saviour is the great central theme of the Word of God. In the psalms, in the prophecies, in the gospels, and in the epistles, God has by revelation made prominent the vital truths concerning the agreement between the Father and the Son in providing for the salvation of a lost race.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 1)
Christ was crucified to save the world. For His enemies, for a race in rebellion against God, our Saviour suffered the most excruciating agonies that human flesh could endure. He has made ample provision for sinners, that they need not perish. In the light of His death-agony on the cross, we may know that whosoever will truly repent and receive Him as a personal Saviour will receive everlasting life.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 2)
Our highest privilege is to honor Jesus Christ. We need now, in this year 1908, a continual spirit of submission to the will and requirements of God. His word is plain. If we will seek for a personal experience in submitting to its requirements, we may appropriate the promise, “The meek will He guide in judgment; and the meek will He teach His way.” [Psalm 25:9.] As we study the Word prayerfully, with an obedient heart, the Holy Spirit will be with us to make upon our minds the correct application. This is a privilege that the world cannot receive or understand; for they have not the “Spirit of truth, whom,” Christ declared, “the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him.” But to His disciples He says, “‘Ye know Him, for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.’ Ye ‘have the mind of Christ.’” [John 14:17; 1 Corinthians 2:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 3)
In the parable of the marriage of the king’s son, Jesus relates how after earnest efforts “the wedding was furnished with guests.” [Matthew 22:10.] He continues:
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 4)
“When the king came in to see the guests, He saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment: and he said unto him, Friend, how camest thou in hither not having a wedding garment? And he was speechless. Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. For many are called, but few are chosen.” [Verses 11-14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 5)
It has been repeatedly revealed to me that many professing Christians will, in the time of final test, be greatly disappointed. Many, many will fail to provide themselves with that righteousness of Christ represented in the parable by the wedding garment. They have trusted in their own righteousness and have not manifested the humility of Jesus Christ. They may be seated at the supper table with others, but Christ will recognize them, and will say to them, “How camest thou in hither not having on a wedding garment?” [Verse 12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 6)
Unless those who profess to be Christians become sanctified through the truth and learn to reveal the likeness of Christ in words, in deeds, in spirituality, in their relation to their fellow men, the great day of test and trial will find them unprepared to enter through the golden gates into the city of God. And unless they can now be made to feel their great need, they will not have a spirit to seek for the essential righteousness of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 7)
When called before king Belshazzar to explain the mysterious writing on the wall, Daniel reminded the king of matters with which he was familiar, but which had not taught him the lesson of humility that might have saved him. “O thou king,” said the prophet, “the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honor: and for the majesty that he gave him, all people, nations, and languages trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew, and whom he would he kept alive, and whom he would he set up, and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne and they took his glory from him: and he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that He appointeth over it whomsoever He will.” [Daniel 5:18-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 8)
Then the enormity of Belshazzar’s guilt was thus emphasized: “And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of His house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified: then was the part of the hand sent from Him; and this writing was written.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 9)
“And this is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it. TEKEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.” [Verses 22-28.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 10)
The Lord does not suffer wicked practices to go on without sending reproof and warning. There are men in high places who know of the reproofs of warnings of judgment sent, who know the example of God’s dealings with others who have been disobedient, yet who have not sought to correct their ways before God. They have endeavored rather to make of none effect the messages that God has sent. They have continued to make of none effect the messages God has sent. They have continued to exalt themselves, and to carry out their own ways in defiance of the words of God. They have not been ignorant of the right way, but they have allowed their eyes to be blinded. In pronouncing judgment upon these, God will say, “‘Though thou knewest all this,’ thou hast not humbled thy heart.” [Verse 22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 11)
Many have continued in a wicked course of action, until the Lord Jesus cannot accept their service, unless there is a genuine conversion. His people today have no excuse for turning away from the counsels of His Spirit. In His Word, He has given us examples that should be warnings to us, yet although we have known all this, many of God’s people have not taken heed to the warnings of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 12)
“Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; and were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; and did all eat the same spiritual meat; and did all drink the same spiritual drink; for they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them; and that Rock was Christ. But with many of them God was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the wilderness.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 13)
“Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted. Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, the people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents. Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 14)
“Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.” [1 Corinthians 10:1-12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 15)
Among the many discordant elements, some have been unable to discern the voice of God in the messages of warning and reproof that have been sent for the guidance of the church. Men who have refused to walk in the plain counsel of the Lord are not the ones who should be entrusted with the care of His sheep and lambs. Those who, while professing to believe the truth, resist the Holy Spirit, making light of the messages from heaven, will surely be punished for their transgressions. They will not in the future have greater evidence of the truth of these messages than has been given in the past. The Lord forbids that they should be entrusted with the responsibilities that they might have borne, had they heeded the messages that the Lord in mercy sent them.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 16)
The angel of the Lord instructed me: “Go, stand before My people, and speak to them the words that I will give you for church members and for unbelievers. I will give you tongue and utterance. You have been called from the needy field in Australia to bear a living testimony that, if heeded, will be the salvation of many souls. New agents must occupy the field you have left. I have a work for you among a people, many of whom have followed their own evil course and refuse to come to the light.”
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 17)
Christ was the greatest missionary this world has ever known the Word has been made flesh and dwelt among us as a minister of healing to both soul and body is work is to be carried forward in the earth today. The only work worthy of our attention in this world is the advancement of the kingdom of God. To those who will unite as agents of Christ in the carrying forward of His work in the earth, the promise is sure that they shall receive souls for their hire.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 18)
The salvation of fallen and sinful humanity is a grand co-operative work, in which every being from the loftiest angel to the lowliest saint has his appointed place. The innumerable company of angels are united with us, in co-operation with God and Jesus Christ, in the work of saving souls. Think of this, you who feel no burden to be united with Christ, that His church may be revealed as a body of laborers together with God.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 19)
Let all draw in unity, their dependence placed upon Christ Jesus. “Ye are the body of Christ, and members in particular.” [1 Corinthians 12:27.] The truth is a sanctifying, unifying power. We are baptized into one body, and united through the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. In carrying forward the work of the lord, there will not be one indifferent member. If one member suffers, all the others will suffer with him. If one member receives a rich blessing, all the members will rejoice with him.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 20)
The Lord of heaven and earth is the strength of His people. He is the light and life of every truly converted soul. His Spirit, working with its quickening power, will be recognized by its inspiration and its abiding influence. Christ our Lord identifies Himself with the members of His church. It is this union of the human and the divine that convicts the world. Through the blessed union of those who are sanctified, body, soul, and spirit, the truth is magnified. All are to blend in keeping the unity of the Spirit in the bonds of peace.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 21)
To the principalities and powers in heavenly places is made known by the church the manifold wisdom of God. Were all who profess to be church members truly converted, what a power for truth and holiness would be manifested. They would be laborers together with God in leading souls to Christ. There can be no repining when Christ is formed within, the hope of glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 22)
The message I have to bear is that a much higher standard must be reached by God’s people. I entreat all to heed this warning. I dare not cease to “cry aloud,” and “spare not,” and show God’s people “their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] It is time that we all understood our true position, and that we give, in righteous characters, the evidence that we possess the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 79, 1908, 23)
Ms 81, 1908
Words of Exhortation and Warning NP June 26, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in Educational Messenger 09/04/1908, 09/11/1908.
This message has been given me for our teachers gathered in institutes, and for the young men and women who shall assemble at our colleges and training schools:
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 1)
You need to understand the significance of the teachings of the apostle Peter as recorded in the first chapter of his first epistle: “Peter an apostle of Jesus Christ to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Christ: Grace unto you, and peace be multiplied. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 2)
“Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through manifold temptations: that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honor and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ: whom, having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see Him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls.” [Verses 1-9.] Why should we not study this chapter frequently? Here are presented to us, through the inspiration of the Spirit of God, most precious promises, the foundation for large expectations, if we will act upon the instruction given.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 3)
If we would escape from the sickly experience we now have, we must begin in earnest to work out our salvation with fear and trembling. There are many who give no decided evidence that they are true to their baptismal vows. Their zeal is chilled by formality, worldly ambition, pride, and love of self. Occasionally their feelings are stirred, but they do not fall on the Rock Christ Jesus. They do not come to God with hearts that are broken in repentance and confession. Those who experience the work of true conversion in their hearts will reveal the fruits of the Spirit in their lives. O that those who have so little spiritual life would realize that eternal life can be granted only to those who become partakers of the divine nature and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 4)
The Lord foresaw the unbelief that would prevail in our world at the present time, and through His servants He sent messages of comfort and assurance that would confirm the faith of His children who should live in the end of time.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 5)
When the disciple John was banished from those he loved in the faith to the lonely isle of Patmos, the Lord met with His faithful witness and there revealed to him the future of His church as He had not revealed it through any other. We read the opening words of that wonderful book: “The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave to Him, to show His servants things which must shortly come to pass: and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John, who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw.” [Revelation 1:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 6)
There are weighty reasons why we should study the revelation that God gave to John. “Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand.” [Verse 3.] With such testimony as this, and seeing as we do the fulfilment of this prophecy, we are without excuse if we remain in ignorance of those things which must “shortly come to pass.” [Verse 1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 7)
A solemn responsibility rests upon those who know the truth, that their works shall correspond with their faith, and that their characters shall be refined and sanctified, and they prepared for the work that must rapidly be done in these closing days of the message. The words should come to us now with impelling earnestness, “Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.” [Acts 3:19.] There are many among us who are deficient in spirituality, and who, unless they are converted, will certainly be lost.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 8)
A Message to Parents
Let our ministers and teachers bear this message to parents: We need religion in the home. Fathers and mothers, are you satisfied with the advancement you are making in the divine life? Do you testify in words and acts that you have experienced the new birth? Do you earnestly ask yourselves the question, Can I in my present condition be called an overcomer? Begin, O begin now, to make a change. Throw off the lethargy that is upon you.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 9)
Pride and weakness of faith are depriving many of the rich blessings of God. There are many who unless they humble their hearts before the Lord, and arouse to their solemn responsibilities, will be surprised and disappointed when the cry is heard, Behold, the Bridegroom cometh! They have the theory of the truth, but they have no oil in their vessels with their lamps. Our faith at this time must not stop with belief in the theory of the third angel’s message. We must have the oil of the grace of Christ that will feed the lamp and cause the light of life to shine forth, showing the way to those who are in darkness.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 10)
Missionary Activity
Urge every Seventh-day Adventist family to awaken and to become the Lord’s missionaries. Consider the books that the Lord has placed in your possession for the relief of our schools and sanitariums. Many opportunities have been given you to show that you appreciate the truths revealed in these books. If these precious volumes are appreciated as they should be, self-denying efforts will be made to bring them to the notice of the people. Let brethren and sisters encourage one another to become acquainted with their neighbors. Tell them the story of the gift of these books for the support of our institutions, and tell of your own interest in seeking to place them in the hands of acquaintances and friends. Tell the story to the wealthy. Men, women, and children can engage in this work. We have yet to learn of persons who after reading the books have expressed unfavorable opinions regarding them.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 11)
Golden opportunities for missionary labor are offered to those who will take hold of this work, and rich blessings will come to the people who purchase the books and study their teachings.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 12)
The sale of the book Ministry of Healing will bring in means for the help of our health institutions, and for the aid of those sick ones who could not unaided get the benefits of sanitarium treatments. Now let those of our people who wish to help our schools and sanitariums unite in the work of circulating these books as far and as fast as possible. As the Lord’s missionaries, we may take a special interest in this work and help to get the precious light before the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 13)
Those who engage in this work should first give themselves unreservedly to God. They should place themselves where they can learn of Christ and follow His example. Angels are commissioned to go forth with those who take up this work in true humility.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 14)
Beware of Ambition and Self-Exaltation
Satan is the leader of every species of rebellion today as he was the originator of rebellion in the courts of heaven. Standing next to Christ in power and honor, yet he coveted the glory that belonged to the Son. He desired to be equal with God. To carry out his purpose, he concealed his true designs from the angels and worked deceptively to secure their allegiance and honor to himself. By sly insinuations, by which he made it appear that Christ had assumed the place that belonged to himself, Lucifer sowed the seeds of doubt in the minds of many of the angels; and when he had won their support, he carried the matter before God, declaring that it was the sentiment of many of the heavenly beings that he should have the preference to Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 15)
We will not at this time follow the immediate results of Satan’s rebellion and his expulsion from heaven, but let us consider how his deceptive work is being continued today among those who profess to be the loyal people of God. In the hearts of many church members, there is being carried on today the same work of rebellion and disaffection; and the result is injury and weakness to the church. They are Sabbath-keepers who have been counted true and loyal, who are giving loose rein to their ambitions and desires, and are uniting with the work of the archdeceiver, and imperiling the prosperity of the cause of God. The artful foe has found a place in many hearts that should have no room for the selfish, ambitious principles that are being promulgated.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 16)
Satan is Christ’s personal enemy. He is the originator of every contention that is manifesting itself in Battle Creek, and he is seeking to imbue with his spirit every church in our ranks. He knows that the time is short, and he seeks to gain every victory possible. Long has he deceived mankind, and great is his power over the human family; and his rage against the people of God increases as he finds that the knowledge of God’s requirements is extending to all parts of the world, and that the light of present truth is shining to those who have long sat in darkness.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 17)
There are those among us who claim to believe the truth, yet who refuse to be sanctified through the truth. When reproved for a wrong course, self immediately rises up, and they stubbornly follow the devisings of the enemy. Through their long opposition to the testimonies of the Spirit of God, they are working out a species of the rebellion that has hindered the advancement of the kingdom of God in the earth throughout the ages. There are those who are ever seeking to have their own way, and to follow the leadings of their own disposition. The result of all this is weakness and confusion, evil surmisings and evil devisings. Those who continually work on Satan’s side of the question will carry out the plans of the deceiver until they find themselves wholly departed from the faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 18)
We receive many letters from our brethren and sisters, asking for advice on a great variety of subjects. If they would study the published testimonies for themselves, they would find the enlightenment they need. Let us urge our people to study these books and circulate them. Let their teachings strengthen our faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 19)
Let us study more diligently the Word of God. The Bible is so plain and clear that all who will may understand. Let us thank the Lord for His precious Word, and for the messages of His Spirit that give so much light. I am instructed that the more we study the Old and New Testaments, the more we shall have impressed on our mind the fact that each sustains a very close relation to the other, and the more evidence we shall receive of their divine inspiration. We shall see clearly that they have but one Author. The study of these precious volumes will teach us how to form characters that will reveal the attributes of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 20)
It is fully time that every responsible worker should take his stand firmly on the Word of God. This Word is to be our defense when Satan works with such lying wonders that if it were possible he would deceive the very elect. It is then that those who have not stood firmly for the truth will unite with the unbelieving who love and make a lie. When these wonders are performed, when the sick are healed and other marvels are wrought, they will be deceived. Are we prepared for the perilous times that are right upon us? or are we standing where we will fall an easy prey to the wiles of the devil?
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 21)
I am instructed to speak plainly concerning these deceptions that are arising. The Word of God points out our peril: “Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter days some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils; speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron.” [1 Timothy 4:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 22)
“They that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and have pierced themselves through with many sorrows.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 23)
“But thou, O man of God, flee these things; and follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness. Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 24)
“I give thee charge in the sight of God, who quickeneth all things, and before Jesus Christ, who before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good confession; that thou keep this commandment without spot, unrebukable, until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ, which in His times He shall show who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings, and Lord of lords; who only hath immortality, dwelling in the light which no man can approach unto; whom no man hath seen, nor can see: to whom be honor and power everlasting. Amen.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 25)
“Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; laying up in store a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life. O Timothy, keep that which is committed to thy trust, avoiding profane and gain babblings, and oppositions of science falsely so called: which some professing have erred from the faith.” [1 Timothy 6:9-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 26)
“If ye then be risen with Christ,” the apostle exhorts, “seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, and not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 27)
“Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which is idolatry; for which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience: in which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived in them. But now ye therefore put off all these; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 28)
“Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds; and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him; where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond, nor free, but Christ is all, and in all.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 29)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 30)
“Let the word of God dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.” [Colossians 3:1-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 81, 1908, 31)
Ms 83, 1908
Schools in Connection with Sanitariums St. Helena, California June 25, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in PC 34-35.
I wish to make some statements regarding our sanitariums which I hope will not be misunderstood. The light given me is that where a sanitarium is established, there should also be a school. This can be placed near enough to the sanitarium so that the medical teachers can meet often with the students, yet it should not be so near that there will be danger of the students disturbing the patients, or of patrons of the health institutions being a means of hindrance to the students.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 1)
Education includes the important work of voice culture. The students are to be taught to give their readings and recitations such expression as will make their work interesting to the hearers. They are to be taught how to use the abdominal muscles in speaking, and this study will prove to be a remedy for many voice and chest difficulties, and the means of prolonging life.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 2)
Let the same lessons be given to the patients. The physician should teach the patient how to breathe deeply, and this in many cases will be found to be a means of healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 3)
Those who desire to become missionaries are to hear instruction from competent physicians, who will teach them how to care for the sick without the use of drugs. Such lessons will be of highest value to those who go out to labor in foreign countries. And the simple remedies used will save many lives.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 4)
Many places have been presented to me which I have been instructed ought to come into our possession for sanitarium work. We should ever bear in mind, when choosing a sanitarium site, that is should have pleasant surroundings and, as far as possible, should be among beautiful scenes of nature, for these will be a constant object lesson to the patients.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 5)
The word “out of the cities” has come to us again and again. Health resorts can be secured away from the cities, for the Lord knows our needs; and He will prepare places for us away from the congested centers of population. This has been proved to us as we have established our sanitariums at St. Helena, at Loma Linda, which is most remarkable for its advantages, and at Paradise Valley.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 6)
The Lord has opened the way for the establishment of our medical work in many places; and if these institutions will stand in the fear of God, they will accomplish a good work. To my knowledge many apparently hopeless cases have recovered under their wise treatment.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 7)
We say to those who desire to secure sanitarium sites, Secure places that are the most pleasant, and where the ground is tillable, thus enabling you to supply physical exercise to those who need it. This is a great health restorer. Every muscle of the body should have exercise.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 8)
The cities are not the places in which to establish sanitariums. The shut-in rooms, the noise of carriages, the air polluted by the fumes of tobacco and liquor and many poisonous gases, create conditions that are not inviting to the sick and are not conducive to health. Therefore I urge the advantages of the country places for our health institutions.
(23LtMs, Ms 83, 1908, 9)
Ms 85, 1908
Co-operation Between Schools and Sanitariums St. Helena, California June 30, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 10MR 259-264.
In company with Dr. Rand, Elder Knox, Bro. George Manuel, and W. C. White, I have just visited a place that is for sale about two miles from our home. The road to this place is rough and will need to be improved if a school is established there.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 1)
The question has been asked if it would be well to establish our college so near to the St. Helena Sanitarium. Recently I have written much regarding the advantages of our schools being established close to our health institutions, that the older students may have the benefits of the united instruction in the work of ministry and the care of the sick. Our schools should be near our sanitariums, but not so close as to interfere with their work. If the instruction that has been given regarding this matter is followed, the students will reap great advantages.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 2)
The students in our schools should have the advantage of learning how to care for the sick, for many of them will be called to engage in just this kind of work as they take up missionary labor in the fields to which they shall go. Then, too, for their own welfare, the students should have wise instruction regarding the principles of healthful living. This should be considered an important part of their education, even though they never expect to go out as missionaries.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 3)
In the primary schools the children should be taught to form habits that will keep them in health. All should have an intelligent knowledge of how to preserve health, for thus much suffering may be avoided. These are some of the reasons why our schools should be located in easy access of our sanitariums. Students are to be taught how to keep in health, and free from the ills that are prevalent, but which, by the exercise of care and wisdom, may be avoided.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 4)
Some of the meetings held in the sanitariums for the instruction of the patients may be made occasions of valuable instruction to the students. Many benefits will accrue by our sanitariums and schools being closely related. Both should blend, each helping the other as far as it is possible.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 5)
I have written in regard to the Madison school, that this should be the plan of the work there, the educational work to blend with the medical. The interest of each institution in the other will prove a great blessing to each, a blessing which it is not possible to define clearly.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 6)
The time has come when every advantage to be gained for the furtherance of the work should be recognized; for we need all the strength we can obtain. Christ is soon coming, and Satan knows that his time is short. As we draw near to the close of time, the cities will become more and more corrupt, and more and more objectionable as places for establishing centers of our work. The dangers of travel will increase, confusion and drunkenness will abound; and if there can be found places in retired mountain regions, where it would be difficult for the evils of the cities to enter, let our people secure such places for our sanitariums and advanced schools. The two institutions may be far enough apart so that there need be no confusion.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 7)
Let parents understand that the training of their children is an important work in the saving of souls. In country places abundant, useful exercise will be found in doing those things that need to be done, and which will give physical health by developing nerve and muscle. “Out of the cities” is my message for the education of our children.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 8)
God gave to our first parents the means of true education when He instructed them to till the soil and care for their garden home. After sin came in, through disobedience to the Lord’s requirements, the work to be done in cultivating the ground was greatly multiplied; for the earth, because of the curse, brought forth weeds and thistles. But the employment itself was not given because of sin. The great Master Himself blessed the work of tilling the soil.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 9)
It is Satan’s purpose to attract men and women to the cities, and to gain his object he invents every kind of novelty and amusement, every kind of excitement. And the cities of the earth today are becoming as were the cities before the flood.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 10)
We should carry a continual burden as we see the fulfilment of the words of Christ, “As the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Matthew 24:37.] In the days before the flood, every kind of amusement was invented to lead men and women to forgetfulness and sin. Today, in 1908, Satan is working with intensity, that the same conditions of evil shall prevail. And the earth is becoming corrupt. Religious liberty will be little respected by professing Christians, for many of them have no understanding of spiritual things.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 11)
We cannot fail to see that the end of the world is soon to come. Satan is working upon the minds of men and women, and many seem filled with a desire for amusement and excitement. As it was in the days of Noah, every kind of evil is on the increase. Divorce and marriage is the order of the time. At such a time as this, the people who are seeking to keep the commandments of God should look for retired places away from the cities. Some must remain in the cities to give the last note of warning, but this will become more and more dangerous to do. Yet the truth for today must come to the world—truth as spoken by the lips of Him who understood the end from the beginning; “Strive to enter in at the strait gate; for many, I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, and shall not be able.” [Luke 13:24.] “Wide is the gate, and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way that leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 12)
As it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be when the Son of man be revealed. In the days of Noah the majority of the people were opposed to truth, because truth restricted their licentiousness and their violence and crime. The majority were opposed to righteousness and to the observance of the law of God. Truth found no place in mind or heart or works.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 13)
Christ is coming. We are charged with this message: Christ is coming to judge the world for her iniquity; and the earth shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain. Then the great multitude will be without God and without hope in the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 14)
One of the marked features of Noah’s day was the intense worldliness that prevailed. Eating and drinking and dressing, buying and selling, marrying and giving in marriage marked all classes, high and low. It is not sinful to supply the necessities of life. This is a duty. But when eating and drinking and dressing are made the supreme objects of life, then they become sin. God has provided food with which to supply hunger; but when eating and drinking are carried to excess, they become gluttony and drunkenness, and this is sin. That which was primarily a duty is in our day carried to excess; and the results of gluttony and drunkenness are theft, murder, lust, and the gratification of every base passion, and indulgence in every kind of satanic cruelty. Many even of those who have their names in church books are a great dishonor to the One whose name they profess. The Son of God gave His precious life, that He might redeem all who would be converted and forsake their unrighteous ways.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 15)
Who will be warned? We say again, Out of the cities. Do not consider it a great deprivation, that you must go into the hills and mountains, but seek for that retirement where you can be alone with God, to learn His will and way.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 16)
In the movement of 1844, when we believed the coming of Christ was at hand, night after night, when bidding goodnight to those of like faith, we would grasp their hands, feeling that we might not clasp them again until we should meet in the kingdom of glory. Thus it will be again as we draw near to the close of time. I urge our people to make it their life work to seek for spirituality. Christ is at the door. This is why I say to our people, Do not consider it a privation when you are called to leave the cities and move out into country places. Here there await rich blessings for those who will grasp them. By beholding the scenes of nature, the works of the Creator, by studying God’s handiwork, imperceptibly you will be changed into the same image.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 17)
I have been given a decided message to bear regarding this matter. I am bidden to say to our people. Prepare to meet thy God. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Will you take hold of the hope set before you in the gospel? Will you humble your proud hearts before the Lord, and become one with Christ?
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 18)
The Lord gave to Jacob, the lonely traveler wandering in a dreary wilderness, a wonderful dream. Jacob lay down to rest at night with a stone for his pillow; and there the Lord gave to him a glorious vision. He saw a ladder, the base of which rested firmly on the earth, and its top reaching to the very heavens. It was a ladder of shining brightness, for God stood at the top, and His glory streamed from heaven to earth. This was a symbol of the ladder which all who love God will ascend, round after round, heavenward. That night Jacob, the petted son of his mother, experienced the new birth and became a child of God. In his discouraged state the light that came to him was regarded as most precious, and the hard stone on which his head rested the most desirable on which his head had ever rested.
(23LtMs, Ms 85, 1908, 19)
Ms 87, 1908
Our Camp-Meetings an Object Lesson in Health Reform St. Helena, California July 17, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in CD 329-330.
Light has been given me in regard to the foods provided at our camp-meetings. Foods are sometimes brought on to the camp-ground, which are not in keeping with the principles of health reform.
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 1)
If we are to walk in the light God has given us, we must educate our people, old and young, to dispense with those foods that are eaten merely for the indulgence of appetite. Our children should be taught to deny themselves of such unnecessary things as candies, gum, ice cream, and other nicknacks, that they may put the money saved by their self-denial into the self-denial box, of which there should be one in every home. By this means large and small sums would be saved for the cause of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 2)
Not a few of our people need instruction in regard to the principles of health reform. There are various confections that have been invented by manufacturers of health foods, and recommended as perfectly harmless; but I have a different testimony to bear concerning them. They are not truly healthful, and their use should not be encouraged. We need to keep more strictly to a simple diet of fruits, nuts, and grains, and vegetables.
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 3)
Let not foods or confectionery be brought upon our campground that will counterwork the light given our people on health reform. Let us not glow over the temptation to indulge appetite by saying that the money received from the sale of such things is to be used to meet the expense of a good work. Where is your discernment? All such temptation to self-indulgence should be firmly resisted. Let us not persuade ourselves to do that which is unprofitable to the individual under the pretext that good will come of it. Let us individually learn what it means to be self-denying, yet healthful, active missionaries.
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 4)
In Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 6, there is much instruction regarding our camp-meeting. See pages 31 to 125. On page 112 you will find the following:
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 5)
“The large gatherings of our people afford an excellent opportunity for illustrating the principles of health reform. Some years ago at these gatherings much was said in regard to health reform and the benefits of a vegetarian diet; but at the same time flesh meats were furnished at the tables in the dining tent, and various unhealthful articles of food were sold at the provision stand. Faith without works is dead; and the instruction upon health reform, denied by practice, did not make the deepest impression. At later camp-meetings, those in charge have educated by practice as well as by precept. No meat has been furnished at the dining tent, but fruits, grains, and vegetables have been supplied in abundance. As visitors ask questions in regard to the absence of meat, the reason is plainly stated that flesh is not the best healthful food.
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 6)
“As we near the close of time, we must rise higher and still higher on the question of health reform and Christian temperance, presenting it in a more positive and decided manner. We must strive continually to educate the people, not only by our words, but by our practice. Precept and practice combined have a telling influence.”
(23LtMs, Ms 87, 1908, 7)
Ms 89, 1908
Co-operation Between Our Schools and Sanitariums NP July 24, 1908 [typed] Extracts from earlier published and unpublished sources. + Extract from Ms 125, 1907, entitled, “Lessons for Sanitarium Workers.”
I have been shown that there are decided advantages to be gained by having our schools located near our sanitariums, that the students may receive the benefits of the instruction given to the nurses, and may witness the results of faithful work done for those who need help and counsel. The benefits of hearty co-operation extend beyond physicians and teachers, students and sanitarium helpers. When a sanitarium is built near a school, those in charge of the educational institution have a grand opportunity of setting a right example before those who all through their life have been easy-going idlers, and who have come to the sanitarium for treatment. The patient will see the contrast between the idle, self-indulgent lives that they have lived and the lives of self-denial and service lived by Christ’s followers. They will learn that the object of medical missionary work is to restore, to correct wrongs, to show human beings how to avoid the self-indulgence that brings disease and death.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 1)
There is a great work to be done by our sanitariums and schools. Time is short; what is done must be done quickly. Let those who are connected with these important instrumentalities be wholly converted. Let them not live for self, for worldly purposes, withholding themselves from full consecration to God’s service. Let them give themselves, body, soul, mind, and spirit, to God, to be used by Him in saving souls. They are not at liberty to do with themselves as they please; they belong to God; for He has bought them with the life blood of His only begotten Son. And as they learn to abide in Christ, there will remain in the heart no room for selfishness. In His service, they will find the fullest satisfaction.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 2)
The Lord would have His work move forward solidly. Let light shine forth as God designed that it should from His institutions, and let God be glorified and honored. This is the purpose and plan of heaven in the establishment of these institutions. Let physicians and nurses and teachers and students walk humbly before God, trusting in Him as the One who can make their work a success.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 3)
***** In Ms 6, 1905, entitled “The Nebraska Sanitarium,” and written September 6, 1904, is the following:
During the council at College View, we were well cared for at the Nebraska Sanitarium.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 4)
The Sanitarium here is in a good location. It is away from the city with its temptations, and yet is so situated that people will learn of it and the nature of its work. It is surrounded by a good tract of land. Its proximity to the college is a decided advantage; for these two institutions, working together, may be a help one to the other....
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 5)
I am glad to see in front of the sanitarium such a beautiful field of greensward. This is attractive to the sick. They can go out of doors, breathe the fresh air, and enjoy the flowers that have been planted. This is well pleasing to God.... This is a beautiful spot. I thank God that the sanitarium is located in so favorable a situation. Let everything about these institutions at College View be orderly and presentable. And let the neatness and cleanliness of the institutions represent the characters of those who are connected with them.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 6)
***** In Special Testimonies, Series B, No. 8, pp. 14, 15, is the following regarding the school and the sanitarium located at Takoma Park, D.C.:
The sanitarium at Takoma Park is to be a source of strength to the school already established. The school and the sanitarium may be a help one to the other. The students of the school may assist in the erection of the sanitarium buildings.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 7)
***** On page 22 of the same leaflet (Series B, No. 8), is the following, written especially in connection with the training school at Huntsville, Alabama:
As our example, Christ linked closely together the work of healing and teaching, and in this our day they should not be separated. In our schools and sanitariums, nurses should be trained to go out as medical missionary evangelists. They should unite the teaching of the gospel of Christ with the work of healing.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 8)
The Lord has instructed us that with our training schools there should be connected small sanitariums, that the students may have opportunity to gain a knowledge of medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our schools as part of the regular instruction. Huntsville has been especially pointed out as a school in connection with which there should be facilities for thoroughly training consecrated colored youth who desire to become competent nurses and hygienic cooks. Let us rejoice that the managers of our Huntsville school are now planning to carry out this instruction without further delay. Let us help them to make Huntsville a strong training center for medical missionary workers.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 9)
***** Extract from Lt 52, 1908, dated January 6, 1908:
The school at Madison not only educates in a knowledge of the Scriptures, but it gives a practical training that fits the student to go forth as a self-supporting missionary to the field to which he is called. In his student days he is taught how to build simply and substantially, how to cultivate the land and care for the stock. To this is added the knowledge of being able to treat the sick and care for the injured. This training for medical missionary work is one of the grandest objects for which any school can be established. There are many suffering from disease and injury, who, when relieved of pain, will be prepared to listen to the truth. Our Saviour was a mighty Healer. In His name there may be many miracles wrought in the South and in other fields through the instrumentality of the trained medical missionary. Therefore it is essential that there shall be a sanitarium connected with the Madison School. The educational work at the school, and at the sanitarium, can go forward hand in hand. The instruction given at the school will benefit the patients, and the instruction given to the sanitarium patients will be a blessing to the school.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 10)
***** Extract from Lt 82, 1908, dated February 20, 1908:
Clear light has been given that our educational institutions should be connected with our sanitariums wherever this is possible. The work of the two institutions is to blend. I am thankful that we have a school at Loma Linda. The educational talent of competent physicians is a necessity to the schools where medical missionary evangelists are to be trained for service. The students in the school are to be taught to be strict health reformers. The instruction given in regard to disease and its causes, and how to prevent disease, and the training given in the treatment of the sick, will prove an invaluable education, and one that the students in all our schools should have.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 11)
The blending of our schools and sanitariums will prove an advantage in many ways. Through the instruction given by the sanitarium, students will learn how to avoid forming careless, intemperate habits in eating.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 12)
***** Extract from Lt 90, 1908, dated March 24, 1908:
I feel a deep interest that careful study shall be given to the needs of our institutions at Loma Linda, and that the right moves may be made. In the carrying forward of the work at this place, men of talent and of decided spirituality are needed.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 13)
We may, in the work of educating our nurses, reach a high standard in the knowledge of the true science of healing. That which is of the utmost importance is that the students be taught how to truly represent the principles of health reform. Teach the students to pursue this line of study faithfully, combined with other essential lines of education. The grace of Jesus Christ will give wisdom to all who will follow the Lord’s plan of true education.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 14)
Let the students follow closely the example of the One who purchased the human race with the costly price of His own life. Let them appeal to the Saviour, and depend upon Him as the One who heals all manner of diseases. The Lord would have the workers make special efforts to point the sick and suffering to the great Physician who made the human body. He would have all become obedient children to the faith, that they may come with confidence and ask for bodily restoration. Many who come to our sanitariums will be blessed as they learn the truth concerning the Word of God—many who would never learn it through any other medium.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 15)
It is well that our training schools for Christian workers should be established near to our health institutions, that the students may be educated in the principles of healthful living. Institutions that send forth workers who are able to give a reason for their faith, and who have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul, are of great value.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 16)
I have clear instruction that wherever it is possible, schools should be established near to our sanitariums, that each institution may be a help to the other.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 17)
***** The following extract is from Series B, No. 11 of “Special Testimonies,” pp. 11-16:
Early in the history of the Madison School, it was suggested that a sanitarium might be established on a portion of the property purchased for the school farm. In letters written to those in charge of medical missionary work in the southern states, I pointed out the advantages that are gained by establishing a training school and a sanitarium in close proximity. These letters were written in the fall of 1904, and a year later the principles set forth in this correspondence were incorporated in an article and sent to the brethren assembled in a Medical Missionary Convention at College View, Neb., Nov. 21-26, 1905.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 18)
The article is as follows:
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 19)
Co-operation Between Schools and Sanitariums
I have been instructed that there are decided advantages to be gained by the establishment of a school and a sanitarium in close proximity, that they may be a help one to the other. Instruction regarding this was given to me when we were making decisions about the location of our buildings in Takoma Park. Whenever it is possible to have a school and a sanitarium near enough together for helpful co-operation between the two institutions, and yet separated sufficiently to prevent one from interfering with the work of the other, let them be located so as to carry on their work in conjunction. One institution will give influence and strength to the other; and, too, money can be saved by both institutions, because each can share the advantages of the other.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 20)
In connection with our larger schools there should be provided facilities for giving many students thorough instruction regarding gospel medical missionary work. This line of work is to be brought into our colleges and training schools as a part of the regular instruction. This will make it unnecessary for our youth from all parts of the land to go to Battle Creek, or to any other one or two places, to obtain a thorough and satisfactory education and training.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 21)
Those in training to be nurses and physicians should daily be given instruction that will develop the highest motives for advancement. They should attend our colleges and training schools; and the teachers in these institutions of learning should realize their responsibility to work with and pray with the students. In these schools, students should learn to be true medical missionaries, firmly bound up with the gospel ministry.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 22)
Our people who have a deep interest in the children and youth, and in the training of laborers to carry forward the work essential for this time, need not be left in perplexity and uncertainty about the steps to be taken for the training of their youth as medical missionaries. God will open ways before all who humbly seek Him for wisdom in the perfecting of Christian character. He will have places ready for them in which to begin to do genuine missionary work. It is to prepare laborers for this work that our schools and sanitariums are established.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 23)
For the strengthening of this line of effort, counsel has been given that in connection with our larger schools there should be established small sanitariums. Whenever a well-equipped sanitarium is located near a school, it may add greatly to the strength of the medical missionary course in the school, if the managers establish perfect co-operation between the two institutions. The teachers in the school can help the workers in the sanitarium by their advice and counsel, and by sometimes speaking to the patients. And, in return, those in charge of the sanitarium can assist in training for field service the students who are desirous of becoming medical missionaries. Circumstances, of course, must determine the details of the arrangements that it will be best to make. As the workers in each institution plan unselfishly to help one another, the blessing of the Lord will surely rest upon both institutions.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 24)
No one man, whether a teacher, a physician, or a minister, can ever hope to be a complete whole. God has given to every man certain gifts, and has ordained that men be associated in His service, in order that the varied talents of many minds may be blended. The contact of mind with mind tends to quicken thought and increase the capabilities. The deficiencies of one laborer are often made up by the special gifts of another; and as physicians and teachers thus associated unite in imparting their knowledge, the youth under their training will receive a symmetrical, well-balanced education for service.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 25)
In all these efforts, there will come many opportunities for manifesting gentlemanly courtesy. The Christian is always courteous. And by association with his fellow workers, he becomes more and more refined. He learns to overlook little points of difference regarding questions that are of no vital consequence. Such a man, when in charge of one of the Lord’s institutions, is willing to deny self and to yield his personal opinions on matters of minor importance, in order that, with all brotherly kindness, he may co-operate heartily with the managers of another institution nearby. He will not hesitate to speak plainly and firmly when occasion demands: but his every word and act will be mingled with a courtesy so kindly, so Christlike, that no offense can be taken. Powerful is the influence for good that is exercised by a consecrated, active Christian gentleman. And when the managers of our institutions in close proximity learn to unite their forces, and to labor unselfishly and untiringly for the upbuilding of one another’s work, the results for good are far-reaching.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 26)
The benefits of hearty co-operation extend beyond physicians and teachers, students and sanitarium helpers. When a sanitarium is built near a school, those in charge of the educational institution have a grand opportunity of setting a right example before those who all through life have been easy-going idlers, and who have come to the sanitarium for treatment. The patients will see the contrast between the idle, self-indulgent life that they have lived, and the life of self-denial and service lived by Christ’s followers. They will learn that the object of medical missionary work is to restore, to correct wrongs, to show human beings how to avoid the self-indulgence that brings disease and death.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 27)
The words and actions of the workers in the sanitarium and in the school should plainly reveal that life is an intensely solemn thing, in view of the account which all must render to God. Each one should now put his talents out to the exchangers, adding to the Master’s gift, blessing others with the blessings given him. At the day of judgment, the life-work of each one is investigated, and each one receives a reward proportionate to his efforts.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 28)
That the best results may be secured by the establishment of a sanitarium near a school, there needs to be perfect harmony between the workers in both institutions. This is sometimes difficult to secure, especially when teachers and physicians are inclined to be self-centered, each considering as of the greatest importance the work with which he is most closely connected. When men who are self-confident are in charge of institutions in close proximity, great annoyance might result were each determined to carry out his own plans, refusing to make concessions to others. Both those at the head of the sanitarium and those at the head of the school will need to guard against clinging tenaciously to their own ideas, concerning things that are really nonessentials.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 29)
There is a great work to be done by our sanitariums and schools. Time is short. What is done must be done quickly. Let those who are connected with these important instrumentalities be wholly converted. Let them not live for self, for worldly purposes, withholding themselves from full consecration to God’s service. Let them give themselves, body, soul, and spirit, to God, to be used by His in saving souls. They are not at liberty to do with themselves as they please; they belong to God; for He has bought them with the lifeblood of His only begotten Son. And as they learn to abide in Christ, there will remain in the heart no room for selfishness. In His service they will find the fullest satisfaction.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 30)
Let this be taught and lived by medical missionary workers. Let these laborers tell those with whom they come in contact that the life that men and women now live will one day be examined by a just God, and that each one must now do his best, offering to God consecrated service. Those in charge of the school are to teach the students to use for the highest, holiest purpose the talents God has given them, that they may accomplish the greatest good in this world. Students need to learn what it means to have a real aim in life and to obtain an exalted understanding of what true education means. They need to learn what it means to be true gospel medical missionaries—missionaries who can go forth to labor with the ministers of the Word in needy fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 31)
Wherever there is a favorable opportunity, let our sanitariums and our schools plan to be a help and a strength to each other. The Lord would have His work move forward solidly. Let light shine forth as God designed that it should from His institutions, and let God be glorified and honored. This is the purpose and plan of heaven in the establishment of these institutions. Let physicians and nurses and teachers and students walk humbly with God, trusting wholly in Him as the only One who can make their work a success.
(23LtMs, Ms 89, 1908, 32)
Ms 91, 1908
A Revival Needed Los Angeles, California August 20, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in Lake Union Herald 11/04/1908. +
A message has been given me for our responsible men throughout the field, and I dare not remain silent. Words were spoken to me in the night season that brought a heavy burden on my soul. The messenger said, Arouse the watchmen to set at work many laborers who will diligently strive for the salvation of souls. Let the light shine forth to every place. It is not so much expensive facilities that are most needed now, but humble, faithful men and women who have the fear of God before them and the spirit of revival in their hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 1)
We are in the last days of this earth’s history. Our work is reformatory. Those who take a part in it have no excuse for indolence or ignorance. We are to work according to the directions given in the Word of God, and in harmony with the light He is sending through the agency of His Holy Spirit. How earnestly we should strive to come up to all our high privileges, and to meet the standard set for us in Christ Jesus. The only hope of producing a harvest of souls for the courts of God is in unselfish labor. We must open the truths of the Bible to the people, that they may be warned of their dangers and be sanctified through the truth. The life-giving energy of the Holy Spirit must come into every soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 2)
Whenever an interest has been created by our general meetings, our labors should be continued for the sowing of the seeds of truth. Satan and his army are zealous for the sowing of the seeds of evil; and if God’s servants would defeat his purposes, their hearts must be converted and sanctified, and their lives must be devoted to the upbuilding of the cause of truth in the dark places of the earth. Warnings and appeals must be given in clear and forcible language. The arbitrary dictation and forbiddings that have sometimes restricted and hindered the work and confused the senses of the Lord’s messengers, so that some have not dared to move forward in a work that is essential to be done, must cease. The truth will magnify itself when it is presented by lips that are sanctified.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 3)
It is one of Satan’s boldest schemes to hold the minds and harden the hearts of those who give themselves to the work. Now in order that they may understand what has been done to hinder the outworking of infinite love, there will need to be on the part of some a thorough work of self-examination, for their own religious interest, and a discarding of the experiences of the past from our present and future work. Let our ministers be wide-awake; let them consecrate mind and heart in simplicity and meekness to the work of undoing every wrong that in the past they have allowed to exist, to the injury of many souls, “redeeming the time because the days are evil.” [Ephesians 5:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 4)
Heavenly angels are looking in pity on our unwarned cities. They look with wonder upon those who profess to be working for the upbuilding of the kingdom of Christ in the earth. Can they say “Well done, good and faithful servant,” to those who are not earnest and faithful? [Matthew 25:23.] My brethren, let us consider the needs of the cities. Let us lay off our needless adornments, our unnecessary indulgences, that through our self-sacrifice souls may be won to Christ. Let us begin the work without delay, that those who have long been left in ignorance of the truth for this time may speedily hear the message of warning, the last the world will receive.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 5)
The Influence of Godly Women
Wonderful is the mission of the wives and mothers and the younger women workers. If they will, they can exert an influence for good to all around them. By modesty in dress and circumspect deportment, they may bear witness to the truth in its simplicity. They may let their light so shine before all, that others will see their good works and glorify the Father which is in heaven. A truly converted woman will exert a powerful transforming influence for good. Connected with her husband, she may aid him in his work and become the means of encouragement and blessing to him. When the will and way are brought into subjection to the Spirit of God, there is no limit to the good that can be accomplished.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 6)
The apostle writes, making mention of certain women who labored with him: “My brethren, dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. I beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that they be of the same mind in the Lord. And I entreat thee also, true yoke fellow, help those women which labored with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my fellow-laborers, whose names are in the book of life. Rejoice in the Lord alway, and again I say, Rejoice. Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 7)
“Finally, my brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, or if there be any praise, think on these things.” [Philippians 4:1-8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 8)
An Inspired Picture of Our Mission
The mission of the people of God in this age is outlined in the words of inspiration that describe the work of the Messiah: “The Spirit of the Lord God is upon Me, because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord; and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn, to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified.” [Isaiah 61:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 9)
“And they shall build up the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations.” [Verse 4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 10)
The Neglected Cities Must Be Worked
There is an extensive work to be done in imparting a knowledge of the gospel message in all our cities of America, and especially in the southern states in America; and not only in America, but in all parts of the world. Many of them are lying in darkness. As we see the increase of iniquity in the earth, we know that there was never greater need of the exercise of Christlike virtue and compassion, never greater need of humble, faithful labor for those who are perishing in ignorance and sin. The knowledge of Christ, the Word and wisdom of God, the essence of truth was never more greatly needed. Never was there greater need that the truth should go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 11)
We are far behind in doing for our cities the work that God has given us to do. Souls who should now have the light of truth are still in ignorance of it. The Word of God is represented as a light. His servants are declared to be light-bearers. “A city that is set on a hill,” the Saviour said, “cannot be hid.... Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” The light is to be set on high, not hidden under a bushel. It is to be placed where it can give light to all who are in the house. [Matthew 5:14-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 12)
But before the precious light can shine to all that are in the house, there is needed a spirit of reconversion in many of our people. For years the Lord has been dishonored, the glory due to Him has been withheld, because of the way in which the needs of the cities have been disregarded and neglected. Cities have been left unworked that should have been given faithful and wise labor, and souls who might have been converted are still in ignorance of the saving message.
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 13)
“Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising.” [Isaiah 60:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 14)
Wake up, brethren, wake up and answer: “For Zion’s sake will I not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth.” [Isaiah 62:1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 91, 1908, 15)
Ms 92, 1908
Talk/Lessons From the Fifteenth Chapter of John Glendale, California August 22, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in 7BC 982; 8MR 290; 9MR 381. +
(Parlor Talk, Glendale Sanitarium, Glendale, California, Sabbath, August 22, 1908.)
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 1)
“I am the true vine, and My Father is the husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit.” [John 15:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 2)
When trials and difficulties come, and we feel that we are having a hard time, let us remember these words. The eye of God is upon us. The trials we are called upon to pass through leave us in a more favorable position than they found us. And why?—Because the Lord is leading us into a position where we may sustain a right relationship toward Him, with minds centered on the great privileges we have through Christ Jesus our Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 3)
When assailed by trials, let us be careful not to take the position of complainers, because by means of trials God is working to perfect in us a Christian character, that we may be qualified and fitted through the righteousness of Jesus Christ to enjoy His presence in the heavenly kingdom after our work here on the earth shall have been ended.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 4)
If we study and heed the instruction that Christ has given us in His Word, we shall certainly be fruitful branches of the True Vine, for the Saviour has said:
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 5)
“Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing.”Vs. 3-5.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 6)
In time of perplexing trial, we need to open our heart to the Saviour and seek Him earnestly. By faith we are to lay hold on the precious promises He has given us and appropriate them to our own individual cases in our necessities. Then how important it is that we do not allow our minds in any way to become careless and frivolous. It is important that we fix them upon the One who is able and willing and ready to assist us in every trying perplexity, and to give us the very impressions of His Holy Spirit that we need to sustain us under the trials we must meet.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 7)
“If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verses 6, 7.] Precious promise! Grasp it by faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 8)
When abiding in Christ and learning of Him, you will not want anything that is inconsistent with the will of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 9)
“Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.”Vs. 8-11.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 10)
In these Scriptures we have presented before us every encouragement to take all our trials and perplexities to the Lord in prayer, instead of running to some neighbor or other human being. As we go direct to the Lord Jesus and tell Him all about our troubles, relief will come to our hearts, and there will be left on the mind an impression that is healthful and saving to our souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 11)
When we learn of Jesus the lessons He desires to teach us, we shall know what He means when He speaks of our bearing fruit to His glory. We shall then be looking about for some one whom we can help and bless. When abiding in Christ, we have something to say to those who are not abiding in Him. We have a work to do, and that work is to draw with Christ, constantly working to His name’s glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 12)
Let us guard against allowing anything to escape our lips that is offensive to spirituality and that drives people away from us. There are too many who are ready to speak unadvisedly with their lips. If everything does not agree with their ideas, they speak hastily. At such times silence is eloquence. Let us not allow the lips to speak things that are objectionable and that will cause others trial and annoyance, or leave an impression that is not helpful. Every one of us is in this world to receive the counsel of Christ and to help every other one; and if we have experienced the life of Christ in the soul, and we are brought under affliction, and know not which way to turn, let us not seek to lay our burden of affliction upon some other human heart. Christ has told us to bring all our afflictions to Him. Go apart by yourself, and pray in simplicity, saying, “Here I am, Lord. I do not know what to do. I am Thy child. I have been bought with a price. I desire to glorify God, and not dishonor Him. And now I ask Thee to give me special grace and help, that I may keep my lips silent, so that I shall not utter one expression that would cast a shadow on another’s mind.” If we do this, we shall become laborers together with God. And that is a wonderful position to be in.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 13)
We know not how long our lives may be spared. We know not what difficulties are lying in our pathway. But if we are seeking in humility and meekness of mind to represent Christ Jesus in character, we are laborers together with God. Wherever we may be, whether with believers or unbelievers, we are to live so that Christ will be revealed through us, and so that others will take knowledge of us, that we have been with Jesus, and learned of Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 14)
There is one verse in this chapter that I read without comment; but it is so wonderful that we must not pass it by without further study: “As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love.” [Verse 9.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 15)
Has not our Saviour given evidence of His love for us? Did He not lay off His royal robe and kingly crown, and come to our world to wrestle, like every human being that lives, under the temptations of the enemy? Tempted, indeed, He was, in all points like as we are, yet without sin. Thus He has conquered the foe with whom we have to deal. Through faith in His Father’s power, He overcame every trial and was victorious even to the close of His earthly ministry. In taking upon Himself the nature of a man, and in subjecting Himself to all the temptations wherewith we are tempted, Christ demonstrated His love for the human race and gave us an example of what we may do through the grace that God is ever ready to impart.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 16)
And so, when trials come, we can understand that there is One who has passed through similar trials, and has gained complete victory; and through the power He grants, we may also be victorious.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 17)
All through the ages ever since the fall, Satan has sought to thwart the purposes of God and to set up on this earth a rebellious kingdom; and when Christ appeared on earth as a divine-human being, He was pitilessly assailed by the prince of darkness. As we contemplate the terrible severity of the temptations that were brought upon the Son of God, we begin to comprehend something of the meaning of the words: “As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love.”“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verses 9, 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 18)
If we desire to have a living connection with heaven, if we desire to have the wisdom that Christ is willing to bestow upon us, we are privileged to pray in our weakness, wherever we may be, and we shall be heard. Then let us learn to take all our trials to Jesus. When we take them to our friends and neighbors, we weaken our own experience and receive no real benefit.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 19)
My brother, my sister, when tempted to unburden your heart before another human being, keep silent. Go before the Lord as a little child, and pray: “Let Thy Holy Spirit come upon me. I need Thee, O Christ, I need Thee.” As you prayer and believe, you become a partaker of the divine nature and have gained a wonderful victory. You are advancing from light to greater light. You are bearing responsibilities, and the light of heaven is resting upon you. Heaven is full of blessings, and the angels are all around us.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 20)
“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verse 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 21)
Jesus wants you to carry your troubles to Him—the One who left the royal courts and came down to our world to meet and overcome the oppression of Satan. He stood forth as God’s representative in the world, to show that man in his humanity may take hold of divinity, and through that divine nature have power to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 22)
“This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verse 12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 23)
Think of it! “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him, should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] This was the only hope for the race; therefore Christ accepted the terms. For our sakes He bore the temptations of Satan on every point. He would never listen to Satan’s reasoning.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 24)
Here is one point I want you to bear in mind: Christ had hungered and thirsted; and after He had been without food for forty days and forty nights, the devil thought there was a good chance for him. So he came and said, “If”—remember that “if.” What if Christ had accepted that “if”? God does not wants us to accept any “ifs.” When we have a work to do for the Master, we are to take the affirmative and keep to it. “If Thou be the Son of God, command this stone (it was just the shape of a loaf of bread) that it be made bread.” [Luke 4:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 25)
What did Christ answer? “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God”—always on the affirmative, showing the power of His grace in humanity. [Matthew 4:4.] As He revealed that power in His humanity, so we are to reveal it in our humanity, and thus make effectual His death for us. We are to see, in the lessons of Christ, how we can fulfil the Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 26)
In one of his temptations, Satan took Christ and set Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and said, “Cast Thyself down: for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee: and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone.” [Verse 6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 27)
Then what did Jesus answer?—“It is written, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” [Verse 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 28)
But Satan left out something from the saying he attempted to quote. What was it?—“To keep Thee in all Thy ways;” that is, in the ways laid out for His feet. [Psalm 91:11.] And Jesus will keep us if we follow in the way He has planned for us to go, according to the light given us through His holy Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 29)
Then Satan took Him up on an exceedingly high mountain, and showed him all the kingdoms of the world, saying, “All this power will I give Thee, and the glory of them: for that is delivered unto me, and to whomsoever I will I give it. If Thou therefore will worship me, all shall be Thine.” [Luke 4:6, 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 30)
Then it was that the divinity of Christ came to the aid of His humanity. With divine authority He commanded, “Get thee behind Me, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Verse 8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 31)
Satan was baffled by the constant affirmative of the Word. He could not say anything and left the field of temptation defeated.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 32)
Many, when they are called to meet an opponent, have little success because they spend too much time in answering objections. This virtually takes them over on to Satan’s ground; it is the very thing that Satan wants them to do. Instead of trying to answer every objection, keep to the affirmative; strengthen your soul by quoting the promises; present the light and the salvation that Christ has given in the Word; for there is reason in faith, there is light, there is power.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 33)
“Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you.” [John 15:13-15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 34)
Here is a work we all need to do—to connect ourselves with Christ in that close relationship of friends. But we fail to do this. We shall be tempted, but we need not yield to temptation. Our work is to represent the character of Christ to those around us, to speak words of hope and faith to sinners. Thus we shall bear fruit to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 35)
“Light is sown for the righteous, and gladness for the upright in heart.” [Psalm 97:11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 36)
Let us encourage ourselves by reading and studying the Word. It is full of blessed promises, and the Lord Jesus will give us grace and strength and the light of His countenance.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 37)
There is a heaven to win, a hell to shun; and Satan is using every act and power conceivable to obtain the victory over human minds. God help us that we may resist the enemy, and that the glory of God may be revealed. May we be in a position to manifest the Light of the world to those that are around us, because the Christ-life abides in us and shines forth in goods works.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 38)
A heaven to win! a heaven to win! Keep saying it, and let the light of heaven shine into the chambers of the mind, into the soul-temple. Then you will be prepared to give light to others in good works. And they are all written in the book. You will meet the record by and by. You will want to find good deeds written there; and you will want the crown of life. Yes, a crown of life will be given to every overcomer. Christ laid off His crown and His glory and came into this world as a man, to wrestle with the problems of Satan’s devising and to overcome him. Through faith man may lay hold of His strength and obtain the victory.
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 39)
What a song that will be when the ransomed of the Lord meet at the gate of the holy city, which is thrown back on its glittering hinges, and the nations that have kept His word—His commandments—enter and the golden harps are placed in their hands! All heaven is filled with rich music, and with songs of praise to the Lamb. Saved, everlastingly saved, in the kingdom of glory! To have a life that measures with the life of God—that is the reward. Just think of it! “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 92, 1908, 40)
Ms 93, 1908
Sermon/The Sabbath of the Fourth Commandment Los Angeles, California August 23, 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in Te 224. +
(Sermon, Camp-ground, Los Angeles, August 23, 1908, by Mrs. E. G. White.)
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 1)
“Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seven day, and sanctified it, because that in it He had rested from all His work which God had created and made.” [Genesis 2:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 2)
In the book of Exodus we have given the commandment of God regarding the keeping of the seventh day. We have to see why the seventh-day Sabbath has been cast aside and the first day placed in its stead. The first day has been given the honor that belongs alone to the day on which God placed His rest and blessing.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 3)
“And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine.” [Exodus 19:3-5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 4)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him. And all the people answered together and said, All that the Lord hath spoken, we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord. And the Lord said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee forever. And Moses told the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Verses 7-9.] There the children of Israel denominated themselves for God as a nation that would obey Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 5)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them today, and tomorrow, and let them wash their clothes, and be ready against the third day; for the third day the Lord will come down in the sight of all the people on Mt. Sinai. And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it: whosoever toucheth the mount shall be surely put to death. There shall not an hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it shall not live; when the trumpet soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.” [Verses 10-13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 6)
“And it came to pass on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings, and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled. And Moses brought the people forth from the camp to meet with God; and they stood at the nether part of the mount. And mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire; and the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked greatly.” [Verses 16-18.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 7)
There was every evidence before Israel that God was in the mount, the God who would not bear iniquity. “And when the voice of the trumpet sounded long and waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by voice. And the Lord came down upon Mt. Sinai, on the top of the Mount; and the Lord called Moses to the top of the Mount; and Moses went up.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 8)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Go down, charge the people, lest they break through unto the Lord, to gaze, and many of them perish. And let the priests also, which come near unto the Lord, sanctify themselves, lest the Lord break forth upon them. And Moses said unto the Lord, The people cannot come up to Mt. Sinai; for Thou chargedst us, saying, Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it. And the Lord said unto him, Away, get thee down, and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee; but let not the priests and the people break through to come up unto the Lord, lest He break forth upon them. So Moses went down unto the people, and spake unto them.” [Verses 19-25.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 9)
The people had been delivered from Egyptian slavery, that they might be given such a knowledge of God as they had never before had. In coming down upon Mt. Sinai, the Lord gave them evidence that He was God.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 10)
“And the Lord spake all these words, saying, I am the Lord thy God, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.” [Exodus 20:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 11)
“Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in heaven above; or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: thou shalt not bow down thyself to them nor serve them: for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate Me, and showing mercy unto thousands of them that love Me, and keep My commandments.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 12)
“Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain; for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 13)
“Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor the stranger that is within thy gates; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.” [Verses 4-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 14)
When did the Lord remove His blessing from the day He hallowed? “In six days the Lord made heaven and earth.” [Verse 11.] On the seventh He rested, and He sanctified the day on which He rested. Let us teach these things to our children, that they may honor God and learn to serve Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 15)
“Honor thy Father and thy mother: that thy days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” [Verse 12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 16)
Parents need to charge themselves with their responsibilities, that their children may have a knowledge of God. When they learn to honor and obey God, they will honor father and mother. Let not parents interpose between their children and God, by failing to give an example of obedience themselves; for when they do this, they place upon themselves the responsibility of the sins of their children. God is in earnest with us, He wants every soul to come into right relation to Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 17)
In the home the children are to be taught to respect the requirements of father and mother. Parents are called upon to understand their obligations to their children to bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. Let all come into right relation to God, that they may receive the blessing that He pronounces on all who obey His requirements.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 18)
When children have placed before them in their parents an example of unswerving obedience, they will dread to disobey. They should never hear cross words from their parents. Parents are to learn to discipline and govern their own dispositions. Let them not pursue a course that will create a lack of confidence in their children. The youth need every day the example before them of those who fear God and keep His commandments. We need to recognize constantly the requirements of God, that we may not be led into paths that will cause us to dishonor Him, and thus lead our children astray.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 19)
“Thou shalt not kill.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 20)
“Thou shalt not commit adultery.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 21)
“Thou shalt not steal.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 22)
“Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 23)
“Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor’s.” [Verses 13-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 24)
These commandments are before us, and there is no excuse for disobedience.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 25)
“And all the people saw the thunderings and the lightnings, and the noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they removed, and stood afar off. And they said unto Moses, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not God speak with us, lest we die. And Moses said unto the people, Fear not, for God is come to prove you, and that His fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not. And the people stood afar off, and Moses drew near to the thick darkness, where God was.” [Verses 18-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 26)
We should fear to sin, fear to place ourselves where He cannot approve our course of action.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 27)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Thus thou shalt say unto the children of Israel, Ye have seen that I have talked with you from heaven. Ye shall not make with Me gods of silver, neither shall ye make unto you gods of gold.” [Verses 22, 23.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 28)
Are not very many today doing these very things? They are gathering together the gold and the silver, and hiding it. And the community is allowing them to do this, while these very means are needed in order that men and women may have the light of truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 29)
The Lord continues: “An altar of earth thou shalt make unto Me, and shalt sacrifice thereon thy burnt offerings, and thy peace offerings, thy sheep and thine oxen: in all places where I record My name I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee.” [Verse 24.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 30)
Let us turn now to the 23rd chapter of this book of Exodus. We read, beginning with the 20th verse: “Behold I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared. Beware of Him, and obey His voice, provoke Him not; for He will not pardon your transgressions; for My name is in Him. But if thou shalt indeed obey His voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy unto thine enemies, and an adversary unto thine adversaries. For Mine Angel shall go before thee, and bring thee unto the Amorites and the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Canaanites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites: and I will cut them off. Thou shalt not bow down to their gods, nor serve them, nor do after their works: but thou shalt utterly overthrow them, and quite break down their images. And ye shall serve the Lord your God, and He shall bless thy bread and thy water; and I will take sickness away from the midst of thee.” [Verses 20-25.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 31)
In the twenty-fourth chapter we have the record of Israel’s promised obedience: “And Moses came and told the people all the words of the Lord, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words which the Lord hath said, we will do. And Moses wrote all the words of the Lord, and rose up early in the morning, and builded an altar under the hill, and twelve pillars, according to the twelve tribes of Israel.” [Verses 3, 4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 32)
“Then went up Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel: and they saw the God of Israel: and there was under His feet as it were the paved work of a sapphire stone, and as it were the body of heaven in its clearness. And upon the nobles of the children of Israel He laid not His hand: also they saw God, and did eat and drink.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 33)
“And the Lord said unto Moses, Come up to Me into the mount, and be there: and I will give thee tables of stone, and a law, and commandments which I have written; that thou mayest teach them. And Moses rose up, and his minister Joshua: and Moses went up into the mount of God. And he said unto the elders, Tarry ye here for us, until we come again unto you: and behold, Aaron and Hur are with you: if any man have any matter to do, let him come unto them. And Moses went up into the mount, and a cloud covered the mount. And the glory of the Lord abode upon Mr. Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days: and the seventh day He called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud. And the sight of the glory of the Lord was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel. And Moses went up into the midst of the cloud, and gat him up into the mount: and Moses was in the mount forty days and forty nights.” [Verses 9-18.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 34)
The glory of God was revealed before the eyes of Israel, and they could reason from cause to effect.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 35)
“Now therefore, hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you.” [Deuteronomy 4:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 36)
We need to ask ourselves constantly, What word hath God spoken? Has He said that we shall observe Sunday? There is no such requirement given in His Word. Not the first day, but the seventh is the day that He bids us observe. How can He regard those who claim that Sunday is the Sabbath of the Lord, and who oppress the people of God who obey His specified law? They take the minds of the people from the very day that He has blessed and present the first day of the week as the day that they must honor. But God declares, “Six days shalt thou labor and do all thy work, but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God.” [Deuteronomy 5:13, 14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 37)
“Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor: for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive everyone of you this day.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 38)
“Behold, I have taught your statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous, as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons and thy sons’ sons; specially the day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb, when the Lord said unto me, Gather Me the people together, and I will make them hear thy words, that they may learn to fear Me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 39)
“And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness. And the Lord spake unto you out of the midst of the fire; ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only ye heard a voice. And He declared unto you His covenant, which He commanded you to perform, even ten commandments; and He wrote them upon two tables of stone.” [Deuteronomy 4:3-13.] They were never to be effaced or changed.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 40)
Every soul will one day meet those commandments which were written on the tables of stone by God, and then every soul will understand their meaning.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 41)
“And the Lord commanded me at that time,” Moses continues, “to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it. Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude in the day that the Lord spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire.” [Verses 14, 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 42)
Why did not God leave them a similitude?—“Lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female, the likeness of any beast that is on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air. The likeness of anything that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that is in the waters beneath the earth: and lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven. But the Lord hath taken you, and hath brought you forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto Him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 43)
“Furthermore the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance: But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land.” [Verses 16-22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 44)
The Lord had followed Israel in their journeyings in the desert. When they had thirsted, He had commanded Moses to smite the rock, and waters had gushed out. When they changed their place of abode, He still supplied them. At Meribah, when Israel cried for water, the Lord said to Moses, “Speak unto the rock, and it shall give forth water.” [Numbers 20:8.] But Moses was provoked with Israel’s unbelief and rebellion, and he lost sight of the glory of God. He forgot the words of God, “Speak to the rock,” and he smote it twice with his rod.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 45)
The Lord showed Moses that by this act of disobedience, he had given evidence to Israel of his lack of faith in Him. Therefore God said, “Ye shall not enter into the promised land. You have not obeyed My words; you have dishonored Me. Had you spoken to the rock as I commanded, the waters would have gushed forth.” This was Moses’ first recorded failure as leader of Israel, yet God refused him the privilege of entering the promised land that all Israel might be convinced that there must be no departure from His commandments in spirit or in word.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 46)
“Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which He made with you, a graven image, or the likeness of anything, which the Lord thy God hath forbidden thee. For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 47)
“When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of anything, and shalt do evil in the sight of the Lord thy God, to provoke Him to anger: I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall be utterly destroyed. And the Lord shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the Lord shall lead you.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 48)
“And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see nor hear nor eat nor smell. But if from thence thou shalt seek the Lord thy God, thou shalt find Him, if thou seek Him with all thy heart and with all thy soul. When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, even in the latter days, if thou turn unto the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto His voice; (for the Lord thy God is a merciful God) He will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which He sware unto them.” [Deuteronomy 4:23-31.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 49)
Read the fifth chapter of Deuteronomy. “These are the commandments, the statutes and the judgments, which the Lord your God commanded to teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go to possess it. That thou mightest fear the Lord thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son’s son, all the days of thy life.” [Deuteronomy 6:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 50)
“These words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart: and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes.” [Verses 6-8.] These commandments were to be kept constantly before them; they were to be as frontlets between their eyes, that they might be kept from every false way.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 51)
“And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thine house, and on thy gates. And it shall be, when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land which He sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly cities, which thou buildest not, and houses full of good things, which thou fillest not, and wells digged, which thou diggedst not, and vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full; then beware lest thou forget the Lord, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 52)
“Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and serve Him, and sware by His name. Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the people which are round about you. (For the Lord thy God is a jealous God among you) lest the anger of the Lord thy God be kindled against thee, and destroy thee from off the face of the earth. Ye shall not tempt the Lord thy God, as ye tempted Him in Massah. Ye shall diligently keep the commandments of the Lord thy God, and His testimonies, and His statutes, which He hath commanded you.” [Verses 9-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 53)
I will not read any more at this time, but I want you to study the Bible. Those who entertain the idea that Sunday is the Sabbath to be observed, let me say to you, There is no sanctity in Sunday. People professing to be Christians are keeping the first day of the week, but there is no sanctity in this day.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 54)
I have not had a night’s rest since I have been at Glendale. The message has come to me again and again, Speak to the people about the Sabbath. Tell them that Sunday, the first day of the week, is not the Sabbath of the Lord. Take these Scriptures and put them into print, and scatter them everywhere, that those who are professedly serving the Lord may know the truth in regard to the Sabbath God has given for a thousand generations. Has that one thousand generations ended? Make the people understand the requirements of God, that they may not deny Him in any respect.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 55)
If you will search the Scriptures, you will see the light for yourself. I want you to search the Word. I do not want you to accept the sayings or opinions of others for the observance of the day of rest. I want you to have an entrance into the city of God. Keep the day that He has sanctified and blessed, and you will find a blessing come to you that you have not found in the observance of Sunday. Carry these words with you. I shall print them in a pamphlet, as I have been instructed.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 56)
This is perhaps the last testimony I shall bear to this church. Last night I could not sleep. All night the Lord was presenting the truth of the Sabbath before me, “On the seventh day God ended all the works which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it: because that in it He had rested from all His work which God created and made.” [Genesis 2:2, 3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 57)
I wish the meeting might be extended, and I could present before you the wickedness that is in the world. “As it was in the days of Noah,” the Saviour declared, “so shall it also be in the days of the coming of the Son of man.” [Luke 17:26.] At that day the people were doing everything they should not do, until the day that the flood came and took them all away. Christ is calling His people at this time to come out of the world and obey His requirements in regard to the day that He has made holy.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 58)
There are the women workers of the Women’s Christian Temperance Union. God will work in power with these women if they will heed the light of His Word. When my husband was living, we always endeavored to work in co-operation with these people. They were often present at our meetings, and we labored side by side. They would give up their desk for us to occupy, and we would speak on the Sabbath of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 59)
On one occasion a man came to me and said, Do you know what your talk did for my wife? You said, “Open the windows, and let in the light of heaven.” My wife is a changed woman. She has been an invalid for ten or fifteen years. You do not know what reformations are taking place because of the light you are giving to others.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 60)
The old soldier who labored by my side now sleeps in Jesus. We laid him to rest in the grave until the Lifegiver shall come. A few weeks before he died, he said that if either of us should be called to die, he wished it might be himself. At his deathbed I held his hand, and said to him, “If you wish me to continue my work and become a missionary in foreign fields, press my hand.” He did so, and since that time I have continued the work that he was compelled to lay down. I shall soon be eighty-one years old. I want you to help me bear this message.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 61)
In the night season I was talking with a company of people as I have talked with you today. I want to unite with the Women’s Christian Temperance Union workers, but we cannot unite with them in a work of exalting a false Sabbath. We cannot work in lines that would mean the transgression of the law of God, but we say to them, “Come on to the right platform.”
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 62)
My friends, let us follow all the light God has given in His Word. God is in earnest with us in this matter. It means everything to us to obey the Lord and to sanctify Him in our hearts. What a missionary work we might do in this world! God invites you to come into line. He wants me to invite you to plant your feet on the eternal rock. Let us stand on God’s platform and bring all our powers to labor for the souls who need to be converted. I invite you today to come into line with God in keeping the Sabbath holy that He has given us.
(23LtMs, Ms 93, 1908, 63)
Ms 95, 1908
Sermon/Lessons From Christ’s Labors NP September 5, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/21/1909. +
Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, Sabbath morning, September 5, 1908.
“Then cometh Jesus from Galilee to Jordan unto John, to be baptized of him. But John forbad Him, saying, I have need to be baptized of Thee, and comest Thou to me? And Jesus answering said unto him, Suffer it to be so now; for thus it becometh us to fulfil all righteousness. Then he suffered Him. And Jesus, when He was baptized, went up straightway out of the water; and, lo, the heavens were opened unto Him, and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon Him. And lo, a voice from heaven, saying, This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 1)
“Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil. And when He had fasted forty days and forty nights, He was afterward an hungered. And when the tempter came to Him, he said, If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. But He answered and said, It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 2)
“Then the devil taketh Him up into the holy city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down; for it is written, He shall, give His angels charge concerning Thee, and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone.” [Matthew 3:13-17; 4:1-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 3)
Satan knows the Scriptures well; but when he quoted this Scripture to the Saviour, he did not quote it all. He left out the words, “In all Thy ways,” meaning, in all the ways that God had appointed. [Psalm 91:11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 4)
Christ was not appointed to come into connection with Satan to oppose him by controversy. It was His work to take the affirmative of the Word of God. He said to the tempter, “It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” [Matthew 4:7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 5)
“Again, the devil taketh Him up into an exceeding high mountain, and showeth Him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; and saith unto Him, All these things will I give Thee, if Thou wilt fall down and worship me. Then Jesus saith unto him, Get thee behind Me, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 6)
“Then the devil leaveth Him, and behold angels came, and ministered unto Him.” [Verses 8-11.] Christ was fainting under the pressure of temptation; but when it would seem that He was dying on the field of battle, angels came to His aid to strengthen Him. Thus Christ was sustained in the sufferings He endured.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 7)
“Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison, He departed into Galilee; and leaving Nazareth, He came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim: that it might be fulfilled that was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles: the people that sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up.” [Verses 12-16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 8)
At the time of Christ’s first advent, the world was in a terrible condition. Men were being controlled by satanic agencies. The Majesty of heaven looked in pity on the human race. He saw that Satan was gaining the control of the bodies and minds of men and knew that He alone could break his power. It was because of this that He laid off His kingly crown and royal robe, and clothing His divinity with humanity, came to our world to meet the powers of darkness and to hold in check the forces of Satan. This was His work. A counterworking influence, coming from the highest authority, was to hold the enemy in check and resist his power.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 9)
“From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. And Jesus walking by the sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me; and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him.” [Verses 17-20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 10)
Here were some whose minds were under the influence of Christ. At His call they came right to His side. “And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed him.” [Verses 21, 22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 11)
Just such a work as this is to be carried on in our time. Those who will work in harmony with Christ, God will use to accomplish a good work. If those who claim to be children of God will make an entire consecration of themselves to Christ, the mighty influence of the power of God will be with them.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 12)
The Saviour saw a great work to be accomplished, and He clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might impart His healing power to mankind. He was the great Physician. As those who have consecrated themselves to the work of God go into foreign countries to labor, they will meet the sick and suffering. Know that the best way to reach the hearts of such is to come close to them, kneel down and pray with them and for them. The time has come when we must carry in our lives the influence that the Saviour carried in His life. We are to instruct and educate the suffering ones how to resist disease, by teaching them how to eat and drink and live healthfully, and how to love and fear God. By reading and studying the Word of God, those who in their hearts desire to serve God will learn to discard those habits that are ruining the health of body and soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 13)
The light has come that there are to be sanitariums provided for the sick, and we have been trying to provide these institutions for the carrying on of the work of God. As a result of our sanitarium work we have seen wonderful conversions. The salvation of God has been revealed. Through this instrumentality souls have become intelligent in regard to the faith, and many have been converted to the present truth. The work is extending, and we have had to establish sanitariums in many places.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 14)
Our schools and sanitariums should be in close co-operation, that our youth may be educated in a knowledge of the truth and at the same time be enlightened in regard to the care of the sick. Wherever there is a school, there, if possible, should be a sanitarium. The students are to be educated in right habits of living. It means a great deal to establish a school and conduct it in such a way that it will meet with God’s approval.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 15)
We are to understand the importance of this work and to reason from cause to effect. We are to work as Christ worked. We are to learn to talk to the people intelligently and with power. Then they will call upon Christ, recognizing in Him the One who came to our world to do the work of healing for soul and body. Those who are suffering with disease will be aroused to take hold of the light of health reform. They will leave off their wrong habits and will stand in a position where they can reach others.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 16)
The disciples who were called from their nets to follow Christ did not have a college education. Christ did not have it. He lived his life in simplicity, living and preaching the truth. The light of the gospel was shining upon the pathway of those who heard Him. We are to teach our children and youth the importance of simplicity. The straining that is often done to reach a wonderful height of learning—let it not be encouraged. I have seen many a youth destroyed before his education was completed because of this desire for knowledge.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 17)
If we would keep well, we must let reason guide us in our manner of living. If we will place ourselves in right relation to God, our beings will respond to His instruction. God would have us connected at all times with the great Physician; then His salvation will be revealed to us, and we shall know that there is a God in Israel.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 18)
Temptations are growing stronger and stronger to divorce the mind from God. The power of disease in the world is growing more and more afflicting and discouraging, but we must seek to combat the evil at every possible point. We tried to do this in our labors in Australia. We were there in a time of great financial depression. The banks had failed, and poverty and distress were on every hand. We found those who were hungry; we searched out the sick and afflicted, and this work gave us the confidence of the people. By and by the truth found a place in their hearts. We would go to places where no one had been with the message and preach the truth to the people. And God gave us victory at every point.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 19)
We were very thankful when we could establish our sanitarium at Paradise Valley near San Diego. For fifteen years that building had been waiting for us. Our first patient came before we had any accommodation for patients. We did not wish to take her in under such circumstances, and told her that if she stayed it would be at great inconvenience to herself. She replied, “I like it here, and I am going to stay.” That woman left the sanitarium a grateful woman, with her affliction removed. She embraced the third angel’s message. “O,” she said, “how thankful I am that you did not send me away. I know my duty now, and I shall tell my family and my neighbors of the things I have learned.”
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 20)
We have a living Healer today. We do not depend upon drugs, but upon the great Physician. If every sanitarium in our land were in living connection with God, the truth would go forth from our institutions as a lamp that burneth. They would carry mercy and light and compassion to the people, until men and women would realize that this is the religion of Christ and that it reaches to suffering humanity.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 21)
It is time that we were putting on the armor of light. It is time that we were comprehending our duty to the world at this stage of its history. O such wickedness exists in our cities, and yet many of the people are asleep. Professing Christians are asleep. They do not understand that there is a work for them to do. They need to put on the gospel armor.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 22)
The Saviour’s work of ministering to suffering was always combined with His ministry of the Word. He preached the gospel and He healed infirmities both by the same mighty power. He will do the same today; but we must do our part by bringing the sick in touch with the mighty Healer. The Saviour left the courts of glory and came to our world to bear temptation and resist evil, that man might have power to take hold of His strength. The soul that comes to Christ by living faith receives His power and is healed of his disease.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 23)
Today we are combining the work of ministry and of healing as we have never done before. We are working to educate our people how to treat the body in sickness, how to regain health, and how to keep well when health is restored. Do we not know that the liquor sold in the saloons of our land is drugged with the most poisonous substances? We read of one and another who has taken life while under the influence of liquor—liquor that has robbed them of their reason. The temperance cause needs to be revived as it has not yet been. We need to preach the gospel, that men and women may understand how to obey the Word of God. It is the Word of the living God that will bring men and women into right relation to Him; it will make impressions on heart and mind and character. Let everyone of us be aroused to do the work that is waiting to be done—the work that Christ did when He was in the world. By beholding the works of Christ, humanity will take hold upon divinity. There the appeal to souls is made, and He never turns one away. Whatever may be the position in life, whatever the past may have been, He will still receive.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 24)
Christ would not take a position in life where He could not associate closely with the people. During the days of His ministry all classes of people flocked about Him to hear His words. We read of one occasion when five thousand men, besides women and children, formed the company about Him. The time came when the people should have something to eat, but where was food to supply so many? In reply to His question, “Where shall we obtain bread that these may eat?” One of the disciples replied, “There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves and two small fishes: but what are they among so many?” And Jesus said, “Make the men sit down.” [John 6:5, 9, 10.] Then Christ imparted the food by His miraculous power to the hungry multitude.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 25)
When all had had sufficient, He commanded, “Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost. Therefore they gathered them together, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 26)
We stop short of exercising faith. We need that simplicity of godliness that will take hold of the work and come right down to Christlike practices with a spirit willing to help where help is needed. The majesty of heaven, the King of glory came to our world to preach the gospel of salvation. He invites you to listen to His words. He was so filled with His mission to men that His own mother could not draw Him from His work. The sick and suffering were before Him, and He must labor for them.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 27)
This is the work we are trying to do. It has been hard work sometimes, but the need of this kind of labor has been presented to me in clear lines, and we are determined to do this wherever it is possible. We have sought to labor in every place where we could preach the Word of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 28)
Wherever we have a school, there we should also have a sanitarium. We must work the works of God in these institutions. The youth are to be instructed regarding what God requires of them in the work of leading souls to the light. The blessing of God will come upon every true worker.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 29)
Letters come to us from many parts of the world, telling what the truth is doing in other lands. I am so thankful that we can have a part in this work, that we can be laborers together with Christ in the upbuilding of the kingdom of God in the earth. I am so thankful that the light of truth is shining. The light is to continue to shine. Do not let it go out. Do not shut it up, but let it shine to all that are in the house.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 30)
Study how you can speak the truth to those with whom you are brought in contact. Take hold of God by living faith. Do your duty simply day by day, and you will constantly advance until you are qualified to hold a position of trust in the work. We need to carry pure religion into our lives. Let us show an interest in the sick. Christ gave His life for these souls. It is our privilege to bring them to Him and teach them how to take hold of His divine nature. Then the afflictions with which Satan has beset them will be overcome.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 31)
We need helpers. Workers should be coming in to take the places made vacant by those who are sent to labor in foreign fields. They are going all the time, and the blessing of God is coming upon His people. Some are departing from the faith and giving heed to seducing spirits, but let us not weaken our efforts. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, let us lay hold of divine power. God will work with us mightily if we will do this.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 32)
My brethren and sisters, we need the truth as it is in Jesus. We need to teach the people how they may become partakers of the divine nature, that they may escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust. We need the manifestation of true godliness in every line of service.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 33)
I feel that I ought to stop here, and yet I have but just begun. Let us follow all the light. Let us resist temptation as Christ resisted it. In the day when every case will be forever decided, there will be many who will wish that they had studied their Bibles more, and more fully met its requirements. Will you not lay aside the story magazines and study the Word of God. At such times angels of heaven are right around you to strengthen your understanding. We need to have God come into our families; we want our children to be saved. Our schools that are established should be giving an education in the things of God. The students should be learning how to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 34)
Victory is before the faithful worker. I cannot lay down the armor. I shall go to Nashville and take part in the meetings that are held there. One says to me, You are not going, are you? Yes; they have waited for me for years, and I am going. I trust in the Lord to be my strength.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 35)
My brethren and sisters, I want you to reach up to God by living faith. Christ wants you to be living workers, communicating light to the souls that are perishing around you. Keep your eyes on God until you reach the kingdom of heaven. Then the pearly gates will be thrown open for you, and you will receive the welcome given to those who have been laborers together with God.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 36)
I want to see Jesus. I want you to see Him. I want to see the One who endured temptation in my behalf and who wore the crown of thorns for sinners. Then He will be crowned with glory, and we shall see Him as He is. We will fall at His feet in worship. He will place the harp in our hands, and our voices will be raised in such music as we have never heard on earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 37)
I am so thankful for the privilege of saying these words to you. I invite each one of you to take hold by living faith of the divinity of Christ. This is the gift that Christ came to the world to bestow. In Him humanity may take hold of divinity and share in the joy of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 95, 1908, 38)
Ms 97, 1908
Dress NP 1908 Extracts drawn from Lt 19, 1897 and Lt 45, 1899.
(Extracts from private letters written by Mrs. E. G. White, under dates of March 17, 1899, and July 4, 1897.)
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 1)
In answer to the questions that have recently come to me in regard to putting on a new style of dress, called the reform dress, I would say that those who are agitating this subject have not been inspired by the Spirit of God. We are very near the great crisis. The Lord would have every action performed with an eye single to the glory of God. To create a new issue on the dress question would be the very thing that would please the enemy. There would be much talk, much burden for one another, because all do not dress exactly alike.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 2)
The agitation on this subject is not demanded. Tests are not to be manufactured. We have a test for this time—the Sabbath of the fourth commandment—and nothing is to be brought in to draw the mind and heart from the great work of preparation for this time. The dress question is not to be our present truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 3)
Should our sisters think that they must adopt a certain style of dress, controversy would arise, and minds which should be wholly given to the work of the third angel’s message would spend their time making aggressive warfare on the outward dress. This zeal, which would be regarded by some as an evidence of piety, would only be an evidence of the want of true piety, of the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which in the sight of God is of great price.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 4)
God’s tests are now to stand out plain and unmistakable. There are storms before us, conflicts of which few dream. There is no need now for any special alteration in our dress. The plain, simple style of dress now worn, made in the most healthful way, demanding no hoops and no long trails, is presentable anywhere. These things should not come in to divert our minds from the grand test which is to decide the eternal destiny of a world—the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 5)
We are nearing the close of this world’s history. A plain, direct testimony is now needed, as given in the Word of God, in regard to plainness of dress. This should be our burden. But it is too late now to become enthusiastic in making a test of this matter.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 6)
The dress of our people should be made most simply. The skirt and sacque I have mentioned may be used—not that just that pattern and nothing else should be established; but a simple style, as was represented in that dress. Some have supposed that the very pattern given was the pattern that all were to adopt. This is not so. But something as simple as this would be the best we could adopt under the circumstances. No one precise style has been given me as the exact rule to guide all in their dress. But this I do know—the very same objections, only much stronger, exist today as when the short dress was discarded. The Lord has not indicated that it is the duty of our sisters to go back to the reform dress. Simple dresses should be worn. Try your talent, my sisters, in this essential reform.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 7)
Our sisters should clothe themselves with modest apparel. They should dress with simplicity. Your hats and dresses need not the extra trimmings that are put upon them. You are to be clothed with modest apparel, with shamefacedness and sobriety. Give to the world a living illustration of the inward adorning of the grace of God. Let our sisters dress plainly, as many do, having the dress of good material, durable, modest, appropriate for this age, and let not the dress question fill the mind.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 8)
Satan would have minds diverted to any subject by which he can create a division of sentiment. There is a work to be done in the heart, lest it shall become a desecrated temple of selfishness, of self-exaltation, of a Phariseeism, that will cheat the soul by mere illusions, by zealous activity in lines of work which God has not appointed to be done. Zeal in those things which God does not require leads to a neglect of the important works of righteousness, which men and women must do in order to be accepted as vessels unto honor, to work in any line where the Lord shall call them.
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 9)
There is a work which I call upon our sisters to take hold of earnestly, perseveringly, and with prayerful contrition of soul. Search the heart. Penetrate into the daily acts of life. Work earnestly to weed out from the character the defects that exist. Christ has died for you, and you are to live as unto God. Let your reasoning powers, refined, purified, sanctified, be brought to God. The Lord requires the sanctification of the whole being. The mind as well as the body is to be refined, elevated, ennobled. God has claims upon mind, soul, and body. “Ye are not your own, for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 97, 1908, 10)
Ms 99, 1908
The Buena Vista Property NP September 23, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in 2SM 359; Te 252; 5MR 89; 17MR 31.
The Buena Vista Property as a Probable School Location
On Wednesday, [September] 2, in company with several members of the committee on a school location, I visited a large property near Sonoma, which had been considered as a possible location for the school formerly conducted at Healdsburg. We found a large tract of land on which was a large, beautiful building called the Castle. The building has three stories and basement, with twelve spacious rooms on each floor. The property is a mile or two from the town of Sonoma, and some distance from any house.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 1)
Why We Should Secure the Whole Tract, if Any
A proposal had been made to the brethren, offering the building with three hundred acres of land. At first we thought that this would be all the land we would care for; but during the following night light was given me that we would meet with difficulties if the remaining portion of the land were sold to other parties and settled by people not of our faith. I was in conversation with interested ones in regard to this matter. We weighed the matter well on every side, and we concluded that we must purchase either the whole or none. Then we could control to a large extent the settlement of the land. We would have the privilege of refusing to sell land to those whom we might regard as undesirable neighbors, and thus avoid disturbance and trouble to the school, which might otherwise arise.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 2)
Again, I was instructed that we are not to locate ourselves where we will be forced into close relations with those who do not honor God. Concerning the sanctity of the seventh day, God has plainly taught us. “The heavens and the earth were finished,” He declares, “and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended the work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from all the work which God created and made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because that in it He had rested from all His work which God created and made.” [Genesis 2:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 3)
“Keep the sabbath day to sanctify it, as the Lord thy God hath commanded thee. Six days thou shalt labor, and do all thy work: but the seventh day is the sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thine ox, nor thine ass, nor any of thy cattle; nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; that thy manservant and thy maidservant may rest as well as thou. And remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, and that the Lord thy God brought thee out thence through a mighty hand and by a stretched out arm: therefore the Lord thy God commanded thee to keep the sabbath day.” [Deuteronomy 5:12-15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 4)
“For thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: and the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 5)
“Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations; and repayeth them that hate Him to their face, to destroy them: He will not be slack to him that hateth Him, He will repay him to his face. Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them.” [Deuteronomy 7:6-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 6)
“And these words which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart: and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes.” [Deuteronomy 6:6-8.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 7)
Here is God’s great test, and the sign of our loyalty to Him. We must either observe the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, or repudiate the Word and accept a day that He has not sanctified and set apart for our observance. In the day when every case if decided, these charges of the Word of God will be brought forth, and men will be judged by them. Those who have not searched the Scriptures to know what God has commanded, and who have observed a day that He has not blessed, will not be excused for their ignorance.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 8)
A crisis is soon to come in regard to the observance of Sunday, and we are to understand that no authority has been given to any man for the observance of the first day of the week. Yet the Sunday party is strengthening itself in its false claims, and this will mean oppression to those who determine to keep the Sabbath of the Lord. We are to place ourselves where we can carry out the sabbath commandment in its fulness. “Six days shalt thou labor,” the Lord declares, “and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God. In it thou shalt not do any work.” [Exodus 20:9, 10.] And we are to be careful not to place ourselves where it will be hard for ourselves and our children to keep the Sabbath.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 9)
If in the providence of God we can secure places away from the cities, the Lord would have us do this. There are troublous times before us, when Satan will make every effort to call in among us the unconverted, that they may prove stumbling blocks to souls and workers whom Satan can use to deceive. I am instructed to say to our people, Satan holds the minds of not a few of those who pass among us as believers of the truth. There are among us even ministers and physicians who are held in a net of deception. Many there are whom we regard as friends of the truth who are working in direct opposition to the principles of truth that have made us what we are today. Through a spirit of self-sufficiency they have been led to act a part in counterworking the instruction that God has sent through His Word and through the testimonies of His Spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 10)
I was shown that in no case should our children and youth, while obtaining their education, be associated with those who do not love and respect their parents. One sinner worketh much harm. Should we decide to purchase this place, our students could soon be accommodated with school facilities in a place where they would be away from the temptations of city life. Here they would have ample opportunity to exercise physical as well as mental powers, and brain and muscles would be equally taxed. And those parents who wish to have their children at home, and still share the advantages of the school, could secure a lot on which they could make a home, where they could train their family in Christian lines.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 11)
The Word of God is to be the guide book in our schools. Those who diligently and faithfully study the Word will secure the highest education. This alone will fit them for a place in the school above where Christ will walk and talk with His people, leading them to the tree of life and to fountains of living waters.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 12)
If we are able to purchase the property at Buena Vista, the sooner we do it, the better. And if we can obtain the whole of it, we will work to place students and teachers in a favorable position to receive the preparation they need for the accomplishment of their work. We will gather about us those parents who desire to educate their children in the love and fear of God, and who will strive with us to accomplish this work. We are to unite with Christ in the work He came to do for fallen humanity. We are to act a self-denying part as Christ has given us example. Let us keep self humble by learning of the One who gave Himself for us. To save souls was the great object of Christ’s lifework. We are to draw in even lines with Him. We have received His grace that we may impart it to others.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 13)
I have presented a few of the reasons why we could not purchase a part only of the Buena Vista property, leaving the other part to be occupied by those who do not profess to obey God or to live by the principles of His Word. I hope our people will be able to secure the land. In some respects this property may not be regarded as altogether desirable; but if we secure the property at all, we should come into possession of the whole. It is not desirable that we be closely linked up with those who are not Sabbathkeepers. And in this retired place we can ward off a large class of temptations which in a less favored place would be presented through manifold agencies. Satan seeks to deceive if possible the very elect, to sow his tares among the wheat. When danger is least suspected, he is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 14)
The Object of Our Educational Work
Our object must be to help the children and youth to come to Christ and to place themselves on vantage ground, that they may exert a saving influence in the school. In this place the youth could be more readily trained for the future immortal life, and be prepared to receive a welcome to the courts of God. There is a great work to be done. Let us watch and pray and believe. Parents and children have no time to lose. They are to learn to work for the souls for whom Christ has died. Let parents and children consecrate themselves to God, and seek to exert a positive influence for good. Those who bear the responsibilities of parenthood need to be converted daily. They need as devoted Christians to humble their souls before God, and to work with consecrated powers for Him. Let several families meet together to seek the Lord. God calls upon the heads of families to do with faithfulness their appointed work.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 15)
There has been in the experience of many professed Christians too much preaching and too little praying and believing and praising God. There are hundreds of men and women who are doing nothing to gather with Christ. Whole families are in need of conversion. They need to seek the Lord with all their hearts, that they may find Him. Why are there so many who carry no burden for souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 16)
The Lord has presented before me the necessity of our workers coming into line. Begin now to take up your appointed work. If you will live humble, devoted, Christian lives, you may accomplish much good. By watchfulness and prayer in your own homes, by house-to-house labor for those who need the help that you can give them, you can do much for the conversion of your children and your neighbors. Will you not do this work?
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 17)
We need to work in the interests of temperance reform and to make this question one of living interest. This is one way in which we may become fishers of men. A good work is being done in the circulation of our literature. Form yourselves into companies for the prosecution of a vigilant work. Learn to speak in such a way that you will not give offense. Cultivate gentleness of speech. Let the grace of Christ dwell in you richly, speaking to one another encouraging words. I make an earnest appeal to all our people, Come into line, come into line. Magnify self no longer.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 18)
There are but two classes in our world. Satan is working through the children of darkness to deceive with his seducing wiles. And Jesus acts His part through His faithful followers. They are to understand that they are bought with a price. The life of the infinite Son of God was given for them. Those who claim to be His will strive to be Christlike.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 19)
“He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him freely give us all things?” [Romans 8:32.] When this priceless gift was bestowed, the heavenly universe was mightily stirred in an effort to understand God’s unfathomable love, stirred to awaken in human hearts a gratitude proportionate to the value of the gift. Shall we, for whom Christ has given His life, halt now between two opinions? Shall the human agencies return to God only a tittle of their capabilities and powers?
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 20)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] He who was commander in the heavenly courts laid aside His royal robes, laid off His kingly crown, and came as a little child to our world to experience all the ills that humanity is heir to. He broke the power of Satan over humanity. Uniting His divinity with humanity, He worked out the salvation for the race and made it possible for men and women to become partakers of the divine nature and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 21)
This is the mystery of godliness. Through Christ’s grace man may be an overcomer. All heaven is pledged to unite with him in his efforts, and thus carry forward God’s great plan for the redemption of a ruined world. Man has a work to do in representing Christ’s likeness of character. We all need all the help we can give each other in practicing the virtues of that perfect character.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 22)
We who profess to believe the Word are to be faithful watchmen. Speaking of His second coming, the Saviour said, “Of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but My Father only. But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Matthew 24:36-39.] These words are being fulfilled. We should be preparing life and character to meet the demands of the times that are upon us. The Lord calls upon His people to prepare for the coming of the Son of man.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 23)
Christ made every sacrifice that we might stand perfected before Him at last. He calls upon every believer in the Word to become His helping hand, working with unwearying earnestness to seek and to save the lost. All who accept Christ as their Saviour pledge themselves to unite with Him in bearing the cross. At their baptism they pledged themselves to become laborers together with God in winning souls to Christ. They are to be His witnesses, bound by their covenant of baptism to act a part in the great plan of redemption. The transforming power of God’s grace will mold and fashion every soul who gives himself to Christ. “The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us; and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have all we received and grace for grace.” [John 1:14, 16.] The hearts of His disciples, under the influence of the grace of Christ, may be so filled with His love, that their hearts will feel the burden He felt for the souls He purchased by His suffering and shame and reproach.
(23LtMs, Ms 99, 1908, 24)
Ms 99a, 1908
Sermon/Called to Glory and Virtue Loma Linda, California August 29, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/14/1909.
Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, Loma Linda, Sabbath morning, August 29, 1908
“Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [2 Peter 1:1-4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 1)
There is a possibility of the believer in Christ obtaining an experience that will be wholly sufficient to place him in right relation to God. Every promise that is in God’s book holds out to us the encouragement that we may be partakers of the divine nature. This is the possibility—to rely upon God, to believe His Word, to work His works, and this we can do when we lay hold of the divinity of Christ. This possibility is worth more to us than all the riches in the world. There is nothing on earth that can compare with it. As we lay hold of the power thus placed within our reach, we receive a hope so strong that we can rely wholly upon God’s promises; and laying hold of the possibilities there are in Christ, we become the sons and daughters of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 2)
“Grace and peace be multiplied unto you,” the apostle says, “through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord; according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain to life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue.” [Verses 2, 3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 3)
We are to be partakers of knowledge. As I have seen pictures representing Satan coming to Christ in the wilderness of temptation in the form of a hideous monster, I have thought, How little such ones know of the Bible. Before his fall, Satan was next to Christ, the highest angel in heaven. How foolish then to suppose that he approached Christ in the wilderness in any such form as is given him in the illustration “The Game of Life.” Some here have seen that picture. After the Saviour had fasted forty days and forty nights, “He was afterward an hungered.” Then it was that Satan appeared to Him. He came as a beautiful angel from heaven, claiming that he had a commission from God to declare the Saviour’s fast at an end. “If Thou be the Son of God,” he said to Christ, “command that these stones be made bread.” But in Satan’s insinuation of distrust, Christ recognized the enemy whose power He had come to the earth to resist. He would not accept the challenge, nor be moved by the temptation. He stood firmly to the affirmative, “Man shall not live by bread alone,” He said, “but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” [Matthew 4:2-4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 4)
Christ stood by every word of God, and He prevailed. If we would always take such a position as this when tempted, refusing to dally with temptation or argue with the enemy, the same experience would be ours. It is when we stop to reason with the devil that we are overcome. It is for us to know individually that we are right in the warfare, to take the affirmative in the sight of God, and there to stand. It is thus that we will obtain the divine power promised, through which we obtain, “all things that pertain to life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue.” [2 Peter 1:3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 5)
There is such a thing as being partaker of the divine nature. We shall all be tempted in a variety of ways, but when we are tempted we need to remember that a provision has been made whereby we may overcome. “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] He who truly believes in Christ is made partaker of the divine nature and has power that he can appropriate under every temptation. He will not fall under temptation or be left to defeat. In time of trial he will claim the promises and by these escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 6)
We think it costs us something to stand in this position before the world; and so it does. But what has our salvation cost the heavenly universe? To make us partakers of the divine nature, heaven gave its most costly treasure. The Son of God laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and came to our earth as a little child. He pledged Himself to live from infancy to manhood a perfect life. He engaged to stand in a fallen world as the representative of the Father. And He would die in behalf of a lost race. What a work was this! If He should fail, if He should be overcome by temptation, a world would be lost.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 7)
I hardly know how to present these points; they are so wonderful, wonderful. Behold Him in the cities, and traveling from place to place, the crowds pressing Him on every side. He gave comfort and power to all who came to Him. None were sent away unhelped. He had brought this power from heaven for these very souls. And Christ was overcoming by His very deeds in behalf of men. So absorbed was He in the carrying out of His mission, that His own family could not draw Him away from His work.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 8)
It was the work of Christ to rebuke the power of Satan. When He was taken by His enemies and hung upon the cross, there stood the priests and rulers taunting Him, and doing all in their power to afflict Him. Others were heaping reproach upon Him. But there hung by His side a tempted sinner, who, while his companion railed on the Son of God, turned to the Saviour, saying, “Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom.” And Christ replied, “Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in paradise. Today while I hang upon the cross, the nails driven through My hands and feet, My body bruised, today, I say, Thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:42, 43.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 9)
Satan heard the words of Christ, and as he heard, he knew that his case was a lost one. There was no longer hope that he would obtain the victory over Christ. He had wrestled with the Son of God to cause Him to sin, and he had failed.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 10)
The priests and rulers heard Christ’s words, and they did not then feel as they had when they declared, “Let Him come down from the cross, and we will believe in Him.” [Matthew 27:42.] What if Christ had come down from the cross! What if He had refused to drink the bitter cup that was given Him! They laid the body of the Saviour in Joseph’s sepulcher and set a watch that none should steal Him away. Christ rested on the Sabbath day in the tomb. But on the morning of the third day, the Roman watch beholds a light stream from heaven and the angel of God descend. The mighty angel came to the tomb where the Son of God lay, and rolling away the stone, bade the Son of God to come forth. The Roman guard see Jesus come forth to life, and hear Him proclaim over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 11)
Christ suffered all this, that He might obtain your salvation and mine. By His life of sacrifice and death of shame, He has made it possible for us to take hold of His divinity and to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. There is a battle going on between the powers of darkness and the children of light—a battle that means humiliation of self at every step. Where are those who will stand? There are some who will. Where are those who understand what it means to be partakers of the divine nature and to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust? If you are partakers of the divine nature, you will day by day be obtaining a fitting for that life that measures with the life of God. Day by day you will purify your trust in Jesus and follow His example and grow into His likeness until you shall stand before Him perfected.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 12)
“Beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith, virtue; and to virtue, knowledge; and to knowledge, temperance; and to temperance, patience.” [2 Peter 1:5, 6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 13)
Here the importance of temperance is brought to our notice. Consider how the evil of intemperance is at work in our cities. Men in judicial positions, though they know just what the liquor saloons are doing, continue to sustain them. They do not realize what they are doing. If every one who claims to believe the Bible were working out faithfully the sum of his salvation, every liquor saloon in our land would be closed. It is not the pure liquor that is sold in these places, but liquor that is drugged, and which makes men mad. We should have a knowledge of these things, that we may work intelligently to help others. We must not be indifferent to the welfare of souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 14)
Here is a work opened before the young, the middle aged, and the aged. When the temperance pledge is presented to you, sign it. More than this, resolve to put your whole power against the evil of intemperance, and encourage those who are trying to do this work of reform in our world.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 15)
There are some who will work with all their powers not only upon the point of intemperance in the use of liquor, but in the matter of eating, and of drinking those things that are nonintoxicants, but which work injury to the system. I refer to the tea and coffee that many place upon their tables. We cannot afford to use these things. We have a keen enemy who is determined to have the victory, if it is possible, and we must guard ourselves most carefully that we may be strong to meet his attacks.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 16)
“And to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity.” [Verses 6, 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 17)
We need every one of the heavenly blood-bought virtues brought into our lives and characters; for then and then only will [we] be safe. “For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off; and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins.” [Verses 8, 9.] I am urged to say to young and old, You may have a hope that is immortal. Here is the invitation to you to take hold of the hope set before you in the gospel.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 18)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye shall do these things ye shall never fall. For so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” [Verses 10, 11.] Here a life insurance policy is offered us which insures for us eternal life in the kingdom of God. I ask you to study these words of the apostle Peter. There is understanding and intelligence in every sentence. By taking hold upon the Lifegiver who gave His life for us, we receive eternal life. It is a wonderful offer. Shall we not strive to obtain it?
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 19)
There is a responsibility resting upon parents in this matter that is scarcely discerned by them. Christ gave His life for our children, and parents are to be overcomers that they may lead the children step by step up the ladder that leads heavenward. Make it your business to teach them the Word as it is. This is the knowledge the children and youth must have if they are to overcome as Christ overcame. They need the simplicity of true godliness. I rejoice that we have Loma Linda where we can educate our youth for missionary work for Christ. Here they can have opportunities to learn the simplicity of true godliness. They need not reach up for high attainments in worldly knowledge, but they can have the language of Christ by studying His teachings. This is the power of godliness to them that believe.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 20)
My brethren and sisters, I urge you to bring up your children in simplicity. Don’t scold them when they do wrong, but take them to the Lord, and tell Him all about it. When you kneel before God with your children, Christ is by your side, and angels of God are all around you. Teach them to ask God to forgive them for being cross and impatient. Bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. Let us be men and women of prayer. Let us take hold of the divine nature and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. Then we shall have the eternal life insurance policy, a life that measures with the life of God. Then when the ransomed are redeemed from the earth, the city of God will be opened to you, and you can present yourselves before the Lord, saying, Here am I and the children whom Thou hast given me. Then the harp will be placed in your hand, and your voice will be raised in songs of praise to God and to the Lamb by whose great sacrifice you are made partakers of His nature and given an immortal inheritance in the kingdom of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 99a, 1908, 21)
Ms 101, 1908
Sermon/Parting Words of Instruction National City, California August 26, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/07/1909.
(A sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, delivered to the patients and helpers at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, National City, California, August 26, 1908.)
“Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me.” [John 14:1.] The words were spoken by Christ just before His crucifixion and were among His last to the disciples. He is not at this time thinking of the sufferings that lie before Him, but of His disciples. How will they stand when they have not His personal presence with them? He comforts them with the assurance of His return: “In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you.” [Verse 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 1)
Very simple are the words of the Saviour. They cannot be misunderstood or misinterpreted. “And if I go and prepare a place for you,” He continues, “I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know.” For three years Christ had been educating His disciples in that way; yet Thomas said to Him, “Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way? Jesus saith unto him, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me.” [Verses 3-6.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 2)
O that we all might understand these words for ourselves, and know that Christ is for us the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Only through the Son of God can any soul make his way to the Father.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 3)
Only He can remedy the injury that was wrought for man by the fall. “If ye had known Me,” He declared, “ye would have known My Father also: and from henceforth ye have known Him, and have seen Him.” [Verse 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 4)
“Philip saith unto Him, Lord show us the Father, and it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father. Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me? the words that I speak unto you, I speak not of Myself; but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works. Believe Me that I am in the Father and the Father in Me; or else believe Me for the very works’ sake.” [Verses 8-11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 5)
Christ came as the representative of the Father, and the works of the Father He was constantly doing. Had not the disciples for three years been beholding these works? Had they not seen the sick brought to Him to receive healing, and had He not restored them to health? The needy of all classes had flocked to Him in crowds, and He had ministered to all. They had seen Him feed a multitude with a few small loaves and fishes; and as the food was passed from hand to hand, they had watched it multiply until there was more than enough for all. After five thousand men besides women and children had been fed, the Saviour gave the command, “Gather up the fragments, that nothing be lost;” and they gathered up of that which was left twelve baskets full. [John 6:12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 6)
This is an object lesson of the work that the Saviour desires to do through His followers. He wants us to take the blessed Word, to study it, and then to teach it in its simplicity. How simple Christ’s lessons were; even the children could understand them. The people of His own nation, those who professed to believe in God, were greatly incensed against Him; because by the simplicity of His daily teachings, He was removing the rubbish that was hiding the truth from the comprehension of the people. Even the most ignorant could take in the truths He taught, and be comforted and blessed thereby. Mothers, hearing and seeing His words and works, desired that their children might come to Him to be blessed. On one occasion one mother with her children left their home to find the Saviour. On the way they told others of their desire; and as they pursued their journey, mother after mother with their little ones joined the company until, when they reached the place where the Saviour was, there was a little army of women and children who sought to reach His side. He was ministering the Word to the people, and healing the sick; and when the women made known their errand, the disciples told them that the Master must not be disturbed. But Christ had heard the petition of the mothers, and at once His heart responded to their desire. He said, “Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 19:14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 7)
I am so thankful that the message of salvation was brought in such simplicity to us. The Son of God laid aside His royal robe and crown and His high command, and came to earth to take His place among humanity as a little child, to bear the test of temptation and trial from childhood to manhood. Greater than that of any other were the sufferings and trials He endured. Satan and his host were determined that Christ should not carry out His plan of sacrifice. If they could discourage Christ and cause Him to sin, the world would perish in its iniquity, and the cause of righteousness be lost. But Christ was working out the salvation of the human race, and He would not fail on a single point. He would make it possible for humanity to lay hold upon His divinity, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. Man does not need to be corrupted. May God help us to accept by faith the victory that has been won in our behalf and make it ours.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 8)
The Saviour continued, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me, the works that I do, shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do, because I go unto My Father.” [John 14:12.] It was a path of suffering and temptation by which the Saviour went to His Father, and we may rejoice that He consented to travel such a path. Had He not, how could the world have been saved? By this He made it possible for us to be accepted with God. When we are in doubt and perplexity and difficulty, let us consider what the Son of God passed through, that He might prepare for us a home in the kingdom of heaven. And today He stands by His Father’s throne to minister help to every soul who seeks Him in sincerity for strength to overcome. He waits to bestow on all the power to do His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 9)
He will accept the little children, blessing them as He blessed the children in the days of His earthly ministry. Shall we not bring them to Him? These little ones are to learn the lessons of God’s Word and be captivated by the simplicity of His truth. Let the labors of those who work for Christ’s little ones be marked with the simplicity that was revealed in the words that fell from the Saviour’s lips.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 10)
“If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever.” [Verses 15, 16.] Here is the test of our love for God. Parents are to teach their children what these commandments are. We need missionary fervor in our homes, that we may bring the Word of life before the members of our families and lead them to seek a home in the kingdom of God. There will be no sickness there, no sorrow, no death. A life that measures with the life of God will be the reward of all who win that eternal home.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 11)
In view of all that lies before the believer, his piety should be “always abounding.” [1 Corinthians 15:58.] He should labor for souls with all his intelligence and powers. Not for eloquence and honor is he to strive, but for simplicity of life and simplicity of speech. Christ had no need to explain any word that He made use of. All were simple, and all were understood by the most simple. We need to let our faith take hold of Christ, we need to listen to His words, to seek to do His works. We need to take hold of the hope of immortality that will give us life everlasting in the kingdom of glory. To us the promise is, “The works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do, because I go unto My Father.” [John 14:12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 12)
“I will pray the Father, and He will give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him: but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.” [Verses 16, 17.] To the worldling the truth is too simple; he deems it unworthy of his attention. He does not see Christ in it. But how thankful should the believer be for these promises. I am thankful for the faith I have in God’s Word. I claim His promises, saying, “You said it, Lord. You asked me to come to You. I come expecting You to help me and bless me.” And He proves the truth and the preciousness of His words, “I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me; because I live ye shall live also.... He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself unto him.” [Verses 18, 19, 21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 13)
“If a man love Me, he will keep My words: and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him.” [Verse 23.] Consider the familiar relation Christ here brings to view as existing between the Father and His children. His presence and guardianship is am abiding thing. While we trust in Christ’s saving power, all the arts and wiles of the fallen host can do nothing to harm us. Heavenly angels are constantly with us, guiding and protecting. God has ordained that we shall have His saving power with us, to enable us to do all His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 14)
Let us grasp the promises and cherish them moment by moment. Let us believe that God means just what He says. If we will accept His Word with the simplicity of little children, believing that He has given His life that we might have everlasting life, we shall receive power to overcome.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 15)
“He that loveth Me not, keepeth not My sayings: and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Father’s which sent Me.... Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. Ye have heard how I said, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved Me, ye would rejoice because I said, I go unto the Father; for My Father is greater than I. And now I have told you before it come to pass, that when it is come to pass, ye might believe. Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of the world cometh and hath nothing in Me. But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave Me commandment, even so I do.” [Verses 24, 27-31.]
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 16)
I am very thankful for the privilege of speaking these words to you. I was present at the establishment of this institution. At that time I spoke to the workers here, presenting before them the way in which they might carry their work intelligently. I spoke also to the patients, and I know that Jesus was present on these occasions. His blessing rested upon those assembled. I want to say to you today, There is a battle before each one of us, but as long as we hide self in Christ, we shall not be defeated. When you are provoked, and tempted to make a sharp reply, keep silent. At such times silence is eloquence. Remember that you are God’s property. When circumstances arise that irritate and annoy, conquer your feelings. We need to look constantly to Jesus. If we will walk in the fear of God, He will not fail us.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 17)
If we will seek to teach the truth in its simplicity, the Lord will let His blessing rest upon us. He will impart His Spirit to us, giving us comfort and strength and hope. I appeal to you to do all you possibly can for the help and comfort of others. Show to men and women who is the Mighty Healer. He will bless the means you use. If you will do His work, you may expect His blessing. In your efforts for the sick, show them how they may improve their health by forming right habits.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 18)
I have said that if we seek to help and bless others, the Lord will let His blessing rest upon us, and I know that what I say is truth; for I have proved the Lord for many, many years. How long the Lord will permit me to speak and to labor for Him I cannot tell; but I have given my life to do His work, to study the blessed Word of God, and to pass it on to the people as the bread of life. It is possible that we shall never meet again on this earth; but let us remember that there is a grand meeting to take place ere long. Everlasting life is before us, and the city of God. Angels of God will be there, and Christ will be there. They will bid us welcome to the joys of heaven because we have kept the commandments of God. Then there will be no more death, no sorrow, no sin. Let us do all we can to help one another to gain the eternal joys that are awaiting the redeemed. May God’s blessing rest upon His people in large measure, is my prayer.
(23LtMs, Ms 101, 1908, 19)
Ms 103, 1908
Proclaiming the Truth Where There is Race Antagonism NP October 19, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 9T 204-212.
I am burdened, heavily burdened, for the work among the colored people. The gospel is to be presented to the downtrodden Negro race. But great caution will have to be shown in the efforts put forth for the uplifting of this people. Among the white people in many places, there exists a strong prejudice against the colored race. We may desire to ignore this prejudice, but we cannot do it. If we were to act as if this prejudice did not exist, we could not get the light before the white people. We must meet the situation as it is and deal with it wisely and intelligently.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 1)
For many years I have borne a heavy burden in behalf of the colored race. My heart has ached as I have seen the feeling against this race growing stronger and still stronger, and as I have seen that many Seventh-day Adventists are apparently unable to understand the necessity for an earnest work being done quickly. Years are passing into eternity with apparently little done to help those who were recently a race of slaves.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 2)
One of the difficulties attending the work is that many of the white people, living where the colored people are numerous, are not willing that special efforts should be put forth to uplift the colored race. When they see schools established for them, when they see them being taught to be self-supporting, to follow trades, to provide themselves with comfortable homes instead of continuing to live in hovels, they see the possibility that selfish plans will be interfered with—that they will no longer be able to hire the Negro for a mere pittance; and their enmity is aroused. They feel that they are injured and abused. Some act as if slavery had never been abolished. This spirit is growing stronger, as the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the world; and in many places it is impossible now to do that work which could have been done for the colored people in past years.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 3)
Much might have been accomplished by the people of America if adequate efforts in behalf of the freedmen had been put forth by the Government and by the Christian churches immediately after the emancipation of the slaves. Money should have been used freely to care for and educate them at the time they were so greatly in need of help. But the Government, after a little effort, left the Negro to struggle, unaided, with his burden of difficulties. Some of the strong Christian churches began a good work, but sadly failed to reach more than a comparatively few; and the Seventh-day Adventist church has failed to act its part. Some persevering efforts have been put forth by individuals and by societies to uplift the colored people, and a noble work has been done. But how few have had a part in this work which should have had the sympathy and help of all.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 4)
Noble efforts have been put forth by some Seventh-day Adventists to do the work that needed to be done for the colored people. Had those who were engaged in this work received the co-operation of all their ministering brethren, the result of their work would now be altogether different from what it is. But the great majority of our ministers did not co-operate, as they should have done, with the few who were struggling to carry forward a much needed work in a difficult field.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 5)
Avoidance of Unwise Moves
As time advances, and opposition strengthens, circumstances warn us that discretion is the better part of valor. If unwise moves have been made in the work done for the colored people, it is not because warnings have not been given. From Australia, across the broad waters of the Pacific, cautions were sent that every movement must be guarded, that the workers were to make no political speeches, and that the mingling of whites and blacks in social equality was by no means to be encouraged.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 6)
In a meeting held in 1895 at Armadale, a suburb of Melbourne, Victoria, I spoke of these matters, and urged the necessity of caution. I said that perilous times were coming, and that the sentiments that could then be expressed in regard to what should be done along missionary lines for the colored people could not be expressed in the future without imperiling lives. I said plainly that the work done for the colored people would have to be carried on along lines different from those followed in some sections of the country in former years.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 7)
Let as little as possible be said about the color line, and let the colored people work chiefly for those of their own race. In regard to white people and colored people, worshiping in the same building, this cannot be followed as a general custom with profit to either party—especially in the South. The best thing will be to provide the colored people who accept the truth with places of worship of their own, in which they can carry on their services by themselves. This is particularly necessary in the South, in order that the work for the white people may be carried on without serious hindrance.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 8)
Let the colored believers be provided with neat, tasteful houses of worship. Let them be shown that this is done not to exclude them from worshiping with white people because they are black, but in order that the progress of the truth may be advanced. Let them understand that this plan is to be followed until the Lord shows us a better way.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 9)
The colored members of ability and experience should be encouraged to lead the services of their own people; and their voices are to be heard in the representative assemblies.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 10)
Among the colored believers there are many who can labor to advantage for their own people—workers to whom the Lord has given light and knowledge and who possess capabilities of no mean order. These are to labor perseveringly, and in every effective way. They are to use our literature, and hold tent-meetings, and meetings in halls. And sometimes (where it is permissible) white ministers should help them. Special efforts should be made to increase the force of colored workers. Colored men are to be thoroughly educated and trained to give Bible readings and hold tent-meetings among their own people. There are many having capability, who should be prepared for this work.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 11)
We should be deeply interested in the establishment of schools for the colored people. And we must not overlook the importance of placing the present truth before the teachers and students in the large colleges for colored people that have been established by men of the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 12)
Schools and sanitariums for colored people should be established, and in these the colored youth should be taught and trained for service by the very best teachers that can be employed.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 13)
The colored ministers should make every effort possible to help their own people to understand the truth for this time. As time advances and race prejudices increase, it will become almost impossible, in many places, for white workers to labor for the colored people. Sometimes the white people who are not in sympathy with our work will unite with colored people to oppose it, claiming that our teaching is an effort to break up churches and bring in trouble over the Sabbath question. White ministers and colored ministers will make false statements, arousing in the minds of the people such a feeling of antagonism that they will be ready to destroy and to kill.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 14)
The powers of hell are working with all their ingenuity to prevent the proclamation of the last message of mercy among the colored people. Satan is working to make it most difficult for the gospel minister and teacher to ignore the prejudice that exists between the white and colored people.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 15)
Let us follow the course of wisdom. Let us do nothing that will unnecessarily arouse opposition—nothing that will hinder the proclamation of the gospel message. Where demanded by custom or where greater efficiency is to be gained, let the white believers and the colored believers assemble in separate places of worship. Let us cultivate the meekness of Christ. He was the Majesty of heaven, the only begotten Son of God. Yet “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.]
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 16)
If, to save a perishing world, God condescended to give up His Son to a painful, ignominious death, should not the Lord’s missionaries be willing to make every effort in their power to win and help those who are in the depths of sin, and to flash the light upon those who are in darkness as to what is truth? Christ clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might reach down and uplift fallen human beings. Shall not His followers, for His sake, be willing to submit to many things unjust and grievous to be borne, in order to help the very ones who need help? Let the work be done in a way that will not arouse prejudice which would close doors now open for the entrance of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 17)
The men of talent among the colored believers are to be laborers together with God for their own people. And yet, there will sometimes be opportunities for them to bear a testimony in tent-meetings and in large assemblies, which will reach many, many souls. These opportunities will appear as the southern field is worked, and the loud cry is given. When the Holy Spirit is poured out, there will be a triumph of humanity over prejudice in seeking the salvation of the souls of human beings. God will control minds. Human hearts will love as Christ loved. And the color line will be regarded by many very differently from the way in which it is now regarded. To love as Christ loves lifts the mind into a pure, heavenly, unselfish atmosphere.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 18)
He who is closely connected with Christ is lifted above the prejudice of color or caste. His faith takes hold of eternal realities. The divine Author of truth is to be uplifted. Our hearts are to be filled with the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The work of the good Samaritan is the example that we are to follow.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 19)
But we are not to agitate the color-line question, and thus arouse prejudice, and bring about a crisis. The light of the third angel’s message is to be given to those who need light. We are to labor calmly, quietly, faithfully, trusting in our Elder Brother. We are not to be in haste to define the exact course to be pursued in the future regarding the relation to be maintained between white and colored people. The truth for this time is to be proclaimed before the thousands of people in the southern states. The way is to be cleared, as far as possible, of all obstruction. Let the gospel message be given to the people. Let white and colored people be labored for in separate, distinct lines, and let the Lord take care of the rest. The truth must come before the white men and women of the southern states. Then there will be a work done in their families that will lead to the salvation of many souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 20)
Avoid Hindering the Work
While men are trying to settle the question of the color line, time rolls on, and souls go down into the grave unsaved. Let this condition of things continue no longer. Let men and women go to work, and let them labor as the Spirit of God shall impress their minds. We need the talent of the colored believers, every jot of it, in this work. Let colored workers labor for their own people, assisted by white workers as occasion demands. They will often need counsel and advice. Let the colored believers have their place of worship and the white believers their place of worship. Let each company be zealous to do genuine missionary work for its own people, and for the colored people wherever and whenever they can.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 21)
When the truth has been presented in a place, and as many white people as will hear and believe have accepted the truth, opportunities will sometimes appear for efforts to be made, in a quiet, unobtrusive manner, by white laborers for the colored people. Such opportunities should not be overlooked.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 22)
But we must not unnecessarily arouse prejudice that would close the way against the proclamation of the third angel’s message to the white people. They need this message; for a time of trouble is before us, such as never was since there was a nation.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 23)
Great care must be exercised that nothing be said or done to inflame the feelings of the colored people against the whites. Let us not aggravate the difficulties that already exist. Let us clear the King’s highway. Let God have a chance to work. Let men keep out of His way. He will plan and manage better than human beings possibly can. Let us remember that our first great work is to preach the Word of God, to give the warnings of the Bible. And however wisely the workers labor, they will have opposition to meet, without creating an agitation over the color line.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 24)
The Lord calls upon all to take up the work in humility of mind. The ministers are not all sanctified through the truth. The Lord calls upon all to lay down their controversies. Let men beware of doing that which would cut off our last hope of entering difficult fields where there is race prejudice and antagonism. We are to work as gospel medical missionaries, to heal the sin-sick souls by giving them the message of salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 25)
As a means of overcoming prejudice and gaining access to minds, medical missionary work must be done, not in one or two places only, but in many places where the truth has not yet been proclaimed. This work will break down prejudice as nothing else can do.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 26)
The Sabbath
The Sabbath question is one that will demand great care and wisdom in its presentation. Much of the grace and power of God will be needed to cast down the idol that has been erected in the shape of a false Sabbath. Lift up the standard, lift it up, higher and still higher. Point the people to the twentieth chapter of Exodus, in which the law of God is recorded. The first four of the ten commandments outline our duty to our Maker. He who is false to his God cannot be true to his neighbor. He who loves God supremely will love his neighbor as himself. Pride lifts itself up unto vanity, leading the human agent to make a god of himself. The gospel of Christ sanctifies the soul, expelling self-love.
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 27)
“Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy.” [Verse 8.] The Sabbath was instituted in Eden, after God had created the world. “Thus the heaven and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made, and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it, because that in it He had rested from all His work which God created and made.” [Genesis 2:1-3.]
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 28)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12-17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 103, 1908, 29)
Ms 105, 1908
Words of Counsel to Our Colored People NP October 19, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in PCO 128-130.
I am instructed to say to our colored laborers: Be kind in your families. Do not bring into the home circle any of the spirit or the customs of slavery. Let no harsh words be heard in your homes. Overcome disorderly habits. Never indulge a harsh, authoritative manner. Never treat your wife as your slave. Remember that you are members of the Lord’s family, and that in this world you are to give an example of what the Lord expects the members of His family to be. Your lips are to be sanctified to the Lord’s service. You are to be Christlike in word and act. You may have witnessed much tyranny on the part of those who looked upon the Negro as their property, to be treated as they pleased; but because of this you are not yourself in your home to be a tyrant. God is the owner of all human beings.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 1)
Those who feel at liberty to torture those over whom they have authority will be dealt with by the Creator as they have dealt with those under them.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 2)
Counsel to Parents
The fathers and mothers who have accepted the truth are to strive to train their children in the way of the Lord. No harshness, no arbitrary methods are to appear in the management of their children. They are to be guided and controlled by the law of kindness. Their homes are to be filled with the tenderness and love of Christ. Their children are to see plainly that the converting power of God is working on their hearts. When colored men and women reveal the spirit of the slave master in their treatment of their children, they make excuse for the white men who reveal this spirit toward them.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 3)
“Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as is fit in the Lord. Husbands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them.” [Colossians 3:18, 19.] This is the rule that is to be followed by all husbands and wives, be they white or black. When this rule is followed, the result will appear in Christlike lives; and the converting power of God will be manifest.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 4)
Make Home Pleasant
Fathers and mothers, let neatness and order prevail in the home. Make home a pleasant place for your children. Remember that each day you are to gain a more complete preparation for the home that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him. Sow the seeds of truth in the hearts of your children. Give evidence that even though your skin is dark, your heart is white—that it has been washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 5)
Remember that it is not profession that God values. He asks you to reveal the meekness of Christ. He asks you to bear good fruit. Your words will testify to the spirit that controls your life. They are an expression of the thoughts that fill your mind. Christ has declared, “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.]
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 6)
Your skin may be black; this you cannot help. You are not accountable for the color of your skin. And it does not in any way affect the question of your salvation. Your words are of far more consequence with God. It is your words and manner of works that tell whether you have passed from death unto life. Give yourselves to the hearing of the Word of God, and let each one make as much as possible of the opportunities that God has given him. You are not man’s property. You belong to Christ; for He has bought you. You have been redeemed by the blood of the Lamb. Will you not be witnesses for Christ? Will you not show by a well-ordered life and godly conversation that the seed of truth sown in your heart has sprung up to bear good fruit?
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 7)
We should be deeply impressed with the humility of Christ as His experience, in coming to this world, is brought before our minds. To save men and women, He descended to the lowest depths of humiliation; but in this He was untainted with sin. He came to our world to uplift fallen human beings, and He allowed no reproach, no hardship to turn Him from His work. His true missionaries are willing to work in the hardest places if thereby they can reach souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 8)
Carry the Message
Years ago the truth should have been proclaimed from city to city in those fields where there are many colored people. In these cities, sanitariums and schools are to be established in suitable locations; and these institutions are not to be left barren of much-needed facilities, as the Huntsville School was left for many years. Those who knew of the condition of things in this school, both white and black, should have helped to raise means for the placing of the school where it could do a more successful work. Industries should be started in connection with this school that will help it to be self-supporting.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 9)
The hearts of the colored people are not to be left without hope or courage. They are to be filled with hope by those who have learned to believe that the colored people appreciate the efforts put forth in their behalf and are ready to be co-workers with Christ the Master Worker.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 10)
To carry this work forward, helping the people, here a little and there a little, teaching them to live, not as if there were no hope of a change for the better in their condition, but as if there were something better for them, requires patient, earnest, judicious, persevering effort. But such effort is richly rewarded.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 11)
For this work many men and women of the colored race are to be educated to work as missionaries for their own people. These workers are not to feel that their sphere of labor is to be among the white people. They are to be educated and trained to be missionaries within their own borders.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 12)
Perseverance
To many of the colored people, the difficulties against which they have to contend seem insurmountable. But there are those who will not give up. All who are conscientiously and in the fear of God trying to acquire an education are to be encouraged. There is talent among the colored race, and this talent will be developed, sometimes where least expected. Every advantage possible is to be given to the colored youth who are capable of becoming useful workers in the Lord’s vineyard.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 13)
There are those who with proper training can be prepared to conduct sanitariums for colored people. In all cases they will need the assistance of white workers, but their talents will tell greatly for the success of the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 14)
Schools for colored children and youth are to be established in many places. The teachers are to bring a softening, subduing influence into the school. In their habits and their dress, they are always to be neat and tidy. They will find that the students need this example. And they will find also that they are very quick to imitate. When old or young show refinement of manner and taste in dress, this is never to be discouraged.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 15)
Be Vigilant
There is room for all in the work of God; for a world demands our labors. We must not put off the doing of our work until labor comes to be regarded as genteel. The life of Christ is a constant rebuke to the one who is willing to sit by with folded hands. Let us now set to work in earnest to do something for Christ. The Saviour wept over the guilt and obduracy of Jerusalem. Who is ready to weep over his neglect and indolence in the past, and take up the work that has been neglected? We must no longer be self-indulgent.
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 16)
The measure of our future success will be the measure of our dependence upon God and our humility of heart. We need the presence of the Holy Spirit in the heart to keep us from self-exaltation and self-praise. The law of the divine economy is, “He that humbleth himself shall be exalted; and he that exalteth himself shall be abased.” [See Luke 14:11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 105, 1908, 17)
Ms 107, 1908
The Color Line NP October 21, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in 9T 213-222; OHC 287; 4MR 33. +
I have some things to say in regard to the colored people of the southern states of America, and the relation that we should sustain to them. So long were they under the curse of slavery, that it is a difficult problem to know how they should now be treated.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 1)
When God’s workers allow His Spirit to work upon their minds, much will be accomplished in the work of soul-saving. The Lord is our Helper. He will guide us in all matters, if we will trust in Him. One thing is certain: We must have faith in God—faith that He will arrange matters in a way that will enable us to work successfully. No one ever trusted God in vain. He will never disappoint those who put their trust in Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 2)
We have no time to get into contention over the problem of the color line. If this question is much agitated, difficulties will arise that will consume much precious time to adjust. We cannot lay down a definite line to be followed in dealing with this subject. In different places and under different circumstances, the subject will need to be handled differently. In the South, where the race prejudice is so strong, we could do nothing in presenting the truth were we to deal with the color-line question as we can deal with it in the North. The white workers in the South will have to move in a way that will enable them to gain access to the white people.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 3)
The cities of the South are to be worked, and for this work the best talent is to be secured, and that without delay. Let white workers labor for the white people, proclaiming the message of present truth in its simplicity. They will find openings through which they may reach the higher class. Every opportunity for reaching this class is to be improved.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 4)
Let our colored workers do what they can to keep abreast, working earnestly for their own people.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 5)
I know that if we attempt to meet the ideas and preferences of the colored people, we shall find our way blocked completely. The work of proclaiming the truth for this time is not to be hindered by an effort to adjust the position of the Negro race. Should we attempt to do this, we should find that barriers like mountains would be raised to hinder the work that God desires to have done. If we move quietly and judiciously, laboring in the way that God has marked out, both white and colored people will be benefited by our labors, unless the colored people place themselves where the Lord cannot work with them.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 6)
It is Satan’s plan to call minds to the study of the color line. If his suggestions are heeded, there will be diversity of opinion and great confusion. No one is capable of clearly defining the proper position of the colored people. Men may advance theories, but I assure you that it will not do for us to follow human theories. So far as possible, the color line question should be allowed to rest.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 7)
The colored people should not urge that they be placed on an equality with white people. The relation of the two races has been a matter hard to deal with, and I fear that it will ever remain a most perplexing problem. So far as possible, everything that will stir up the race prejudice of the white people should be avoided. There is danger of closing the door so that our white laborers will not be able to work in some places in the South.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 8)
The time has not come for us to work as if there were no prejudice. Christ said, “Be ye wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] If you see that by doing certain things which you have a perfect right to do, you hinder the work of the truth, refrain from doing these things. Do nothing that will close the minds of others against the truth. There is a world to save, and we gain nothing by cutting loose from those who are trying to help. All things are lawful, but all things are not expedient.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 9)
The wise course is the best. As laborers together with God, we are to work in the way that will enable us to accomplish the most for Him. Let none go to extremes. We need wisdom from above; for we have a difficult problem to solve. Let no extremes be encouraged. If rash moves are made now, great mischief will be done.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 10)
The matter is to be presented in such a way that the truly converted colored people will cling to the truth for Christ’s sake, refusing to renounce one principle because they think that the very best course is not being pursued toward the colored race.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 11)
We must sit as learners at the feet of Christ, that He may teach us the will of God, and that we may know how to work for the white people and the colored people in the southern field. As far as possible, we should leave the color line alone, and use every energy to present the closing gospel message to all classes in the South. As we are led and controlled by the Spirit of God, we shall find that this question will adjust itself in the minds of our people. We are to do as the Spirit of God shall indicate, and agitate this subject as little as possible.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 12)
What is needed is an individual seeking of the Lord. Let those whose religious experience in the past has been only a surface work draw near to God. Repent, repent, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out. Those white people who appreciate the ministry of Christ in their behalf cannot cherish prejudice against their colored brethren.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 13)
I thank God that among the colored believers there are men of talent who can work efficiently for their own people, presenting the truth in clear lines. There are many colored people of precious talent who will be converted to the truth, if our colored ministers are wise in devising ways of training teachers for the schools and other laborers in the field.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 14)
What we need is to be prepared to take hold of the work in earnest; then we shall be better able to deal with the questions involved in this work. But let no one enter into controversy. Let every believer do his best to prepare the way for the gospel missionary work that is to be done. We have no time now to give place to the spirit of the enemy and to cherish prejudices that confuse the judgment and lead us away from Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 15)
It will take money, and earnest, persevering effort, to do what needs to be done among the colored people. Every man needs now to stand in his lot and place, confessing and forsaking his sins, and working in harmony with his brethren. God’s workers are to be of one mind and one heart, praying for the impartation of the Spirit, and believing that God will fulfil His Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 16)
We are living in the great antitypical day of atonement. We must individually seek God. This is a personal work. Let us draw near to God, allowing nothing to come into our efforts that would misrepresent the truth for this time. Let every one confess, not his brother’s sin, but his own sin. Let him humble his heart before God and become so filled with the Holy Spirit, that his life will show that he has been born again. We read, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 17)
The gospel of Christ is to be lived, practiced in the daily life. The servants of God are to be cleansed from all coldness, all selfishness.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 18)
Simplicity, meekness, lowliness are of great value in the work of God. Try to unite the workers in confidence and love. If you cannot do this, be right yourselves, and leave the rest with God. Labor in faith and prayer. Select Christian youth, and train them to be, not workers with hearts like iron, but workers who are willing to harmonize.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 19)
I pray that the Lord will change the hearts of those who, unless they receive more grace, will enter into temptation. I pray that He will soften and subdue every heart. We need to live in close fellowship with God, that we may love one another as Christ has loved us. Thus the world is to know that we are His disciples. Let there be no self exaltation. Let every one humble his heart before God. Then the blessing will come. The workers will all the time be receiving fresh, new ideas, and there will be a wonderful revival of gospel medical missionary work.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 20)
The great work before us all, as Christians, is to extend Christ’s kingdom as rapidly as possible, in accordance with the divine commission. The gospel is to advance from conquest to conquest, from victory to victory. The greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High, and they shall take the kingdom and possess the kingdom forever and ever.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 21)
It is Satan’s object to keep Christians occupied in controversies among themselves. Satan knows that if they do not watch, the day of the Lord will come on them as a thief in the night.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 22)
On one occasion, while Christ was in the midst of His work of teaching and healing, one of the company assembled about Him said, “Master, speak to my brother, that he divide the inheritance with me.” [Luke 12:13.] This man had witnessed Christ’s wonderful works. He had been astonished at the clearness of His comprehension, His superior judgment, and the fairness with which He viewed the cases brought to Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 23)
He had heard Christ’s stirring appeals, and His solemn denunciations of the scribes and Pharisees. If words of such command could be spoken to this brother, he would not dare to refuse the aggrieved man of his portion. He solicited Christ’s influence on his side. “Speak to my brother,” he said, “that he divide the inheritance with me.” [Verse 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 24)
The Holy Spirit was pleading with this man to become an heir of the inheritance that is incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away. He had seen evidence of the power of Christ. Now the opportunity was his to speak to the great Teacher, to express the desire uppermost in his heart. But like the man with the muck rake in Bunyan’s allegory, his eyes were fixed on the earth. He saw not the crown above his head. Like Simon Magus, he valued the gift of God as a means of worldly gain.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 25)
The Saviour’s mission on earth was fast drawing to a close. Only a few months remained for Him to complete what He came to do in establishing the kingdom of His grace. Yet human greed would have turned Him from His work to take up the dispute over a piece of land. But Jesus was not to be diverted from His mission. His answer was, “Man, who made Me a judge or a divider over you?” [Verse 14.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 26)
He gave the man plainly to understand that that was not His work. He was striving to save souls. He was not to be turned aside from this to take up the duties of a civil magistrate.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 27)
How often today labor is forced upon the church that should never be allowed to enter the work of the gospel ministry!
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 28)
Again and again Christ had been asked to decide legal and political questions. But He refused to interfere in temporal matters. He knew that in the political world there were iniquitous proceedings and great tyranny. But His own exposure of these was the proclamation of Bible truth. To the great multitudes that thronged His steps, He presented the pure, holy principles of the law of God and spoke of the blessing found in obeying these principles. With authority from on high, He enforced the importance of justice and mercy. But He refused to become entangled in personal disputes about property.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 29)
Christ stood in our world as the Head of the great spiritual kingdom that He came to our world to establish—the kingdom of righteousness. His teaching made plain the ennobling, sanctifying principles that govern this kingdom. He showed that justice and mercy and love are the controlling powers in Jehovah’s kingdom.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 30)
Christ set an example that is to be followed by those who are today striving to extend the kingdom of righteousness. He laid down the principle that those who rule over men should be men under the control of the divine Ruler. They must to men who have learned how to control themselves, men who live quiet, peaceable lives in obedience to the commandments. Christ did not enter into the minutiae of the work of those who are given charge of His church; but if they are under the supervision of God, they will know what their work is and what course to pursue.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 31)
We shall be brought into close places in religious matters. Discord among church members is one of the most difficult things to deal with. Pride of opinion, selfishness, ambition enfeeble spirituality. There are those who seek for as much power as possible. The difference between true and false conversion is continually being shown right in our institutions. Day by day character is being tested, and cases are being decided for eternity. The Lord Jesus is weighing moral worth.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 32)
Our Lord struck at the root of the affair that troubled this questioner, and of all similar disputes, saying, “Take heed, and beware of covetousness; for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.” [Verse 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 33)
“And He spake a parable unto them, saying, The ground of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully: and he thought within himself, saying, What shall I do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits? And he said, This will I do: I will pull down my barns, and build greater; and there will I bestow all my fruits and goods. And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years; take thine ease, eat, drink, and be merry. But God said unto him, Thou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee: then whose shall those things be, which thou hast provided? So is he that layeth up treasure for himself, and is not rich toward God.” [Verses 16-21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 34)
To live for self is to perish. Covetousness, the desire of benefit for self’s sake, cuts the soul off from life. It is the spirit of Satan to get, to draw to self. It is the spirit of Christ to give, to sacrifice self for the good of others. “And this is the record, that God hath given to us eternal life, and this life is in His Son. He that hath the Son hath life, and he that hath not the Son hath not life.” [1 John 5:11, 12.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 35)
Wherefore He says, “Take heed and beware of covetousness; for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.” [Luke 12:15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 36)
The Warfare Before Us
God’s servants are to put on every piece of the Christian armor. We are not wrestling simply with human foes. God calls upon every Christian to enter the warfare, and fight under His leadership, depending for success on grace and help from heaven. In God’s strength we are to go forward. Never are we to yield to Satan’s attacks. Why should we not, as Christian warriors, stand against principalities and powers, and against the rulers of the darkness of this world? God calls upon us to press forward, using the gifts entrusted to us. Satan will place temptation before us. He will try by stratagem to overcome us. But in the strength of God we are to stand firm as a rock to principle.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 37)
In this warfare there is no release. Satan’s agents never pause in their work of destruction. Those who are in Christ’s service must watch every outpost. To save perishing souls from ruin is our object. This is a work of infinite greatness, and man cannot hope to obtain success in it, unless he unites with the divine Worker.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 38)
From eternity Christ has been man’s Redeemer. Ever since the fall, there has come to those uniting with Him in His great work the word, “Be not weary in well doing.”“Be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [2 Thessalonians 3:13; 1 Corinthians 15:58.]
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 39)
The Christian is encouraged to show patient perseverance in carrying forward the work of the gospel ministry in connection with the medical missionary work. As he gains an experience in genuine religion, he obtains a spiritual knowledge that makes character.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 40)
The life of a true Christian is one continuous round of service. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Every day brings to the one in God’s service duties proportionate to his powers. His usefulness increases as, under the guidance of a supreme power, he performs these duties. The fulfilment of one duty makes us better prepared to take up another. Those who have a true sense of what is to be done will place themselves in the direct light of the Word of God, in union with His other working forces. Every day, clothed with the whole armor, he will go forth into the battle. With prayer and watchfulness and perseverance, he will labor, determined that the close of his lifework shall not find him unprepared, not having done all that he could for the salvation of perishing souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 41)
If Christians were to act in concert, moving forward as one, under the direction of one Power, for the accomplishment of one purpose, they would move the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 107, 1908, 42)
Ms 109, 1908
A Call for Colored Laborers NP October 21, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in 9T 199-203. +
Most decided efforts should be made to educate and train colored men and women to labor as missionaries in the southern states. Christian colored students should be preparing to give the truth to their own race. Those who make the fear of the Lord the beginning of their wisdom, and give heed to the counsel of men of experience, can be a great blessing to the colored race, by carrying to their own people the light of present truth. Every worker laboring in humility and in harmony with his brethren will be a channel of light to many who are now in the darkness of ignorance and superstition.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 1)
Instead of wondering if they are not fitted to labor for white people, let our colored brethren and sisters devote themselves to missionary work among the colored people. There is an abundance of room for intelligent colored men and women to labor for their own people. Much work remains to be done in the southern field. Special efforts are to be made in the large cities. In each of these cities there are thousands of colored people, to whom the last warning message of mercy must be given. Let the missionary spirit be awakened in the hearts of our colored church members. Let earnest work be done for those who know not the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 2)
To every colored brother and sister, I would say, Look at the situation as it is. Ask yourself, “In view of the opportunities and advantages granted me, how much do I owe to my Lord? How can I best glorify Him and promote the interests of my people? How can I use to the best advantage the knowledge God has been pleased to give me? Should I not open my Bible and teach the truth to my people? Are there not thousands perishing for lack of knowledge, whom I can help if I submit myself to God, so that He can use me as His instrument? Have I not a work to do for my oppressed, discouraged fellows?”
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 3)
The southern field is suffering for workers. Will you pass by your people on the other side, or will you with a humble heart work to save the perishing? There is a work you can do if you will humble yourself before God. Trusting in Him, you will find peace and comfort; but following your own way and your own will, you will find thorns and thistles, and you will lose the reward.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 4)
Time is short, and what you do must be done quickly. Resolve to redeem the time. Seek not your own pleasure. Rouse yourself! Take hold of the work with a new purpose of heart. The Lord will open the way before you. Make every possible effort to work in Christ’s lines in meekness and lowliness, relying upon Him for strength. Understand the work the Lord gives you to do, and trusting in God you will be enabled to go on from strength to strength, from grace to grace. You will be enabled to work diligently, perseveringly for your people while the day lasts; for the night cometh in which no man can work.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 5)
There is the greatest need for all kinds of missionary work in the South. Without delay workers must be prepared for this field. Our people should now be raising a fund for the education of men and women in the southern states who, being accustomed to the climate, can work there without endangering their health.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 6)
Promising young men and young women should be educated to become teachers. They should have the very best advantages. Schoolhouses and meetinghouses should be built in different places and teachers employed....
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 7)
Those who for years have been working to help the colored people are best fitted to give counsel in regard to the opening of such schools. So far as possible, these schools should be established outside of cities. But in the cities there are many children who could not attend schools away from the cities; and for the benefit of these, schools should be opened in the cities as well as in the country.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 8)
The children and youth in these schools are to be taught something more than merely how to read. Industrial lines of work are to be carried forward. The students are to be provided with facilities for learning trades that will enable them to support themselves.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 9)
Our churches in the North, as well as in the South, should do what they can to help support the school work for the colored children. The schools already established should be faithfully maintained. The establishment of new schools will require additional funds. Let all our brethren and sisters do their part wholeheartedly to place these schools on vantage ground.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 10)
In addition to engaging in this line of school work, our colored brethren may do a good work by establishing mission Sunday schools and Sabbath schools among their own people—schools in which the colored youth may be taught by teachers whose hearts are filled with love for souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 11)
Opportunities are continually presenting themselves in the southern states, and many wise, Christian colored men will be called to the work. But for several reasons white men must be chosen as leaders. We are all members of one body, and are complete only in Jesus Christ, who will uplift His people from the low level to which sin has degraded them, and will place them where they shall be acknowledged in the heavenly courts as laborers together with God.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 12)
There is a work to be done in many hard places, and out of these hard places bright laborers are to come. Let the work be managed so that colored laborers will be educated to work for their own race. There are colored people who have talent and ability. Let us search out these men and women and teach them how to engage in the work of saving souls. God will co-operate with them and give them the victory.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 13)
The ear of the Lord is open to the cries of those who are in His service. He has promised, “I will guide thee with Mine eye.” [Psalm 32:8.] Walk humbly with God, and ask Him to make your course of duty plain. When He speaks to His representatives, and asks them to be laborers together with Him, they will do the same kind of work that Jesus announced as His work when He stood up to read in the synagogue at Nazareth. He opened the book of the prophet Esaias, and read, “The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me; because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound.” [Isaiah 61:1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 14)
The truth is now overcast in the world by the clouds of error that prevail. He who can influence even the most lowly, and can win them to Christ, is co-operating with divine agencies in seeking to save that which is lost. In presenting to the sinner a personal, sin-pardoning Saviour, we reach a hand of sympathy and Christlike love to grasp the hand of one fallen; and, laying hold of the hand of Christ by faith, we form a link of union between the sinner and the Saviour.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 15)
The end is near, and every soul is now to walk carefully, humbly, meekly with Christ Jesus. Our precious Saviour, from whom all rays of truth radiate to the world through His light-bearers, wants us to put not our trust in princes, nor in the son of man, in whom there is no help; but to lean wholly upon Him. He says, “Without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] We need to look to Jesus constantly, in order that He may impress upon us His own lovely image. We are to behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. Then we shall reveal Christ to our fellow men.
(23LtMs, Ms 109, 1908, 16)
Ms 111, 1908
The Paradise Valley Sanitarium NP October 21, 1908 [typed] Portions of this manuscript are published in SpTB #14 15-16. +
At the time of the purchase of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, the Southern California Conference took no part in it. The Conference Committee voted “To give their moral support and co-operation to the San Diego enterprise, but not to take any financial responsibility or burden.”
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 1)
The investors then decided to form a stock company. They tried to frame all the plans on lines so friendly to the conference, and on so unselfish a basis, as to command the respect of our brethren and the sympathy and co-operation of those engaged in all branches of the “organized” Medical Missionary work.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 2)
A plan of organization was adopted which placed “the incorporation of the San Diego Sanitarium Association upon such a basis that for all the gifts to the institution, stock shall be issued to the California Conference Association; also that common stock bearing no dividends be issued at one hundred dollars a share to investors, and that preferred stock, bearing dividends not to exceed 6% per annum, be issued to investors of one thousand dollars and upward.”
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 3)
Some there were who feared that our brethren would not invest on such an unselfish plan. But our brethren in San Diego, Escondido, and San Pasqual took hold in a hearty way, and soon there was nearly five thousand dollars added by them to the larger amount subscribed by Sister Gotzian, Brother and Sister J. F. Ballenger, and myself.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 4)
The large patronage which came to the institution, soon after it was opened, led us to enlarge the buildings at much cost, and we were soon obliged to hire considerable money to pay for the buildings, and also to look for additional skilled helpers. Then difficulties arose, and some objected to taking a part in the work, because the institution was not owned by the conference. There were some of the stockholders and some of the conference officers who thought that the property ought to be under the control of the conference, and that if directly under conference control, means and efficient workers needed to run the institution could be secured more easily.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 5)
It was with some reluctance that I consented to the proposed change. After much delay, the terms under which the property was to be taken over were agreed upon by the committees who were to prepare the plans for the transfer. But before the transfer was completed, I was shown that it would not be wise for the stockholders to accept the terms proposed.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 6)
I was shown that it would not be best at that time to pass over the management of the institution to the conference. It would be an injustice to those who have placed their means in the enterprise to have the property transferred according to the propositions agreed upon.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 7)
I was also shown that the Paradise Valley Sanitarium could be managed wisely, and conducted on right principles, without being placed under conference control, and that the work of the institution could be carried on conscientiously, in harmony with the instruction that has been given us regarding the management of our health institutions. I saw that those who had made themselves responsible for the purchase of this property, and for the additional investments, should continue to have the ownership of it and should be allowed to conduct the work on right lines without interference or hindrance.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 8)
I was also instructed that we should solicit gifts, and loans without interest, and at low rates of interest, that its work may be carried forward and its debts lessened. This institution is to live, and prosper, and our people should be in earnest to see it succeed.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 9)
Everything connected with the institution is now in good condition, and, with the blessing of God, it should prosper and do a good work. Dr. and Mrs. R. S. Cummings, as medical superintendent and matron, are doing an excellent work. Also Brother H. W. Lindsay as business manager. They must be encouraged to stand at their posts of duty.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 10)
There is a great work to be done in Southern California. The field is ready for much active effort. Let those who can assist in this work. I now appeal to our people to help us in enabling the Paradise Valley Sanitarium to do the very best service, a work that will tell for time and for eternity.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 11)
*****
An Opportunity to Help
The Lord has greatly blessed His people in Southern California by enabling them to secure, at very low cost, valuable properties that can be utilized for institutional work. At Fernando, at Loma Linda, at Glendale, and at Paradise Valley, He has manifestly gone before us, preparing the way.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 12)
For years the Lord instructed us that we should have a sanitarium in the vicinity of San Diego, where many thousands of tourists come every season. In the winter of 1903-04, when the way opened up for us to purchase the Paradise Valley Sanitarium property, about six miles from San Diego, a few brethren and sisters at first bore the entire financial burden. They felt clear in doing this, because of the necessity of doing something at once, at a time when others hesitated to advance in the opening providence of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 13)
In equipping the Paradise Valley Sanitarium for effective work, it has been necessary to provide adequate treatment rooms and other facilities, and additional rooms for patients and helpers. The founders of the institution advanced what they could spare for this work, and the balance was hired at low rates of interest. Some of these loans have been paid, and others are now coming due. Until the indebtedness of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium can be met by increased profits and through the sale of Ministry of Healing, the institution will need to continue to hire money from the friends of the cause which it represents.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 14)
The brethren and sisters of the Southern California Conference have done much to help the three sanitariums in their territory, and our friends in the East have lent their assistance. In this they have done well. At the August (1908) camp-meeting in Los Angeles, our brethren pledged many thousands of dollars to the foreign missions. And Sister Gotzian, who has been a strong supporter of our California sanitariums, is desirous of transferring some of her means to the needy enterprises in Nashville, Madison, and Huntsville.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 15)
In establishing sanitariums, we are carrying out the purpose of God. This work is the work of God. Through the means of our sanitariums the sick and suffering in the highways and the byways of life are to learn of the healing power of Christ. Those who have received the light are to show in their lives that they are God’s medical missionaries. By being partakers of the divine nature, they are to become co-laborers with Jesus Christ in every line of work that will bring relief to suffering humanity.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 16)
Our brethren in charge of our sanitarium work must not be left destitute of sufficient means to carry on the medical missionary work in an acceptable way. And just now, when our people in Southern California are struggling to build up a strong work in that important missionary field, we should study ways and means of strengthening their hands. I would therefore urge our brethren and sisters, to whom the Lord has entrusted the talent of means, to consider the advisability of loaning money to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium at a low rate of interest, or without interest, so that this institution can be in a position to do, without embarrassment, a thorough work to the honor and glory of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 111, 1908, 17)
Ms 113, 1908
Sermon/Lessons From the Sixtieth Chapter of Isaiah St. Helena, California October 28, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 3MR 284-291.
(Address, Mrs. E. G. White, at the Pacific Union Medical Convention, Sanitarium, California, October 28, 1908, 2:30 P.M.)
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 1)
“Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. Lift up thine eyes round about, and see: all they gather themselves together, they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee.” [Isaiah 60:1-5.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 2)
Let us bear all these words in mind; for our faith and expectation must be enlarged to look for the fulfilment of these glorious promises.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 3)
“The multitude of camels shall cover thee, the dromedaries of Midian and Ephah; all they from Sheba shall come: they shall bring gold and incense: and they shall show forth the praises of the Lord. All the flocks of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee: they shall come up with acceptance on Mine altar, and I will glorify the house of My glory. Who are these that fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows?
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 4)
“Surely the isles shall wait for Me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because He hath glorified thee. And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee; for in My wrath I smote thee, but in My favor have I had mercy on thee.” [Verses 6-10.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 5)
In these words are outlined the possibilities that are before the people of God, if they shall faithfully perform the work that He has given them to do. With such a prospect before us, shall we, who should be workers together with God, hover about our large centers, saying by our actions if not by our words, “Do not disturb me: I do not wish to leave this pleasant place. Let me remain here, and enjoy the privileges I have in the church.”
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 6)
God has work to be done outside of the church. There are privileges for the Christian in service in every city or town or village. It is not enough for you to remain in the church because you enjoy the preaching. There are many who need the very truths that you have heard, and which you should be imparting to others. May God put upon the members of His church a burden to labor for souls as they that must give an account.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 7)
“Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; they shall not be shut day nor night; that men may bring unto thee the forces of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought.” [Verse 11.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 8)
This means that kings and nobles shall be gathered into the kingdom of the Lord. In the third angel’s message we have a truth that is to be worldwide. It must carried from village to village, and from city to city. Then do not, because you have a comfortable home and good church privileges, keep your light under a bushel. Let it shine forth, that it may give light to all. God bids you hunt up the people that know not the truth of the Word of God, that you may acquaint them with it.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 9)
“Thy gates shall be open continually.” [Verse 11.] Invite the people in. Go to their houses, and tell them that you have an important message, a message that must go to all the world, and that you feel a solemn responsibility to give this message to all that will hear it.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 10)
“For the nation and kingdom that will not serve thee shall perish; yea, those nations shall be utterly wasted. The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee, the fir tree, the pine tree, and the box together (these represent persons), to beautify the place of My sanctuary; and I will make the place of My feet glorious.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 11)
God wants us to go right to the people, realizing that they have souls to save or to lose, and tell them that you desire them to have a life that measures with the life of God—an eternal life in the kingdom of glory. Then you may sit down with them and ask them if they will listen to some precious truths from the Scriptures. But few will refuse you, and then you will have an opportunity to open to them the glorious gospel message.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 12)
“The sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending unto thee; and all they that despised thee shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet; and they shall call thee, The city of the Lord, The Zion of the Holy One of Israel. Whereas thou hast been forsaken and hated, so that no man went through thee, I will make thee an eternal excellency, a joy of many generations.” [Verses 14, 15.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 13)
It is the workers in the churches that are to bring about these conditions that are so much desired.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 14)
I remember reading of a young man who felt that he must go and speak of Jesus to the crowds in the street. Some said to him, “They will abuse you.”“Well,” he replied, “they abused my Lord, and I can suffer no more than He did.” So he spoke to the people. They did abuse him. They cast eggs at him. The eggs broke in his face and on his clothes. He took out his handkerchief and wiped them off, and continued to speak. He did not retaliate in any way. They soon found that they could not stop him by abuse, and so they let him alone. That man’s work resulted in the conversion of hundreds, because he would never allow himself to be annoyed. Some of the very ones who were his bitterest opposers at first were converted and united with him.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 15)
We may not be treated in that way, but like this man, we are to show an interest for those who know not the truth and have no interest in it. We are to labor earnestly for their salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 16)
“Thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles, and shalt suck the breast of kings: and thou shalt know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob. For brass I will bring gold, and for iron, I will bring silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exacters righteousness. Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders: but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation and thy gates Praise. The sun shall be no more thy light by day, neither for brightness shall the moon give light unto thee, but the Lord shall be unto thee an everlasting light, and thy God thy glory.” [Verses 16-19.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 17)
The prophet is now describing the city of our God, after we have gained the victory and obtained our inheritance.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 18)
“Thy sun shall no more go down; neither shall the moon withdraw itself: for the Lord shall be thine everlasting light, and the days of thy mourning shall be ended. Thy people also shall be all righteous: they shall inherit the land forever, the branch of My planting, the work of My hands, that I may be glorified. A little one shall become a thousand, and a small one a strong nation: I the Lord will hasten it in his time.” [Verses 20-22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 19)
How is this great work of reformation to be brought about? In the next chapter we are told:
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 20)
“The Spirit of the Lord God is upon Me, because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn.” [Isaiah 61:1, 2.]
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 21)
Every one of us is invited to be a laborer together with God. Christ estimated the human family as of such value as to lead Him to leave the royal courts, laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothing His divinity with humanity, to come to this world. He was born of poor and humble parentage. The people did not know that He was One from the royal courts of heaven. Yet He did not seek a high position. His only purpose was to seek and to save that which was lost, and in this work He wants our help today.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 22)
For you and for me, our Saviour hung on Calvary’s cross. What are we willing to do and to sacrifice for His sake? Let every soul make some sacrifice for Christ. He has given His life for us; He has risen from the dead and is now at the right hand of God. He is still at work for the salvation of men and women. Who will unite with Him in labor?
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 23)
As Christ traveled from place to place, He met the poor and the afflicted. There were no sanitariums then where the sick could come to be healed. But they appealed to Christ, and they did not plead in vain. He healed them of their infirmities, and they joined the crowds that followed Him. On one occasion we read that there were as many as five thousand men, besides women and children.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 24)
There are people all around us who are just as much in darkness as are the heathen in far-away countries. Many of our neighbors are unsaved. Who is willing to suffer inconvenience, perhaps to leave his home in order to be a missionary for the Master? Who will take the place of Christ, and extend the Bible invitation? He taught from the Word wherever He went. The Jews would not let Him into the synagogues, but He gave instruction as He was walking along the way. He educated the people, and after His death and resurrection many of those who had heard Him took their position as Christians.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 25)
In the medical institutions that have been established among us, we want to carry out the very purpose of God. We want a tenderness and a Christlike love, that we may do all in our power to bring the sick and suffering to a state of health. As we minister to them, many, through our influence, will learn of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 26)
I know that in many of our institutions we have felt conscious of the presence of Jesus Christ. We have felt it here at this sanitarium. I know that the doctor’s heart is drawn out earnestly for the patients, that they may see the light of truth. We expect to meet in the kingdom of heaven many who have been patients at our sanitariums.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 27)
We have many interests to be developed. We have come into possession of institutions in various places. In Southern California we have three sanitariums that have proved to be a great blessing to many. Through the providence of God, we shall continue to come into possession of institutions in various places. We must extend our influence as widely as possible.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 28)
Another matter has been given to me. There are wealthy men who have in trust the Lord’s money, and we have a perfect right to ask them to help us in our missionary work. We have a work to be carried on in all parts of the world, and must have means. Will not some of these wealthy men come to our help? The Scripture we have read encourages us to believe that they will. There are some who would consider it a privilege. Yet some of us are so delicate that we are afraid to ask these men for means to help sustain the work of the Lord.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 29)
We are not to spend means unnecessarily, but we must do an extensive work to gather in souls; for time is short; the Lord is coming. He that is to come will come and will not tarry. We are not told the appointed time, but we know that the coming is very near. We have been so backward in giving the real message! Unless we arouse, we cannot be saved ourselves; for we have not gained experience of being workers together with God. We are to be His instrumentalities, His agents. With all the strength of our influence, we are to try to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 30)
When Christ shall appear, then we all want to stand with the redeemed. The gates of the city will swing back on their glittering hinges, and the nations that have kept the truth will enter in. A crown will be placed on every head. The words will be spoken, “Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” [Matthew 25:34.] Whom is it prepared for?—For the obedient, those who keep His commandments and do His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 31)
Now is our time to win souls to Christ. Let us not use our means foolishly. Every one of us is amenable to God for every dollar in our possession. What have you done with the talents that have been entrusted to you? Have you worked as Christ worked? Read the story of His life, and see how He toiled.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 32)
God wants to put the harp in your hand and the crown of gold on your head. As holy angels touch their harps, He wants you to follow, singing the song of triumph in the city of God. There you will see souls saved through your influence. That will be happiness.
(23LtMs, Ms 113, 1908, 33)
Ms 115, 1908
Interview/Regarding Ralph Mackin St. Helena, California November 12, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 08/10/1972, 08/17/1972, 08/24/1972 (see 3SM 363-378).
(Report of interview between Mrs. E. G. White and Mr. and Mrs. Ralph Mackin, of Findlay, Ohio, in Mrs. White’s sitting room, Sanitarium, California, Thursday, November 12, 1908. Present: Mrs. E. G. White, Elder W. C. White, Mr. and Mrs. Ralph Mackin, and C. C. Crisler.)
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 1)
Brother and Sister Mackin stated that they had felt impressed by the Holy Spirit to make a special trip West, in order to interview Sister White, regarding some unusual experiences through which they had been passing. During the week of prayer, nearly three years ago, they had united with their little church at Findlay, Ohio, in a special season of seeking God for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 2)
Brother Mackin further stated, in part:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 3)
In the week of prayer readings for that year, every article was directed to the people to seek for the Holy Spirit. We set aside in our little church three days for fasting and prayer, and we fasted and prayed for three days—that is, not constantly together, but we felt the need of a deeper work, and felt the necessity of coming into possession of more of the Spirit of God, and we began to study from that time on the work of the Holy Spirit, from the Bible and the testimonies, and especially from volume VIII and volume VII, and Early Writings, and also the little book made up of a collection of leaflets, and entitled, Special Testimonies to Ministers and Workers. This we found to be a most precious volume to us. It shows how, in times past, men who had been called of God were treated, etc.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 4)
The message that the Lord gave me particularly was to follow the life of the apostles. In the first place, in (Matthew 18:1-3), when the apostles came to the Saviour, we read:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 5)
“At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.”
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 6)
Now I teach that no matter what the doctrine is—that is, that a man has, that is, that he accepts, that he believes, even though it be the truth itself—that does not necessarily convert him, only to that doctrine, but not to Jesus Christ; that the thing we are to do is to seek Jesus for the power of conversion. That is, if we accept the Sabbath truth, state of the dead, and all those things—I may accept those things, and advocate and teach them, and yet lose heaven, and am not a converted man, unless I have sought Jesus for His converting power.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 7)
In the next place, I turn to (John 17), and read the prayer that Jesus offered before His crucifixion. There He prayed for sanctification. “Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy Word is truth.” [Verse 17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 8)
Then I turn to (Luke 24), to show when they came into possession of that blessing termed sanctification—the apostles—and the experience of their lives; and I read from (verse 45) and onward to the end of the chapter:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 9)
“Then opened He their understanding, that they might understand the Scriptures, and said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: and that righteousness and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem. And ye are witnesses of these things. And, behold, I send the promise of My Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high. And He led them out as far as to Bethany; and He lifted up His hands, and blessed them. And it came to pass, while He blessed them, He was parted from them, and carried up into heaven. And they worshiped Him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy: and were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God. Amen.” [Verses 45-53.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 10)
Now I teach that this blessing is the blessing of sanctification that they received, that He bestowed upon them; and when we seek God—if we are a sinner, until we are converted; if we are converted, then we put up the prayer for the power of sanctification to live clean, wholesome lives—not that it is the work of an instant; not “once sanctified, always sanctified;” that is not true; but we have got—we should so firmly and eagerly put up our petition that we receive the blessing. But it has the same physiological effect on us—oh, we just want to praise Jesus, and it makes us so loving and gentle and kind; but we notice that the disciples were not ready yet to go out with that blessing to do work for the Master; but He told them to tarry until they were endued with power from on high. Then we put up our petition and hold right on by faith, and that which encouraged us to do this was the chapter entitled “The Shaking Time” in Early Writings—we hung right on by faith, until great drops of sweat stood on our brow. Believing that the same power that the disciples had was for us today, we were encouraged to hold on.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 11)
When that promised blessing came on us, as we put up our petitions to God, we had the same experience as recorded here in (Acts 2), in regard to the apostles. When that promised power came upon us, we spake in other tongues as the Spirit gave us utterance. In Toledo, when we were bearing our message, on the street, a man who was a Polish Catholic stood on the street when Mrs. Mackin was speaking; and as the Spirit of God came upon her, and spoke to them through her in another language that she could not understand, this Polish gentleman exclaimed, “I know what that lady is speaking. She is speaking in my own tongue of a calamity which is soon to be visited on this city.” In other instances, when one comes into this blessing of speaking with tongues, the Lord may give me the same tongue, and we may hold a conversation in the language that the Spirit of God may have given us utterance in. Even three or four may take part in the conversation, and yet it is a foreign tongue to them, and one waits on the other until the other is through; and it is all in order. This is the experience we received, according to the promised blessing.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 12)
And then, in accordance with that, (Acts 10), Peter’s experience in the home of Cornelius corroborates it; and then (Acts 19); and from the study of the Word, in our experience, and the persecution, and everything that has come with it, we have found, so far as we are able to discern, our experience corroborates with the experience of the early apostles as recorded in the Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 13)
One instance: We were shut up in the jail at Clyde, Ohio—
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 14)
Mrs. E. G. White: How long ago?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 15)
Mackin: Six or eight weeks ago. In Clyde there lives a very devoted family that we knew there, and that is a credit to our people. The little children—there are four of them—are all taught to pray every evening and morning; and it is very interesting to see the family at the hour of worship. Now we went there, and they hung on for this blessing that we had received; and they put up their petition for this blessing, and came into possession of this blessing; and as the Spirit came upon them, some of them wept, and among others that wept was a little girl ten or eleven years old. Well, the Grandma came into the room, and she saw the little girl weeping, and she thought I had a mesmeric influence over the child. But a few weeks later the same spirit came upon the child when we were in the city of Toledo, and gave the message; and so they had evidence that it was not the result of any control that I might have over the child. When I came back to the town, nearly four weeks later, one of the relatives had me arrested for having this mesmeric power, as they term it.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 16)
The trial was set, and I simply produced the evidence from the Word of God that we were living in the last days, and, according to (Acts 2), in the last days the Lord had promised to pour out the Spirit of God upon all flesh, and the boys and girls were to prophesy.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 17)
And by the way, it was through this little girl—the Spirit of God coming upon this child—that we were directed to go to Toledo when we did. When under the influence of the Spirit, she pointed her finger directly at me, and then toward Toledo, and through the Spirit of prophecy she says, “You go to Toledo;” and since this accorded with (Acts 2)—“Your sons and your daughters shall prophesy;” and knowing the family—putting the test to the life—we dared not hesitate to go. We were told at the same time that we would be put in prison in Toledo. That came to pass, and we had the evidence that we were directed by the Spirit, because that which had been prophesied came to pass. We bore our message in the city, and they came and locked us up.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 18)
At this trial (in Clyde) I simply set forth these things. The Spirit of God bore witness. But they locked us up, and fined—
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 19)
W. C. White: What charge was the conviction based on?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 20)
R. Mackin: That I had mesmeric power, and that that might, sometime, influence the mind of the child.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 21)
W. C. White: Under what law could they prosecute you on that charge?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 22)
R. Mackin: I do not know as there was any law on that particular offense. But the point that I wanted to bring out is this: The attorney and mayor said, if we were not on the border of insanity, we were wonderfully close to it. But after they locked us up, the Lord told us through His Spirit to do some things that were strange to us. That is, to act as though we were insane; and He put fear on those men, so that they were fearful to come inside. That thing was strange to our relatives and friends. I knew not whether there was any record of any thing of the kind in the Scriptures. Our friends said, “Show us from the Bible who was ever led by the Spirit of God to do such a thing as that.” I answered that we were led to do it by the Spirit, I was sure; but that we could not tell why.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 23)
But another occurrence in jail strengthened our faith, and was in harmony with the experiences of the apostles. When we became thirsty, the Lord sent an angel and opened the prison bars, that six men had closed and barred shut, and let us out to get some water. We were constantly praying to God; we were striving to do His will.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 24)
If we are in a delusion, we are honestly there. But if this is from the Spirit of God, we want to follow it.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 25)
After coming away, I found in the record here that David, when away from his home people, and when at a certain place, there the men noticed to the man in charge that he was a man of which they had sung in Israel, that Saul had slain his thousands, and David his tens of thousands; and while he was shut up, I find that there the Spirit of God led him to act as though he was insane, and the spittle ran down his beard. You remember, do you not, the statement that the spittle ran down his beard?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 26)
This Spirit tells us to search the Word; tells us to be earnest; and tells us to be careful about our diet; tells us exactly what you have said. Now my wife, the Spirit operates through her, and we believe that this is the gift of prophecy that is to be poured out onto all flesh. This Spirit leads us into kindness and purity of life, and we can’t understand it—why—only that as the Word of God has said, that these experiences come as the result of receiving the blessing of the Spirit of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 27)
They circulate all manner of evil reports about us, which are wholly untrue. We are surprised when we hear them; there is not a syllable of truth in them. But it accords with just what the Word says. The first people to shut us up were the Adventists, at the Ohio camp-meeting.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 28)
Mrs. E. G. White: What party? There are many Adventists.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 29)
R. Mackin: The Seventh-day Adventists. The year before that, we were not in possession of this blessing fully, but we had come into possession of sufficient of the Spirit of God, that we would love to get people into our tent, and pray with them—just as in volume VIII, you remember, it says:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 30)
“The time has come for a thorough reformation to take place. When this reformation begins, the spirit of prayer will actuate every believer, and will banish from the church the spirit of discord and strife. Those who have not been living in Christian fellowship will draw close to one another. One member, working in right lines, will lead other members to unite with him in making intercession for the revelation of the Holy Spirit. There will be no confusion, because all will be in harmony with the mind of the Spirit” (page 251).
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 31)
Through this blessing, and our interest in the people, we assisted twenty-six people to go to the camp-meeting, who otherwise could not have gone—where they might get strength. This work went on until this last year.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 32)
Before we went onto the camp-ground—we did not go until Friday—my wife and two other ladies (my mother, and another lady, Sister Edwards, a sister-in-law to the president of the conference)—before we went upon the camp-ground this last year, they three were seeking the Lord. I had gone down town on an errand; and the Spirit of God told her (Mrs. Mackin) to go on the camp-ground, and there sing; and there He would tell her what to sing. And she wept just like a child, and just seemed like she could not stand it, because the Lord showed her the condition of our people—soon the plagues would fall, and they were unready. There was no meeting in progress, and the Spirit of the Lord came upon her as she went onto the camp-ground, and (turning to Mrs. Mackin) you may tell her what words you sang.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 33)
Mrs. Mackin: The Lord put this burden upon me. I could not stand it. I wanted to tell it so bad, and sing that song so bad. And I could not get rid of it till I would do it. “Oh, pray,” says I to Sister Edwards; and so I stood on the camp-ground, and I sang just what the Lord gave me. The Lord—this is what I sang:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 34)
“He is coming; He is coming; Get ready; Get ready.”
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 35)
And then that statement in Early Writings—
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 36)
“How many I saw coming up to the falling of the plagues without a shelter. Receive ye the Holy Ghost.”
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 37)
These are the words I sang. I sang them over and over again. They could hear it all over the camp-ground, and they came together; but before that, the Lord showed me how they would wring their hands as the plagues were falling. The Lord can show anything in just a moment, better than He could tell it to us. And so He showed me how they would wring their hands, and that put on me a greater burden than ever. Well, that is when they arrested us.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 38)
R. Mackin: It was already planned that if we came on the camp-ground, that we should be arrested. Well, now, when she saw the condition of the people, the Lord showed her; when the plagues began to fall, how many of our people would be unready, and then they would wring their hands, and the hour would be too late. I did not open my mouth with anybody, and yet, being associated with her, I was also arrested. I had not opened my mouth with anybody, and yet, being associated with her, I was arrested too. I had simply said “Amen” to what my wife was singing.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 39)
I asked one of the ministers, on the witness stand—he was a man from Pennsylvania—“Would you consider that singing sufficient to disturb a camp-meeting?” He said, “I never heard such singing in my life. It just thrilled me through and through.” That is what everybody says. It is in a most beautiful tone of voice, and it just seems to lift us from off the earth. It is when the singing is extemporaneous—dictated by the Spirit—that it is most wonderful.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 40)
If you have any light for us—
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 41)
Mrs. E. G. White: I do not know that I have anything special that I could say. There will be things that will transpire at the very close of this earth’s history, it has been presented to me, similar to some of the things that you have represented; but I cannot say anything on these points now.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 42)
R. Mackin: Is there any question, Brother White, or anything now?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 43)
W. C. White: I do not know as there is anything more than to pray that the Lord will give Mother some word, and then take time for matters to develop. It is better, in presenting anything to her, to present the subject briefly and clearly, and then perhaps have another interview with her later on.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 44)
R. Mackin: We are fasting and praying. If we are in a delusion, we want to know it, just as much as if we were in the right.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 45)
Mrs. Mackin: Our brethren certainly think that we are in a delusion.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 46)
Mrs. E. G. White: What place was this that you speak of, where this singing was?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 47)
R. Mackin: Mansfield, Ohio, at the Ohio camp-meeting.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 48)
Mrs. E. G. White: Our people—Sabbath-keeping people?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 49)
R. Mackin: Yes, our own people.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 50)
W. C. White: Was that verse that Mrs. Mackin sang last night extemporaneous, or a known hymn? (At the prayer meeting in the sanitarium chapel, Bro. Mackin had given his testimony in the praise service, and was followed by Mrs. Mackin, who sang.)
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 51)
Mrs. R. Mackin: Oh, that was one of our published hymns. It is in the new Christ in Song.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 52)
R. Mackin: From hearing that, you could scarcely gain an idea of her singing when the words are given to her by the Holy Spirit. The most wonderful thing is when she sings “glory!” She says, when she sings it, she seems to be in the presence of Jesus, with the angels. She repeats the word “glory!” over and over again. She has been tested with the piano, and musicians say it is a “freak”—the lowness and the highness with which she does it. She cannot do it, only as she prays in the Spirit, and special power comes upon her.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 53)
Mrs. Mackin: We don’t have this power, only as we seek Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 54)
R. Mackin: The Lord has given us power, Sister White, to cast out demons. Many people are possessed with demons. I remember a statement you wrote a few years ago, that many were possessed with demons as verily as they were in the days of Christ. When we are in a meeting, and these demons are in a meeting, they may cause people to do queer things. I notice in the Bible, when Jesus was in the temple, that demons at once came out. “Hold thy peace, and come out of him.” [Mark 1:25.] The Lord instructs us to lay the people down, lest the demons throw them when they come out. We found in the beginning that when we begin to rebuke these demons, that they often times close the eyes of these people, and will sometimes cause them to bark like a dog, and stick out their tongue; but as we continue to rebuke them, why, the eyes open, and they become calm, and the demons—Now it is through the gift of the Spirit that the Lord tells us when the demons are gone, that they are all gone; and so we have said—one lady in particular, she had six demons, and she said she just felt them when they came out—it just seemed to pull her in every part of the body; but our brethren say that they can’t be in the last days; but we find that it coincides with just what the Saviour said in the last chapter of Mark, in that great commission: “And these signs shall follow them that believe: in My name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues;” and so on. [Mark 16:17.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 55)
Mrs. Mackin: We did not get this all at once, either.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 56)
R. Mackin: Read the remaining verses of Mark:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 57)
“And these signs shall follow them that believe: in My name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. So then, after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Amen.” [Verses 17-20.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 58)
Our experience, so far as we are able to discern, corroborates with the Bible.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 59)
Here is something that I would like to read:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 60)
(Here Brother Mackin read the following extract from an article in the Review and Herald, by Sister White, published in the issue for April 11, 1899, and entitled, “The Newcastle Camp-Meeting”):
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 61)
“During the night of the first Sabbath of the Newcastle meeting, I seemed to be in a meeting, presenting the necessity and importance of our receiving the Spirit. This was the burden of my labor—the opening of our hearts to the Holy Spirit. On one occasion Christ told His disciples, ‘I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.’ [John 16:12.] Their limited comprehension put a restraint on Him. He could not open to them the truths He longed to unfold; for while their hearts were closed to them, His unfolding of these truths would be labor lost. They must receive the Spirit before they could fully understand Christ’s lessons. ‘The Comforter which is the Holy Ghost,’ Christ said, ‘whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.’ [John 14:26.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 62)
“In my dream a sentinel stood at the door of an important building, and asked every one who came for entrance, ‘Have ye received the Holy Ghost?’ [Acts 19:2.] A measuring-line was in his hand, and only very, very few were admitted unto the building. ‘Your size as a human being is nothing,’ he said. ‘But if you have reached the full stature of a man in Christ Jesus, according to the knowledge you have had, you will receive an appointment to sit with Christ at the marriage supper of the Lamb; and through the eternal ages, you will never cease to learn of the blessings granted in the banquet prepared for you.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 63)
“‘You may be tall and well proportioned in self, but you cannot enter here. None can enter who are grown-up children, carrying with them the disposition, the habits, and the characteristics which pertain to children. If you have nurtured suspicions, criticism, temper, self-dignity, you cannot be admitted; for you would spoil the feast. All who go in through this door have on the wedding garment, woven in the loom of heaven. Those who educate themselves to pick flaws in the characters of others reveal a deformity that makes families unhappy, that turns souls from the truth to choose fables. Your leaven of distrust, your want of confidence, your power of accusing closes against you the door of admittance. Within this door nothing can enter that could possibly mar the happiness of the dwellers by marring their perfect trust in one another. You cannot join the happy family in the heavenly courts; for I have wiped all tears from their eyes. You can never see the King in His beauty if you are not yourself a representative of His character.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 64)
“‘When you give up your own will, your own wisdom, and learn of Christ, you will find admittance into the kingdom of God. He requires entire, unreserved surrender. Give up your life for Him to order, mold, and fashion. Take upon your neck His yoke. Submit to be led and taught by Him. Learn that unless you become as a little child, you can never enter the kingdom of heaven.... When you are converted, you will not be a hindrance, but will strengthen your brethren.’
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 65)
“As these words were spoken, I saw that some turned sadly away and mingled with the scoffers. Others, with tears, all broken in heart, made confession to those whom they had bruised and wounded. They did not think of maintaining their own dignity, but asked at every step, ‘What must I do to be saved?’ [Acts 16:30.] The answer was, ‘Repent, and be converted, that your sins may go beforehand to judgment, and be blotted out.’ [See Acts 3:19; 1 Timothy 5:24.] Words were spoken which rebuked spiritual pride. This God will not tolerate. It is inconsistent with His Word and with our profession of faith. Seek the Lord, all ye who are ministers of Him. Seek Him while He may be found, call upon Him while He is near. ‘Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.’” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 66)
(No record was made by the stenographer, as to the exact place where Brother Mackin began reading this article, and where he ceased reading; but at least a considerable portion was read.)
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 67)
R. Mackin (continuing): In connection with the receiving of power from on high, there is a question, it seems to me, just as pertinent now as in the days of the apostles—What is the evidence? If we receive it, will it not have the same physiological effect on us as it did back there? Well, it can be expected that we shall speak as the Spirit gives us utterance.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 68)
Mrs. E. G. White: In the future we shall have special tokens of the influence of the Spirit of God—especially at times when our enemies are the strongest against us. The time will come when we shall see some strange things; but just in what way—whether similar to some of the experiences of the disciples after they received the Holy Spirit following the ascension of Christ—I cannot say.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 69)
R. Mackin: We will continually pray to the Lord about this, and ask Him to give you light in regard to it. So I leave you our address, and if you have any thing for us after this, we shall be glad to receive it.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 70)
W. C. White: You will probably spend a few days here, will you not?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 71)
R. Mackin: If the Holy Spirit tells us that our work is done now, we will go; if He tells us to tarry, we will tarry. It leads us. As I have presented this message to different congregations, the Spirit of God has witnessed to it, and many weep, and they say, “Oh, we need power, we need help, and this is the power promised, and let us seek God.”
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 72)
Mrs. Mackin: The real test is love—1 Corinthians 13.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 73)
R. Mackin: We have had a wonderful experience, if we should relate it to you. When we were coming in our auto—the Lord told us to get this, it was the cheapest way for us to get from place to place—Satan met us on the road, and took it right into a yard, and it seemed as if we surely would be dashed to pieces; but the Lord said He would not let him. We had to just praise God, and were delivered.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 74)
W. C. White: How far West did you come with your automobile?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 75)
R. Mackin: To Mattoon, Illinois. But Satan wants to hinder this work. We are sealed by the Holy Spirit of promise. I present it from Early Writings, when the angels are about to loose the four winds, Jesus gazes in pity on the remnant, and with uplifted hands cries, “My blood, Father, My blood, My blood, My blood!” He repeats it four times; for His people are still unsealed. He commissions an angel to fly swiftly to the four angels holding the four winds, with the message, “Hold! Hold! Hold! Hold! until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads.” And as I bring these things before the congregation, it is the most earnest and devoted ones that it seems to affect mostly.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 76)
A Review of Early Experiences
Sister White then began talking, and continued for about half an hour. She told incident after incident connected with her early labors shortly after the passing of the time in 1844. Her experiences with unusual forms of error in those days have in later years led her to be fearful of anything savoring of a spirit of fanaticism.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 77)
As Sister White continued, she told of some who had strange exercisings of the body, and of others who were governed largely by their own impressions. Some thought it wrong to work. Still others believed that the righteous dead had been raised to eternal life. A few sought to cultivate a spirit of humility by creeping on the floor, like little children. Some would dance, and sing, “Glory, glory, glory, glory, glory, glory,” over and over again. Sometimes a person would jump up and down, up and down, on the floor, with hands uplifted, and praising God; and this would be kept up for as long as half an hour at a time.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 78)
Among those who took part in these extraordinary forms of fanaticism were some who had once been faithful, God-fearing brethren and sisters. The strange exercisings of body and mind were carried to such lengths, that in a few places the officers of the law felt compelled to restrain them by casting them into prison. The cause of God was brought into disrepute, and it took years to outlive the influence that these exhibitions of fanaticism had upon the general public.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 79)
Sister White further told of how she was called upon repeatedly to meet this fanaticism squarely, and to rebuke it sternly in the name of the Lord. She emphasized the fact that we have a great work to do in the world, and that our strength with the people lies in the power that accompanies a clear presentation of the Word of the living God. The law of Jehovah is to be exalted, and made honorable; and the various features of the third angel’s message are to be plainly outlined before the people, that all may have an opportunity to hear the truth for this time, and to decide whether to obey God rather than man.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 80)
If we as a church were to give place to any form of fanaticism, the minds of unbelievers would be diverted from the living Word to the doings of mortal men, and there would appear more of the human than the divine. Besides, many would be disgusted by that which to their minds seemed unnatural and bordering on the fanatical. Thus the proclamation of the message for this time would be sadly hindered. The Holy Spirit works in a manner that commends itself to the good judgment of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 81)
*****
In the midst of Sister White’s account of her early experiences with fanaticism, Brother Mackin made the following proposal:
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 82)
R. Mackin: If we would now have the spirit of prayer, and this power would come upon my wife, would you be able to discern whether this was of the Lord, or not?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 83)
Mrs. E. G. White: I could not tell you anything about it. But I am telling you these experiences, in order that you may know what we have passed through. We tried in every way possible to rid the church of this evil. We declared in the name of the Lord God of Israel, that God does not work through His children in a way that brings the truth into disrepute, and that unnecessarily creates deep-seated prejudice and bitter opposition. In our work, we must take a straightforward course, and seek to reach the people where they are.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 84)
R. Mackin: I remember reading very much of this in volume 1 of Testimonies for the Church—your experience in rebuking fanaticism, and of the Cause in the East, when they set the time, in 1855, I believe.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 85)
Mrs. E. G. White: Some would dance up and down, singing, “Glory, glory, glory, glory, glory, glory.” Sometimes I would sit still until they got through, and then I would rise and say: This is not the way the Lord works. He does not make impressions in this way. We must direct the minds of the people to the Word as the foundation of our faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 86)
I was but a mere child at that time; and yet I had to bear my testimony repeatedly against these strange workings. And ever since that time, I have sought to be very, very careful lest something of this sort should come in again among our people. Any manifestation of fanaticism takes the mind away from the evidence of truth-the Word itself.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 87)
You might take a consistent course, but those who might be influenced by you would take a very inconsistent course, and, as a result, we should very soon have our hands full of something that would make it almost impossible to give unbelievers the right impression of our message and work. We must go to the people with the solid Word of God; and when they receive that Word, the Holy Spirit may come, but it always comes, as I have stated before, in a way that commends itself to the judgment of the people. In our speaking, our singing, and in all our spiritual exercises, we are to reveal that calmness and dignity and godly fear that actuates every true child of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 88)
There is constant danger of allowing something to come into our midst that we may regard as the workings of the Holy Spirit, but that in reality is the fruit of a spirit of fanaticism. So long as we allow the enemy of truth to lead us into a wrong way, we cannot hope to reach the honest in heart with the third angel’s message. We are to be sanctified through obedience to the truth. I am afraid of anything that would have a tendency to turn the mind away from the solid evidences of the truth as revealed in God’s Word. I am afraid of it; I am afraid of it. We must bring our minds within the bounds of reason, lest the enemy so come in as to set everything in a disorderly way. There are persons of an excitable temperament who are easily led into fanaticism; and should we allow anything to come into our churches that would lead such persons into error, we would soon see these errors carried to extreme lengths; and then because of the course of these disorderly elements, a stigma would rest upon the whole body of Seventh-day Adventists.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 89)
I have been studying how to get some of these early experiences into print again, so that more of our people may be informed; for I have long known that fanaticism will be manifest again, in different ways. We are to strengthen our position by dwelling on the Word, and by avoiding all oddities and strange exercisings that some would be very quick to catch up and practice. If we were to allow confusion to come into our ranks, we could not bind off our work as we should. We are trying to bind it off now, in every way possible.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 90)
I thought I must relate these things to you.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 91)
R. Mackin: Well, now, that which you have stated does not correspond with our experience. We have been very cautious in this matter, and we find that the experience through which we have passed, and which we have passed, and which we have endeavored to outline briefly to you this morning, tallies exactly with the experience of God’s servants of old, as given in the Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 92)
Mrs. E. G. White: During the years of Christ’s ministry on earth, godly women assisted in the work that the Saviour and His disciples were carrying forward. If those who were opposing this work could have found anything out of the regular order in the conduct of these women, it would have closed the work at once. But while women were laboring with Christ and the apostles, the entire work was conducted on so high a plane as to be above the shadow of a suspicion. No occasion for any accusation could be found. The minds of all were directed to the Scriptures, rather than to individuals. The truth was proclaimed intelligently, and so plainly that all could understand.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 93)
Now I am afraid to have anything of a fanatical nature brought in among our people. There are many, many who must be sanctified; but they are to be sanctified through obedience to the message of truth. I am writing on this subject today. In this message there is a beautiful consistency that appeals to the judgment. We cannot allow excitable elements among us to display themselves in a way that would destroy our influence with those whom we wish to reach with the truth. It took us years to outlive the unfavorable impression that unbelievers gained of Adventists through their knowledge of the strange and wicked workings of fanatical elements among us during the early years of our existence as a separate people.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 94)
R. Mackin: Well, now, this that you are giving us, would this be considered testimony under the Spirit, or is it simply counsel—of relating your experience?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 95)
Mrs. E. G. White: I am giving you history.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 96)
R. Mackin: But you do not say that that applies to our case now, until you have further light on it?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 97)
Mrs. E. G. White: I could not say; but it appears to be along that line, as I am afraid of it. It appears to be along that line that I have met again and again.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 98)
W. C. White: It is now twelve o’clock. Would you not like to rest before your dinner?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 99)
Mrs. E. G. White: Well, I could not let you go before I had said what I have said. I would say: Be guarded. Do not let anything appear that savors of fanaticism, and that others would act out. There are some who are eager to make a show, and they will act out whatever you may do—whether it be of the same tenor, or not. I have been very careful not to stir up anything like strangeness among our people.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 100)
R. Mackin: But it is true that when the Holy Spirit does come, as is stated in your works, that many will turn against it, and declare that it is fanaticism?
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 101)
Mrs. E. G. White: Of course they will; and for this reason we ought to be very guarded. It is through the Word—not feeling, not excitement—that we want to influence the people to obey the truth. On the platform of God’s Word we can stand with safety. The living Word is replete with evidence, and a wonderful power accompanies its proclamation in our world.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 102)
R. Mackin: Well, we must not tire you.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 103)
Mrs. Mackin: Praise the Lord!
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 104)
Mrs. E. G. White: (rising, and shaking hands) I want the Spirit of the Lord to be with you, and you, and me. We are to be just like God’s little children. The power of His grace must not be misunderstood. We must have it in all meekness and humility and lowliness of mind, that God may make the impression Himself upon the minds of the people. I hope the Lord will bless you, and give you a solid foundation, which foundation is the Word of the living God.
(23LtMs, Ms 115, 1908, 105)
Ms 117, 1908
A Message to Our Churches in California Sanitarium, California December 17, 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in 1SM 221-225. +
I awoke from my sleep last night with a great burden upon my mind. I was delivering a message to our brethren and sisters, and it was a message of warning and instruction concerning the work of the brother and sister who have lately come to us from Ohio with a message that we must pray for the Holy Ghost to come upon us with apostolic power. They think that power has been given them to cast out devils. They think that what they are doing is for the glory of God, but they are deceiving themselves, and deceiving others.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 1)
I was instructed that fanaticism similar to that which we were called to meet after the passing of the time in 1844 would come in among us again in the closing days of the message, and that we must meet this evil just as decidedly now as we met it in our early experiences.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 2)
We are standing on the threshold of great and solemn events. Prophecies are fulfilling. Strange and eventful history is being recorded in the books of heaven—events which it was declared should shortly precede the great day of God. Everything in the world is in an unsettled state. The nations are angry, and great preparations for war are being made. Nation is plotting against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. The great day of God is hastening greatly. But although the nations are mustering their forces for war and bloodshed, the command to the angels is still in force, that they hold the four winds until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 3)
The world is now realizing the sure results of transgression of the law of God. His work of creation completed, the Lord rested on the seventh day, and sanctified the day of His rest, setting it apart as the day which man should devote to His worship. But today the world is disregarding the law of Jehovah. Another day has been instituted in the place of God’s day of rest. The human agent has set his way and his will against the positive teachings of the Word, and the world is plunged in rebellion and sin.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 4)
This work of opposition to the law of God had its beginning in the courts of heaven, with Lucifer the covering cherub. Satan determined to be first in the councils of heaven, and equal with God. He began his work of rebellion with the angels under his command, seeking to diffuse among them the spirit of discontent. And he worked in so deceptive a way that many of the angels were won to his allegiance before his purposes were fully known. Even the loyal angels could not fully discern his character, nor see to what his work was leading. When Satan had succeeded in winning many angels to his side, he took his cause to God, representing that it was the desire of the angels that he occupy the position that Christ held.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 5)
The evil continued to work until the spirit of disaffection ripened into active revolt. Then there was war in heaven, and Satan with all who sympathized with him was cast out. Satan had warred for the mastery in heaven and had lost the battle. God could no longer trust him with honor and supremacy, and all these, with the part he had taken in the government of heaven, were taken from him.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 6)
Since that time Satan and his army of confederates have been the avowed enemies of God in our world, continually warring against the cause of truth and righteousness. Satan has continued to present to men, as he presented to the angels, his false representations of Christ and of God, and he has won the world to his side. Even the professedly Christian churches have taken sides with the first great apostate.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 7)
Satan represents himself as the prince of the kingdom of this world, and it was in this character that he approached Christ in the last of his three great temptations in the wilderness. “If Thou wilt fall down and worship me,” he said to the Saviour, “all these”—pointing to the kingdoms of the world which he had caused to pass before Him—“shall be Thine.” [Matthew 4:9; Luke 4:7.]
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 8)
Christ in the courts of heaven had known that the time would come when the power of Satan must be met and conquered if the human race was ever to be saved from his dominion. And when that time came, the Son of God laid off His kingly crown and royal robe and, clothing His divinity with humanity, came to the earth to meet the prince of evil and to conquer him. In order to become the advocate of man before the Father, He would live His life on earth as every human being must, accepting its adversaries and sorrows and temptations. As the Babe of Bethlehem, He would become one with the race; and by a spotless life from the manger to the cross, He would show that man by a life of repentance and faith in Him might be restored to the favor of God. He would bring to man redeeming grace, forgiveness of sins. If men would return to their loyalty, and no longer transgress , they would receive pardon.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 9)
Christ in the weakness of humanity was to meet the temptations of one possessing the powers of the higher nature that God had bestowed on the angelic family. But His humanity was united with divinity, and in this strength He would bear all the temptations that Satan could bring against Him, and yet keep His soul untainted by sin. And this power to overcome He would give to every son and daughter of Adam who would accept by faith the righteous attributes of His character.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 10)
For God loved the world so dearly that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever would accept Him might have power to live His righteous life. Christ proved that it is possible for man to lay hold by faith on the power of God. He showed that the sinner, by repentance and the exercise of faith in the righteousness of Christ, can be reconciled to God, and become a partaker of the divine nature, overcoming the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 11)
Today Satan presents the same temptations that he presented to Christ, offering us the kingdoms of the world in return for our allegiance. But upon him who looks to Jesus as the author and finisher of his faith, Satan’s temptations have no power. He cannot cause to sin the one who will accept by faith the virtues of Him who was tempted in all points as we are, yet without sin.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 12)
“God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] He who repents of his sin and accepts the gift of the life of the Son of God cannot be overcome. Laying hold by faith of the divine nature, he becomes a child of God. He prays, he believes. When tempted and tried, he claims the power that Christ died to give and overcomes through His grace. This every sinner needs to understand. He must repent of his sin, he must believe in the power of Christ, and accept that power to save and to keep him from sin. How thankful should we be for the gift of Christ’s example?
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 13)
Profound theories and speculations of human creation may abound, but he who would come off conqueror in the end must be humble enough to depend upon divine power. When we thus grasp the power of Infinity, and come to Christ, saying, “In my hand no price I bring; simply to Thy cross I cling,” then divine agencies can co-operate with us to sanctify and purify the life.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 14)
Let no one seek to evade the cross. It is through the cross that we are enabled to overcome. It is through affliction and trial that divine agencies can carry on a work in our lives that will result in the love and peace and kindness of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 15)
A great work is to be accomplished daily in the human heart by the study of the Word. We need to learn the simplicity of truth faith. This will bring its returns. Let us seek for decided advancement in spiritual understanding. Let us make the precious Word the man of our counsel. We need to walk carefully every moment, keeping close to the side of Christ. The spirit and grace of Christ is needed in the life, and the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 16)
We need to understand clearly the divine requirements that God makes of His people. The law which is the transcript of His character no one need fail to understand. The words written by the finger of God on tables of stone so perfectly reveals His will concerning His people, that none need make any mistake. The laws of His kingdom were definitely made known to be afterward revealed to the people of all nations and tongues as the principles of His government. We would do well to study those laws recorded in the twentieth chapter of Exodus.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 17)
When the judgment shall set, and the books shall be opened, and every man shall be judged according to the things written in the books, then the tables of stone, hidden by God until that day, will be presented before the world as the standard of righteousness. Then men and women will see that the terms of their salvation is obedience to the perfect law of God. None will find excuse for sin. By the righteous principles of that law, men will receive their sentence of life or of death.
(23LtMs, Ms 117, 1908, 18)
Ms 119, 1908
Regarding the Work of Publication St. Helena, California May 6, 1908 Previously unpublished.
It has been misstated by some that my son W. C. White suggests to me what I shall write. It is true that in obedience to my instruction he carefully reads my writings and guards those expressions that might be misconstrued by the tempted; but he has no more to do with suggesting what I shall write when he is at home than when he is hundreds of miles away in the interests of the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 119, 1908, 1)
I am not called to such arduous missionary work as when I labored with my husband, but I travel much and speak before large congregations. And the Lord sustains me in this work. Whenever he can, W. C. White accompanies. But whether he is with me or not, I carry on my work of writing and speaking. Much of my writing is done in the quiet hours of the early morning, when others are sleeping. Then no human soul is by me; but the angels of God are present, and their presence is distinctly felt as clear ideas are given me regarding the truths of the Word. It is thus that my books have been written. Some of these are now before the world, and I am instructed to make every effort to get other works into the hands of the people, that through them the Spirit of God may make right impressions on human minds.
(23LtMs, Ms 119, 1908, 2)
The light God has given me is for the people, and not in any respect is it to be hindered from coming to them. It must not be treated as it has sometimes been in the past. The people of the world must have the light of present truth as presented in my books. I am instructed that there are times when we are not to withhold the books because we cannot get for them the price asked by the publishing houses. We are to do much more than we have done to circulate these books, that the light which they contain must come to the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 119, 1908, 3)
My books are to be placed in the hands of agents who realize their importance, and who will labor faithfully to increase their circulation. This work is not to be treated as it has at certain times in the past. To all kindreds, tongues, and peoples the light of truth is to shine. I shall certainly put forth an effort to have these books multiplied, for I have been shown that their instruction, received, will lead to the conversion of souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 119, 1908, 4)
Ms 121, 1908
Instruction Regarding the Work of the Head Physician in our Sanitariums NP December 22, 1908 [typed] This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #19 14-17. +
Precious light has been given me concerning our sanitarium workers. These workers are to stand in moral dignity before God. Physicians make a mistake when they confine themselves exclusively to the routine of sanitarium work, because they consider their presence essential to the welfare of the institution. Every physician should see the necessity of exerting all the influence the Lord has given him in as wide a sphere as possible; he is required to let his light shine before men, that they may see his good works, and glorify the Father which is in heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 1)
The head physicians in our sanitariums are not to exclude themselves from the work of speaking the truths to others. Their light is not to be hidden under a bushel, but placed where it can benefit believers and unbelievers. The Saviour said of his representatives, “Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted; it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world; a city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:13-16.] This is a work that is strangely neglected, and because of this neglect, souls will be lost. Wake up, my brethren, wake up!
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 2)
Our leading physicians do not glorify God when they confine their talents and influence to one institution. It is their privilege to show to the world that health reformers carry a determined influence for righteousness and truth. They should make themselves known outside of the institutions where they labor. It is their duty to give the light to all whom they can possibly reach. While the sanitarium may be their special field of labor, yet there are other places of importance that need their influence. To physicians the instruction is given: Let your light shine forth among men. Let every talent be used to meet unbelievers with wise counsel and instruction. If our Christian physicians will consider that there must be no daubing with untempered mortar, and will learn to handle wisely the subjects of Bible truth, seeking to present its importance on every possible occasion, much prejudice will be broken down, and souls will be
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 3)
I have been shown that Dr. Kress is being too closely confined to the sanitarium work at Washington, D.C. He should be given opportunity to let his influence be more widely felt. Dr. Kress came from Australia to take up an important work in Washington. This is a place where our workers can meet with influential men. We are not now to be an obscure church, but we are to let the light shine forth that the world may receive it. “I will rejoice in Jerusalem and joy in my people,” God declares through His servant Isaiah. [Isaiah 65:19.] These words will be proven true when those who are capable of standing in positions of responsibility let the light shine forth. Our leading physicians have a work to do outside the compass of our own people. Their influence is not to be limited. Christ’s methods of labor are to become their methods, and they are to learn to practice the teachings of His Word. Every one who stands at the head of an institution is under sacred obligation to God to show forth the light of present truth in increasingly bright rays in every place where opportunity offers.
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 4)
The workers in our sanitariums are not to think that the prosperity of the institution depends upon the influence of the head physician alone. There should be in every institution men and women who will exert a righteous, refining influence, and who are capable of carrying responsibilities. The chief responsibilities should be shared by several workers in order that the leading physician may not be confined too closely to his practice. He should be given opportunity to go where there is need of words of counsel and encouragement to be spoken. As a representative of the Chief Physician, now in the heavenly courts, he is to speak to new congregations, to broaden his experience. He needs to be constantly receiving new ideas, constantly imparting of his lore of knowledge, constantly receiving from the source of all wisdom. We need ever to keep ourselves in a position where we can receive increased light, have new and deeper thoughts, and obtain clearer views of the close relation that must exist between God and His people. And we obtain these views and these ideas by association with those to whom we are called to speak words of mercy and pardoning grace.
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 5)
In all our work is to be kept in view the exchange of talents. Strenuous efforts are to be put forth to reach souls and win them to the truth. We are required to make known the principles of health reform in the large gatherings of our people at our camp-meetings. A variety of gifts is needed on these occasions, not only for the work of speaking before those not of our faith, but to instruct our own people to work in order to secure the best success. Let our physicians learn how to take part in this work—a work by which they give to the world bright rays of light.
(23LtMs, Ms 121, 1908, 6)
Ms 123, 1908
Manuscripts on the Huntsville School NP 1908 This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #12 4-16. +
Manuscripts on the Huntsville School: Selected from the Writings of Mrs. E. G. White
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 1)
(From article in Review and Herald, September 21, 1905.)
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 2)
The Work Among the Colored People
Dear Brethren and Sisters: I greatly desire to impress your minds with the importance of doing what you can to help forward the work for the colored people in the southern states. In this field there are thousands and thousands of negroes, many of whom are ignorant and in need of the gospel. Upon the white people of the United States the Lord has laid the burden of uplifting this race. But, as yet, Seventh-day Adventists have done comparatively little to help them.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 3)
There are many, many places in the South in which no earnest Christian effort has been made for the colored people. These unentered fields, in their unsightly barrenness, stand before heaven as a witness against the unfaithfulness of those who have had great light. When I think of the way in which this line of work has been treated, there comes over me an intensity of feeling that words cannot express. Like the priest and the Levite, men have looked indifferently on a most pitiful picture, and have passed by on the other side. For years this has been the record. Our people have put forth only a hundredth part of the earnest effort that they should have put forth to warn the indifferent, to educate the ignorant, and to minister to the needy souls in this field....
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 4)
The Lord has been working with and for the tried laborers in the South. Many are preparing to put their shoulders to the wheel, to help advance the work. The cloud of darkness and despondency is rolling back, and the sunshine of God’s favor is shining upon the workers. The Lord is gracious. He will not leave the work in the South in its present condition. The people living in this great field will yet have the privilege of hearing the last message of mercy, warning them to prepare for the great day of God which is right upon us. Now, just now, is our time to proclaim the third angel’s message to the millions living in the southern states who know not that the Saviour’s coming is near at hand....
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 5)
The Establishment of Schools
No line of work will be of more telling advantage to the colored people in the southern field than the establishment of small schools. Hundreds of mission schools must be established; for there is no method of giving the truth to these people so effectual and economical as small schools. This line of work has been specially presented before me. But the work is almost at a standstill for lack of money to provide facilities for training teachers, for building schoolhouses, and for paying the wages of teachers.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 6)
There are many who cannot even read the divine Word; many are slaves of superstition; and yet through divine power, these poor, ignorant beings, degraded by sin, may be saved, elevated, sanctified, ennobled. And in the Lord’s estimation every soul saved is worth more than the wealth of the whole world. Those who are ignorant must be educated; and this means much. Instead of making super-abundant provision for educating a few, we should devise ways and means of helping the many who are neglected and oppressed.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 7)
So far as possible, these mission schools for colored people should be established outside the cities; but in the cities there are many children who could not attend the schools established out of the cities, and schools should be opened for them.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 8)
The colored people need simple books. They have been left in ignorance, when they should have been taught; left unconverted, when every effort possible should have been put forth to rescue and save them. This work will require talent and, above everything else, the grace of God. The colored youth will be found to be far more difficult to manage than the white youth, because they have not been taught from their childhood to make the best use of their time. Many of them have had no opportunity to learn how to take care of themselves. Those, who for years have been working to help the colored people, know their needs; and they are the best fitted to open schools for them. Colored teachers must work for the colored people, under the supervision of well-qualified men who have the spirit of mercy and love. How important it is, then, that we place our training school at Huntsville on vantage ground, so that many may be educated to labor as teachers of their own race!
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 9)
*****
(From article Published in Review and Herald, 1904.)
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 10)
The Huntsville School
Monday morning, July 20, 1904, I went from Graysville to Huntsville. We found the school situated in a beautiful country place. In the school farm there are more than three hundred acres of land, a large part of which is under cultivation.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 11)
Several years ago Brother S. M. Jacobs was in charge of the farm, and under his care it made great improvement. He set out a peach and plum orchard, and other fruit trees. Brother and Sister Jacobs left Huntsville about three years ago, and since then the farm has not been so well cared for. We see in the land promise of a much larger return than it now gives, were its managers given the help they need.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 12)
Brother Jacobs put forth most earnest, disinterested efforts, but he was not given the help that his strength demanded. Sister Jacobs also worked too hard; and when her health began to give way, they decided to leave Huntsville and go to some place where the strain would not be so heavy. Had they then been furnished with efficient helpers, and with means to make the needed improvements, the advancement made would have given courage to Brother Jacobs, to the students, and to our people everywhere. But the means that ought to have gone to Huntsville did not go, and we see the result in the present showing.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 13)
Recently ... instruction has been given me that this farm must not be sold; that the situation possesses many advantages for the carrying forward of a colored school. It would take years to build up in a new place the work that has been done at Huntsville. The Lord’s money was invested in the Huntsville school farm, to provide a place for the education of colored students. The General Conference gave this land to the Southern work and the Lord has shown me what this school may become, and what those may become who go there for instruction, if His plans are followed.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 14)
In order that the school may advance as it should, money is needed, and sound, intelligent generalship. Things are to be well kept up, and the school is to give evidence that Seventh-day Adventists mean to make a success of whatever they undertake.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 15)
The facilities necessary for the success of a school must be provided. At present the facilities are very meager. A small building should be put up, in which the students can be taught how to care for one another in times of sickness. There has been a nurse at the school to look after the students when they were sick, but no facilities have been provided. This has made the work very discouraging.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 16)
The students are to be given a training in those lines of work that will help them to be successful laborers for Christ. They are to be taught to be separate from the customs and practices of the world. They are to be taught how to present the truth for this time, and how to work with the hands and with the head to win their daily bread, that they may go forth to teach their own people. They are to be taught to appreciate the school as a place in which they are given opportunity to obtain a training for thorough service.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 17)
Wise plans are to be laid for the cultivation of the land. The students are to be given a practical education in agriculture. This education will be of inestimable value to them in their future work. Thorough work is to be done in cultivating the land, and from this the students are to learn how necessary it is to do thorough work in cultivating the garden of the heart.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 18)
The man who takes charge of the Huntsville school should know how to govern himself and how to govern others. The Bible teacher should be a man who can teach the students how to present the truths of the Word of God in public, and how to do house-to-house work. The business affairs of the farm are to be wisely and carefully managed.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 19)
The teachers should constantly seek wisdom from on high, that they may be kept from making mistakes. They should give careful attention to their work, that each student may be prepared for the line of service to which he is best adapted. All are to be prepared to serve faithfully in some capacity. Teachers and students are to co-operate in doing their best. The constant effort of the teachers should be to make the students see the importance of constantly rising higher and still higher.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 20)
The leading, controlling influence in the school is to be faithfulness in that which is least. Thus the students will be prepared to be faithful in greater things. Each student is to take himself in hand, and with God’s help overcome the faults that mar his character. And he is to show an earnest, unselfish interest in the welfare of the school. If he sees a loose board in a walk or a loose paling on the fence, let him at once get a hammer and nails and make the needed repairs. Nothing in the house or about the premises is to be allowed to present a slack, dilapidated appearance. The wagons and harnesses should be properly cared for, and frequently examined and repaired. When harnesses and wagons are sent out in a dilapidated condition, human life is endangered.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 21)
These little things are of much more importance than many suppose in the education of students. Businessmen will notice the appearance of the wagons and harnesses and will form their opinions accordingly. And more than this, if students are allowed to go through school with slack, shiftless habits, their education will not be worth half as much as it would be if they were taught to be faithful in all they do. “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.] Little things, needing attention, yet left for days and weeks, until they become unsightly, teach the students lessons that will cling to them for a lifetime, greatly hindering them in their work. Such an example is demoralizing, and students whose education is after this order are not needed in the world.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 22)
Should not our God be served most faithfully? We are called upon as teachers to rise up with firm purpose of heart, and discipline ourselves with sternness and rigor to habits of order and thoroughness. All that our hands find to do is to be well done. We have been bought with a price, even the blood of the Son of God, and all that we do is to honor and glorify our Redeemer. We are to work in partnership with Christ as verily as Christ works in partnership with the Father. We are to lay aside every weight, “and the sin that doth so easily beset,” that we may follow our Lord with full purpose of heart. [Hebrews 12:1.]
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 23)
The soul suffers a great loss when duties are not faithfully performed, when habits of negligence and carelessness are allowed to rule the life. Faithfulness and unselfishness are to control all that we do. When the soul is left uncleansed, when selfish aims are allowed to control, the enemy comes in, leading the mind to carry out unholy devices and to work for selfish advantage, regardless of results.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 24)
But he who makes Christ first and last and best in everything will not work for selfish purposes. Unselfishness will be revealed in every act. The peace of Christ cannot abide in the heart of a man in whose life self is the mainspring of action. Such a one may hold the theories of truth; but unless he brings himself into harmony with the requirements of God’s Word, giving up all his ambitions and desires for the will and way of Christ, he strives without purpose, for God cannot bless him. He halts between two opinions, constantly vacillating toward Christ or toward the world. It is like some one striving for the mastery, yet cumbering himself by clinging to heavy weights.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 25)
***** (From letter written November 2, 1904.) Dear Brethren and Sisters:
I would call your special attention to the needs of the Huntsville School. This school is on a farm of over three hundred acres, which was purchased by the General Conference and given to the work for the colored people of the South. This school farm is to be made a representation of what can be done to help the colored people.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 26)
It was in the providence of God that the Huntsville School farm was purchased. It is in a good locality. Near it there are large nurseries, and in these nurseries some of the students have worked during the summer to earn money to pay their expenses at the Huntsville School. Those for whom these students have worked give them a high recommendation, saying that they have accomplished more than an equal number of other hands.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 27)
The Huntsville School greatly needs additional buildings. It ought to be fitted up for the accommodation of one hundred students to be trained as teachers of their own race. A small building, in which the students can be taught to care for the sick, should be put up near the school and conveniences furnished.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 28)
The students are to be carefully disciplined. They are to be given a thorough education, an education that will fit them to teach others. As soon as possible they are to be prepared for service. The young men who attend school should be taught how to put up buildings and how to cultivate the soil. At present, white teachers can take part in the work of this school, educating and training the students. But soon it will be impossible for them to do this. Let us make earnest efforts to help this school to act its part now, while the way is still open. At present there are no outside opposing influences to hinder its progress.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 29)
I now ask you to give of your means for the Huntsville School. Facilities are needed there. Things about the institution are at loose ends, and should be put in proper order, that the school may be a credit to the cause it represents....
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 30)
I present this matter to you, my brethren and sisters, and I ask you to do what you can for the advancement of the work that a few faithful laborers are trying to do for the colored race. This work has been greatly retarded by neglect and because means sufficient to supply its needs have not been provided.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 31)
I ask you, my brethren and sisters, to do your best.... By willing liberality let us prepare the way for the laborers in the South to do a work of mercy for this people. I urge you in the name of the Lord to do something, and do it now. I pray that God will open your hearts and help you to do justice to the needs of the work for the colored people.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 32)
*****
Letter to a Teacher in Huntsville
“Elmshaven,” Sanitarium, California December 27, 1904 Dear Brother __________:
Your letter was received and read some time ago. We rejoice with you for the precious tokens you have of the Lord’s blessing. Praise the Lord! Oh, let us be encouraged. Let our hearts be filled with thankfulness. Continue to work earnestly and interestedly, and have perfect trust in God. Do not doubt His goodness. When difficulties seem to surround you, remember the promise that the Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. If God will only let His blessing rest on the workers, everything will work out to His glory, and souls will be converted. The Lord will acknowledge and bless all who walk before Him in earnest, hopeful confidence. Look and live. Draw near to God, and He will draw near to you. He will draw near to each one who exercises faith and laborers courageously to advance the work because this is what God directs.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 33)
I am glad that you are of good courage. Our hearts should always be filled with praise and rejoicing. Truth will triumph.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 34)
“Behold, one came and said unto Him, Good Master, what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal life? And He said unto him, Why callest thou Me good? there is none good but One, that is, God; but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 35)
“He saith unto Him, Which? Jesus said, Thou shalt do no murder, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Honor thy father and thy mother: and, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 36)
“The young man saith unto Him, All these things have I kept from my youth up: what lack I yet? Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come and follow Me.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 37)
“But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions.” [Matthew 19:16-22.]
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 38)
This young ruler was a man of prepossessing appearance and of much outward piety. He had high capabilities and might have been a great blessing. But Christ saw in his character one great defect which, unless remedied, would mar his whole life. His possessions were his idol. Unless these were given their proper place, they would rob him of eternal life. How kindly and tenderly the Saviour treated him. “If thou wilt be perfect,” He said, “go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven.” [Verse 21.]
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 39)
The young ruler’s errand to Christ was not a pretense. He fully desired to be as Christ was. He realized the importance of gaining the future eternal life. He was not ignorant of the service that man owes to God. He was fully convinced that there is a place of happiness prepared for all who in this life obey the commands of God. He realized that in order to gain a place in the abodes of bliss, he must work out a perfect character. He thought himself an honest applicant as to what he must do in order to gain eternal life.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 40)
He was attracted and charmed by Christ’s life and His manner of teaching, and he realized that to be fitted to live eternally with God in the world to come would be a wonderful reward.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 41)
When this young man asked what he should do that he might gain eternal life, Christ answered him plainly. When he asked, “What lack I yet?” Jesus pointed out to him wherein he fell short. He failed when tested in regard to his worldly possessions. These were his idol. Distinctly and definitely Christ told him that his riches stood in the way of his gaining eternal life. “If thou wilt be perfect,” He said, “go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come and follow Me.” But when he heard this, “he went away sorrowful; for he had great possessions.” [Verses 20-22.] He wanted the heavenly treasure, but he wanted also the temporal advantages his riches would bring him. He desired eternal life; but he was not willing to make the sacrifice. To give up his earthly treasure that was seen for the heavenly treasure that was unseen was too great a risk. He refused the offer of eternal life, and went away, and ever after the world was to receive his worship.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 42)
“Then said Jesus unto His disciples, Verily I say unto you, that a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. When His disciples heard it, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, Who then can be saved? But Jesus beheld them, and said unto them, With men this is impossible; but with God all things are possible.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 43)
“Then answered Peter and said unto Him, Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed Thee; what shall we have therefore? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed Me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for My name’s sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last; and the last shall be first.” [Verses 23-30.]
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 44)
Christ gave His life to the work of soul-saving, making it possible for human beings to return to their loyalty and take their stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 45)
Brother and Sister __________, be of good courage. Remember that we are deeply interested in you and your work. We want to help you to be a help to those whom you are trying to educate. I am so glad that you are not discouraged. I am so glad, too, that the students appreciate your efforts in their behalf. I pray that there may be a large work done in Huntsville. I pray that all who shall visit the school farm may see, by the united efforts of students and teachers, that the best kind of education is being given. I pray that the farm may tell its own story of thrift and painstaking effort, that those who gave this beautiful place to the work for the colored people may rejoice with you all.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 46)
Heavenly angels are watching that farm, desiring that it may be so worked by the students, that the students themselves, under the direction of wise teachers, shall show that improvement in their characters which God desires to see.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 47)
I hope to visit the Huntsville School again some time, that I may see the result of the earnest, faithful efforts put forth on this, the Lord’s farm.
(23LtMs, Ms 123, 1908, 48)
Ms 125, 1908
A Missionary Education Duplicate of Ms 59, 1907.
Ms 126, 1908
Diary Fragments, January to December 1908 NP 1908 Portions of this manuscript are published in 6Bio 167. January 15, 1908 “Elmshaven,” St. Helena Sanitarium
The past night I was speaking decidedly to a large number assembled in council meeting. I seemed to be in Washington. The meeting was one of special solemnity and interest. Every soul is to place himself individually in right relation to life and health and become a fruitbearing branch of the true Vine. I was bearing a very close, straight testimony. What a work is to be done! There will continue to be hindrances, and the wheels of true reform will be blocked. Light is sown for the righteous, and truth for the upright in heart.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 1)
February 12, 1908 St. Helena, California
I have a special message for our people. A representation was given me. We are to awaken in this year 1908. We are claiming to be the Lord’s disciples. Do we work as the disciples worked? Are we fulfilling the words Christ gave to His disciples, “I send you forth as lambs among wolves”? [Luke 10:3.] “Be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] You cannot possibly be standing before the Lord Jesus today as His professed believers and yet manifest little concern for the welfare of fallen man. We have a work to do. You may be having benevolent thoughts, but what are you doing? Some can be reached by publication; others cannot. I ask you, Will you not now realize the time is passing and whole communities are unwarned? Personal effort will do much good.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 2)
February 19, 1908 St. Helena Sanitarium, California
I have had a serious night. I had a very severe chill, and it seemed impossible for me to change the features of the case. After long, wakeful hours I wrapped up in my fur cape. Yet I felt no change. I had a hot water bag and a tumbler of hot gruel. I fell asleep, and when I awoke it was nearly three o’clock. I had writing that must be done, but thought I could not write. I put the log in the fireplace and soon had a cheerful fire from live coals, and my fears were gone.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 3)
The representation given me was that the Lord had passed through my room and left me a blessing. I know that the spell was broken. Freedom came to me. I have written several letters and without taxing nerve, brain, and muscle. The Lord has left me a blessing. I feared much that the day would be lost to me, but I am now sure the Lord heard my earnest prayer and gave me sleep and representations in the night season—just the light that I needed to settle some important matters for good concerning the Paradise Valley question, which was set before me fully, and I am now forever settled on this point.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 4)
Sunday, February 23, 1908 St. Helena Sanitarium, California
My rest during the night was broken. I left my bed before three o’clock. I am thankful for the rest I have had. I built my fire in my good fireplace, lifting the large logs and building the wood about the logs, and I thank the Lord for the strength He has given me. I praise His holy name. There is a most solemn work before us to be done, and Satan’s agencies will invent everything possible to absorb every class that will be drawn to them to observe what wonderful things they can do.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 5)
May 8, 1908 Lodi, California
We are much pleased to be able to attend this meeting. These are intelligent people. There are good helpers in this meeting, and the messages given are impressing the people. This is a new settlement, and the work is going forward in right lines. There seems to be no contention. Christ is leading out a people. They are dependent upon God. They are to see and understand that the message to come to the people for this time is not a message that will create division. It is the third angel’s message, which is to become more and more definite and powerful and distinct in its influence, bringing all our churches upon a platform of the truth as it is in Jesus. This message, received and understood, will bear the right kind of fruit, bringing all into unity of faith, and differences of opinion will disappear under the Holy Spirit’s ministration. The third angel’s message is a sure, solid platform; and differences of opinion must be yielded to the working of this message, for the Lord is not glorified with strange voices. Difference of opinion must be yielded, that all the army of the Lord may present a united front.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 6)
I have spent one-half hour talking with two of our brethren in regard to their disposing of their property and removing their families to the southern field for the purpose of doing missionary work, having a school, and preparing their children to work in various lines in the missionary work, such as cultivating farms, building humble homes, and teaching the people the art of building and the art of cultivating the soil. The time will come that all who live upon the earth will need to understand the cultivating of the land and the building of houses and varied kinds of business. We tried to tell them that the Lord is calling for talent to be brought into the southern field, and act in various lines of education. Shall it be that we shall go into the southern field and bear the truth to those who have not heard the truth? This class must not be discouraged. The youth educated in our large cities are in great danger because they are surrounded with every kind of objectionable influence, for the world is becoming as it was in the days of Noah.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 7)
May 21, 1908 St. Helena, California
I have not been able to sleep after two o’clock. I am awakened with representations of the situation of those who have refused all cautions and made light of the warnings the Lord had given them which they would not heed, and the representations if they would heed and become humble doers of the Word.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 8)
May 22, 1908 St. Helena, California
I thank the Lord this morning that my rest during the past night has been better than on Thursday night. I will offer my thanksgiving to God. I open my Bible to the first chapter of Mark. This chapter is very interesting to me. Read this chapter and understand it. Many pictures are made of Satan’s appearing to Christ, and let it be understood he appeared as an angel from heaven, and not as it is represented in even the pictures in some of our books as a disgusting fiend in his approaching the Lord Jesus. He had all the appearance of a most beautiful being and thus disguised hoped to overcome Christ in his temptations, for Christ’s long fast was about over. Ezekiel 28.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 9)
July 5, 1908 St. Helena, California
This morning I am grateful to our Lord for the rest I have had in sleep the past night.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 10)
August 1, 1908 “Elmshaven,” St. Helena Sanitarium, California
This morning, Sabbath, my heart is drawn out after the blessing the Lord hath promised to all that seek Him with their whole heart. Will we take the promises of the Lord? Will we cast our helpless souls upon Jesus Christ? If there ever was a period of time when all superfluity shall be turned from, it is at this period.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 11)
November 3, 1908 St. Helena Sanitarium, California
This morning, November 3, I have not been able to sleep since three o’clock, but my mind is lifted up to my Saviour in prayer that we shall be so guided by heavenly wisdom as to make no mistake in the purchase of the place Buena Vista, Sonoma County, California.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 12)
November 26, 1908 St. Helena Sanitarium, California
I was awake this morning at half-past two o’clock. I felt very deeply in reviewing the past years of my life. I am filled with gratitude to God that my faculties are preserved, that I speak to large congregations with distinct utterance and clear voice, and that the Spirit of the Lord attends the messages I bear to the people. The representations from the Word of the Lord make their impression upon human minds. The Lord makes the messages as impressive as at any period of my life.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 13)
Last Sabbath I spoke to the assembly in Berkeley from Isaiah 58. I had a message for those who assemble in Berkeley. The appointment had been circulated, and there were more present than we expected. I had a burden to speak to those who would come out to hear me. I wished to meet those whom I hoped would be impressed with the message that the Lord gave me to give to the people who would hear and profit thereby. If they would receive the Word of the Lord, there would be a decided change in the experience of those who would heed the message. I had an intense burden to speak the Word to all who would assemble to hear. Isaiah 58:1-4, quoted.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 14)
December 13, 1908 St. Helena Sanitarium
I am not strong, but I am doing much writing. I ask the Lord daily for more physical strength for the doing of the very things I dare not neglect.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 15)
December 24, 1908
I have a message for the people of God who are living in this year 1908, December 24. My life has been spared to enter upon my eighty-second year. November 26 closed another year of my life, and I am grateful to my heavenly Father that the strength of my mind has been spared. These last years, since 1900, have been given to the work of labor as verily as I have labored in the past years.
(23LtMs, Ms 126, 1908, 16)
Ms 127, 1908
Concerning Ellen G. White’s Donation of Books and Means to the Cause NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
We had to do this. The money that ought to have come from America did not come, and I hired money from America and from any place where I could obtain it to build up the work in Australia. I became involved in debt, supposing that the sale of my books would certainly let me free in a short time; but there has been a debt of thirty thousand dollars upon which I pay interest of one thousand dollars per year. Many of our people know this, but no effort has been made to relieve the situation.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 1)
We knew it to be duty to purchase the place at Paradise Valley. Then we encouraged others to invest the means in that place; but for several reasons it has not been done, which I shall not attempt to explain, for it would not be wisdom or justice to those who have done their best, and no reflection should rest upon them. There were those who became, through deaths, so situated that they must have their means, and we could not withhold it from them and do them justice. We expected the sanitarium to prosper, but we had to go through much disappointment. I could explain much of this, but it is not the time to do this.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 2)
Then some thought if we placed it under the rulership of the conference the whole situation would be changed. I consented, but was corrected by the Lord. It was not the best thing to do, for the conference had all the responsibilities they could carry. The sanitariums must not be added, increasing the responsibility. The sanitarium properties—Loma Linda, Glendale, and Paradise Valley—must be wisely handled and the responsibilities borne by the ones running these sanitariums. Thus confusion and difficulties would be avoided. The conferences of the North and South are to work in perfect harmony; and in these large centers each must work harmoniously, but as qualified to carry their especial interests. This can be done as far as these sanitariums are concerned.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 3)
The royalty on my books was not sufficient for the work put forth on them. Ever since I left for the mission field of Australia, there should have been a larger price placed on my laborers that I have to employ to do my work. I must not be left to accept so small a sum for my books. It was not just, and I was trying to open new fields in Australia; and in every meetinghouse built, I donated to carry it through. I donated for tents, and then the price after our return left me with heavy debts. I donated the two books Christ’s Object Lessons and The Ministry of Healing. The printing was donated on Christ’s Object Lessons and The Ministry of Healing. Christ’s Object Lessons was handled by any who would undertake the work of selling the book. And I am told that three hundred thousand dollars have come in from the sale of this one book to help our schools. Not one dollar have I appropriated for myself.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 4)
I have thought our brethren in business lines would reason from cause to effect. But when the Paradise Valley Sanitarium was to be taken over on certain specified terms, it was a great trial to me because parties had invested in the sanitarium in good faith, to put it, as they supposed, on a paying basis when it should be in running order. I consented against my judgment to let it go at a sacrifice on the part of those who had invested their means, as Sister Gotzian and I had done. But as soon as I had consented to do this, and preparations were made, I was instructed that this was doing injustice to those who had invested their means, for it would appear to be a failure. This must not be, for it would be the first failure in all of the managing to secure buildings.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 5)
The Loma Linda building should stand as one of the Lord’s special favors in behalf of His people in Southern California, and every effort should be made to free this institution from debt. So with Glendale. The Lord had provided for His people to come into possession of these three sanitariums, and His blessing has attended these three sanitariums, and they have been instrumental in the conversion of souls. And if one soul is worth more than the whole world, these properties are not to be undervalued. There need not have been anything disagreeable in the sanitarium at Colonial City. If all who had been connected with it had stood in the counsel of God, it would not show the present embarrassment. The enemy has wrought to make the matter most difficult, but the Lord has used Brother John Wessels as director. He has served faithfully to place things in a just and righteous bearing; and now with Brother Cummings as physician, and his wife as matron, all will come out without failure being ascribed to it.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 6)
We will not, therefore, let any one who has invested means in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium become the least discouraged in this matter. Loma Linda and Paradise Valley will be carried nobly if our brethren in Eastern California will do their best and lay their burdens on the conference. We can manage it because the Lord wills that through the medium of His workmen, laborers together with God, those institutions shall stand out free from encumbrance and free from debt in due time if we will be patient. But the light given me is, You have never yet failed or been discouraged in the purchases made in sanitariums, meetinghouse buildings, or in school buildings. All are under the working providence of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 7)
But when that money was raised by Elder Reaser for the school buildings, he did not reason wisely. The Lord had another way to cancel these debts. Every family connected with the school should have been instructed from the first to do missionary work in our large gatherings, to dispose of those two books to believers and unbelievers, and to gain an experience in this kind of missionary effort.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 8)
There is still a chance for them to educate women and young men how to approach the people and sell the books. This lesson is still to be learned, and there is a missionary field in Southern California that is open to be worked; and the most useful lessons are to be gained in proper tact, in modest efforts, to approach the people on this subject of making sales of these most useful books. This is the work to be done in Southern California and in all our conferences. Much can be done in this work that has been strangely neglected. I present this matter to those who will interest themselves in Southern California. In every place take up this missionary work, and unbelievers will be benefited and many will receive the light of truth. The Lord’s angels will make the impression on human minds. I call upon all our students in our gatherings, in our camp-meetings, to let your prayers ascend to God for a favorable reception of the books that I have donated to the schools. Let them settle their own bills by acting their part and educating themselves to present the truth to the people, believers and unbelievers. You can yourselves do this work and sell the books.
(23LtMs, Ms 127, 1908, 9)
Ms 128, 1908
Individual Responsibility—Needs of the Cities NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
We are handling the Lord’s means. All we have is lent us in trust; and when His cause is in need of the means entrusted to us to advance the knowledge of the truth, we are to return to the Lord His own lent talents. Many have claimed these talents as their own, and many have not paid to the Lord a faithful tithe and willing offerings, if possible, beside, to advance His work and to spread the knowledge of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 1)
The children of Israel were instructed that all they had in possessions—calling the same their own—came from God. And they were entrusted with His goods, paying a tithe for its use. Tithes are for the purpose of sustaining missionaries in the work of the gospel ministry, that all people in all parts of the world should hear the gospel. Thus the acknowledgement is made by all who accept the truth that it is the Lord’s money and thus the Lord’s due to support His ministers in the various places where the truth is established. And if a faithful tithe is returned to the Lord’s treasury, they make an acknowledgement that all their blessings come from Him who made the world, and that they are enjoined to use all their entrusted treasures as God’s property to carry forward the work of truth and enlarge the numbers who believe the truth. In large congregations I am trying to encourage them to labor for those who know not the truth. There will be large numbers in Los Angeles and in the various resorts who will be converted to the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 2)
Will every soul who claims to believe that the end of all things is at hand show his faith by his works? Will be speak the truth of the Word to others in a persuasive way? And will he consider who is to labor for those souls who know not the truth? Who will take upon them the burden of being faithful and true as humble messengers of truth? We must arouse the churches who claim to believe the truth. Will we lose more time, or will we be diligent and faithful? We must be guarded on every side. I would bear the testimony that the Lord would have me bear to the entire church. If they do not now have the intense interest that the condition of our world warrants us to have, let us humble our hearts before God and pray and believe for clear spiritual eyesight. Oh, if the people can only know and understand and be aroused before it is too late!
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 3)
“Thus saith the Lord; Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the Lord. For he shall be like the heath in the desert, and he shall not see when good cometh; but shall inhabit the parched places in the wilderness, in a salt land and not inhabited. Blessed is the man that trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is. For he shall be as a tree planted by the waters, and that spreadeth out her roots by the river, and shall not see when heat cometh, but her leaf shall be green.”Jeremiah 17:5-8.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 4)
The Lord calls for pronounced action. There needs to be a decided reformation in all our enterprises. There is not to be a carrying on of schools, as has been, and no definite means to rely upon, as in Fernando. Such experience must not be gone over again, and then make strong efforts that shall use all available means in the conference to settle one school’s indebtedness. This is not just and reasonable, for there must needs be means to sustain our camp-meetings and carry them on with the very best talent possible. And there must not be in the home field men who must be depended on to run the meetings that shall be held in various places. New fields are to be now entered. The most substantial talent is required to lead out in the cities and various places that have not yet had the effort made in them to accomplish the work that has been presented for the last forty years.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 5)
The southern cities are to be worked, and our experienced workmen are under obligation to fulfil the expectations of our cities in various places of the southern field. We need now to set to work in these cities. There must be consideration in regard to the work to be done in America. There is a work to be done in the city of Washington and in the cities of the southern fields which calls for the best talent it is possible to obtain, and men to do the work who will not fail nor be discouraged. Wake up, brethren! Wake up, men who stand in responsible places!
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 6)
In our experience of the last more than half a century, we have had testimonies to bear directly on the point of man’s ruling power. What it means to keep order in the church is not that one man is to stand as supreme, to become a ruling despot.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 7)
“And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling. And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power: That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.”1 Corinthians 2:1-5.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 8)
The apostle explains his design and reminds the Corinthians that he not only believed, but he acted the gospel when he first preached among them. Why was this, that his work should not stand among them as “in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God”? [Verse 5.] He determined not to come with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in the wisdom of the Lord Jesus Christ, that the gospel should come to them in the demonstration of the Spirit and of power; that their faith should not stand expressing the wisdom of men, but in connection with the power of God. The apostle might have expressed much wisdom upon many varied things that would interest a congregation, but their attention must not be scattered from Jesus Christ. Christ Jesus and Him crucified was his message, for this was the sum and substance of the whole gospel, to present to them as saving leaves from the tree of life.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 9)
Lift Him up, the risen Saviour! The cross of Calvary is to be the theme of the plan of salvation. The great simplicity of the message, the sum and substance, is the knowledge of a crucified and risen Saviour. Paul did not attempt to display himself as a fine orator, a debater, a deep philosopher, or as a ruler over the conscience of men. He did not come with a flourish of words, or in a boasting style. He came not to reveal in words a pompous show of science or eloquence of expression. He learned his lesson from the divine Teacher. Positively he came among them, not to repeat or to handle the errors of the world, but to express the affirmative of the truth of God’s law. This is a life-and-death question—obedience to life or disobedience unto death. He was speaking divine wisdom.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 10)
Paul presented a divine revelation, and the enemies in the church at Corinth spake of his diminutive body and said, “His speech is contemptible.” [2 Corinthians 10:10.] Was this true? Nay, it was not. The apostle whom God had chosen was the man for the place, but it was the power of God that was upon him. Certainly Paul was not a mean speaker, and his force of eloquence caused the greatest men to be under a convincing power, listening to his speech. The men of Lystra looked upon him as being the heathen god Mercury come down to them in the form of a man. In many places thousands were converted to the gospel message given by him in the affirmative. There was something in the manner of Paul’s preaching that caused thousands of Jews and Gentiles to believe. Paul had many visions. He spake so convincingly that a great multitude believed the message given through the demonstration of the Spirit. The success was not to be attributed to the man, but to the power of God upon him. Angels were making the Word effective.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 11)
The apostles spake boldly of the truths of the gospel, which was the great power of God in the conversion of many souls. The Word declares, “They went everywhere preaching the Word.” [Acts 8:4.] None of the Lord’s workmen are to have their minds diverted from the Lord Jesus to the prohibiting of their message. Now we are in a favorable position to bring the truth before large congregations.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 12)
Let men take the word of the Lord Jesus after His resurrection. “And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. Amen.”Matthew 28:18-20.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 13)
God forbids any man to assume a large amount of responsibility himself, and lay his authority upon men, and hinder others from doing the work God has given them. There is a world to be warned.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 14)
Paul has written, “And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power. That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God. Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect: (in discernment and experience in the things of His Spirit that God bestows upon the humble, praying, believing saints) yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought: but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.”1 Corinthians 2:4-8.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 15)
There is a work of opposition introduced, of human origin, to counterwork the working of the Spirit of God. In their ignorance they did not apply the prophecies of Christ where they belong; therefore, in their own lack of discernment of the true understanding of the Word,and in the blindness of their minds, they rejected the crucified Christ Jesus.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 16)
“But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.”Verses 9, 10. Every heart that received Christ was entrusted with the ability to discern Christ in His message. “For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? Even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.”Verses 11, 12.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 17)
Will man dare place himself as judge of another man’s experience and conscience, or to define in his human judgment another man’s duties? Let every man receive his light and knowledge from the highest authority. Let him move guardedly, lest he interrupt the Lord’s plans. “Which things also we speak, not in the words which man’s wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spiritual.”Verse 13. There is to be a close seeking of God to understand the comparing of spiritual things with spiritual.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 18)
“But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. But he that is spiritual (in his experience) judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.”Verses 14, 15. “For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct Him? (let these words be fully understood.) But we have the mind of Christ.”Verse 16.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 19)
Read 1 Corinthians chapter 3. All these Scriptures are essential to instruction in righteousness. The Holy Spirit is needed in this our day, that we may not work, any of us, in our own natural, unconverted spirit, to order or dictate or control God’s laborers, for no such work has been laid upon us. Mistakes may be made by some in their labors through their lack of judgment, but to put up the bars because some one has made a mistake, that all are to be under bands and bars and yokes and the ruling of their fellow men, is a false conception of the Word, and a hundredfold more grievous in the sight of God. To place His servants under the discipline and judgment of fallible men to decide their duty would only stir up confusion and misunderstanding and bring great dishonor to the God of heaven.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 20)
I am instructed that every one of these yokes that have been placed upon the servants of God are to be broken. Ministers and teachers may place their own necks under the yokes if they choose, but let others never place yokes on them. Let all be left free before God to be taught of God and to look to God and follow the Lord’s instructions to watch unto prayer. This means seeking the Lord with all the heart and with all the mind and all the spirit, praying and watching thereunto. But because some men may have moved unadvisedly on some occasion, or a few men may have made mistakes, prepare not yokes to place upon the necks of all the people of God, that they shall be obliged to ask counsel of men, and permission how they shall move. This would permit them to go where the human shall direct, and men would feel at liberty to assume responsibilities that God forbids them to exercise over the sheep of His pasture. To keep brethren under surveillance of another man’s mind is very displeasing to God. Therefore I am instructed, “Break these yokes. Leave My disciples and My workers to be taught by My Spirit.” To every man God has given his work. Let all men talk with God in prayer. If they are weak, they may wrestle with God. They may humble their own hearts before God, which is very appropriate; but break every yoke and let every man stand in his own God-given liberty, wherewith God has made him free and given him every opportunity possible to improve his gift to win souls to Christ. Let him pray and seek God for his individual self.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 21)
I have written quite lengthily on these matters. I have much more to say. I may feel it duty to be even more explicit if these words are not understood and acted out. But the word has come to me, “Say to My servants, Break every yoke.” [See Isaiah 58:6.] I have to say the atmosphere which surrounds human souls has become a deception and delusion in understanding the way of the Lord. I have a decided message to bear. The Lord’s work is a very sacred work indeed. The last three years have seen strange work, and the Lord has given clear words of His righteous works and of the errors of men who have not a true spiritual and religious experience. They have caused Satan to triumph. The Lord has specified the errors that Satan and his angels have kept men employed in bringing into the work, and the Lord positively declares their ministration shall no longer give room for Satan to come in. When these men will humble their hearts before God and repent of the hindrance that they have caused and the blocks they have made for souls to stumble over, then the Lord can and will give them understanding and knowledge, but the dominating power they are not to exercise over His people again.
(23LtMs, Ms 128, 1908, 22)
Ms 129, 1908
Warning Against Lending Aid to the Enemy NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
Yesterday and this morning I have had a message to give to our brethren. I was in a gathering of people, and there were collected in groups persons who were dwelling on certain things, and they were questioning the reliability of some things in my early experience which they thought were in error. One drew near and listened attentively to the words spoken. All understood he was a man of authority. He said, “Your words are not called for. Questioning is not timely nor wise nor just. Can you not see all this issue you are bringing in is untimely? Can you judge righteously on this subject? Who gave you this burden? Not the Lord. It is certain to create an issue to put into the hands of your opponents.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 1)
“Cannot you read from cause to effect? The matter of difficulty is not to be talked of or dwelt upon, for it creates an issue and you get this interwoven with your labors. The very work that has been so long neglected—to give the message of Bible truth, which is vital to the souls of the people—will be neglected still. The enemy will work to great advantage. This question is on a subject that in no wise concerns the salvation of souls as a test question. Silence on your part is eloquence.”
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 2)
The testing truth for this time is to be made straight and plain before the people with clear, determined voice. There is now a decided work to be done. There is a company who are not doing the work which should be their burden. The message is yet to be given in all the cities of the South. Do not place before the mind a question that will, if agitated, cause division at the very heart of the work. Let your burden be to reach souls.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 3)
You are putting into the hands of the enemy questions which are not to be agitated. Can you not reason from cause to effect? This is a scheme of Satan and, Elder Prescott, if persons come to you with questions which you are placing before the minds of others, that are not vital questions, and get the minds into confusion, you will work on the enemy’s side. The cities are kept before you unwarned; and when the converting power of God shall come in to work with every soul that is in Takoma Park, Washington, and gather those who will have a vital interest, they will not be dwelling on subjects that are in no way essential for this time.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 4)
I am to warn our people, Give the enemies no opportunity to be furnished by you with questioning doubts of the work the Lord is doing through the testimonies. God has not laid on any man this subject. The great subject now is the commandments of God. I was referred to Isaiah, chapters 48, 51, 52, 58 and 60. These chapters should stir the souls of the people. Carry these things in your mind, and seek the Lord and work the works so essential to be done. But give not yourselves into the hands of the enemy, for you have not that spiritual strength that you need.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 5)
Keep out every question that is not of vital interest to the saving of souls. Other questions will be thrust in that will set minds upon a train that will give the enemies of our faith great rejoicing, and those who are wise need to keep before the people the great issues that determine the soul’s salvation. Let every soul connected with the work in your conference take time to pray to the Lord; and if they individually desire to have physical health, let them discard all meat eating and tea drinking and eat simple food of a kind to strengthen the physical and mental powers.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 6)
Now there were many things presented to me that I must present to you. As families near the sanitarium, seek that you shall recommend the sanitarium by your own temperance in health reform; and then the tongue will speak of the goodness of the Lord in a sanctified way. The Lord God of Israel has given me many words to speak, but He has not given you the burden that you shall give to our enemies just what they want, for them to use as Satan shall move them. Now let your words be proper words.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 7)
I was also given words to speak to the leading men who are acting as a dominating power. The Lord would have a change in the administration in Oakland and Mountain View and all important places connected with Oakland. Three years is a long time for men to serve in such important places—men who pay no regard to the cautions the Lord has given, but who have carried their own judgment and their own ideas to the molding of the people. There must now be a change in the order of things. The Lord is not honored or glorified by the administration, and a different religious atmosphere must now be brought in and a different work accomplished than has been done. The Lord will have Elder Haskell and his wife to come in, and the most faithful and true men to act the coming year, and this I present to the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 8)
Elder Cottrell, the Lord calls upon you to help Elder Haskell in every way possible, for unless the converting power of God shall mold and fashion Elder Knox and Elder Corliss after the divine similitude, their influence will not be a saving influence. There are men who have been long in the truth, but whose ministration of the truth is perverted. Jeremiah 5:1-5; 7:1-7. The end is near. The judgments of God are in the land, and San Francisco is a living testimony to the condition of our world. And now, with all this before the men who have served, there has been a ministration that would, if continued, make the testimony God has given a matter of nought.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 9)
I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice for the work the Lord is doing for Elder Reaser, because he gave heed to the testimonies God has given. These testimonies are now becoming established in the churches in the southern field. But it is repeated to me, The Lord will have the spiritual atmosphere changed in Oakland and a decided effort made to cleanse away the objectionable features that exist in Oakland and the surrounding villages and towns. The Lord would have a decided message come into Oakland and extend as far and as strong as possible to San Francisco. The work of sanctification and purification needs to be constantly going on in these cities, for there are those who will be warned and will be converted. Daniel 7:9-28.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 10)
The great things to take place are before us and we, all who are living, shall see to the end of these judgments which are before us in San Francisco. We can say, concerning San Francisco and the many places where the judgments of God have been witnessed, that they are a standing warning to the people in Oakland, opening to them what Daniel in vision saw would be. “And the vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: wherefore shut thou up the vision; for it shall be for many days. And I Daniel fainted, and was sick certain days; afterwards I rose up, and did the king’s business; and I was astonished at the vision, but none understood it.”Daniel 8:26, 27. “And I set my face unto the Lord God to seek by prayer and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes: and I prayed unto the Lord my God, and made my confession.” See Daniel 9:3-19.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 11)
Let all who have a careless disposition in spiritual things come to their senses. We are the people concerned in these things in our world, and no soul is to take up suppositions and make them definitions of the Word that shall confuse the people of God and do more harm than our enemies. We read:
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 12)
“In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans; in the first year of his reign, I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolation of Jerusalem. And I set my face unto the Lord God to seek by prayer and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, and ashes.”Daniel 9:1-3.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 13)
Here we have the source of Daniel’s wisdom. He sought the Lord. He could not confine himself to the king’s business, but he was speaking with the King of kings and Lord of lords. Daniel had communion with God. The address of Daniel to God was in the Lord’s keeping before he was cast into the lion’s den. The one special duty of Daniel was to keep close to his duty in prayer, although under the decree that if any man made a prayer to God, he should be cast into the lion’s den. A promise had been made, “After seventy years ... I will visit you, and perform My good word toward you.”Jeremiah 29:10.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 14)
Though Daniel was himself a prophet, yet he consulted the scriptural record found in the books. He understood by books that seventy years was the time fixed for the continuance of the desolation of Jerusalem. The book was the prophecies of Jeremiah. God had said, “I will visit you and perform My good word toward you.” [Verse 10.] Though Daniel himself was a great prophet, well acquainted with the visions of God, yet he was a diligent searcher of the Scriptures. He thought it wise to consult Jeremiah’s prophecies. And he prayed to God aloud most earnestly.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 15)
We are to learn the lessons God has given us and to seek the Lord and to understand. Great things are before us. And if the enemy can obtain access to minds, to undermine the testimonies God has given me in my youth, he will make every word the ministers shall speak as a voice to create doubt. Unless they shall seek the Lord and become sanctified in speech and in their hearts, they will be left in darkness. (Daniel 10): hear this. Take notice of verses 20, 21. Here are the heavenly powers in connection with the earthly. “Then said he, Knowest thou wherefore I come unto thee? and now will I return to fight with the prince of Persia: and when I am gone forth, lo, the prince of Grecia shall come. But I will show thee that which is noted in the scripture of truth: and there is none that holdeth with me in these things, but Michael your Prince.” There are heavenly agencies communing with the earthly to reveal that which shall take place.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 16)
“And whiles I was speaking, and praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the Lord my God ...; yea, whiles I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation. And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding.”Daniel 9:20-22.
(23LtMs, Ms 129, 1908, 17)
Ms 130, 1908
Words to Believers NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
The very first lesson many professing godliness will need to learn is that there are evil angels watching a chance to carry out their special works that will be sure to create alienation and strife. Some who are self-centered cannot discern what their baptism means—that they are baptized into Christ’s death.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 1)
“For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world.”Titus 2:11, 12. We are to work out a whole sanctified life in looking unto Jesus and accepting His holiness as our Pattern. “Learn of Me,” said our God in human flesh; “learn of Me,” said our Saviour in human flesh; “for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall find” in your death a new life in My spiritual life. [Matthew 11:29.] The very illustration of being buried with Christ in baptism and living a pledged new life unto Christ is the representation of our redemption in and through our genuine faith daily in Christ Jesus. The life is in and through being partakers of the divine nature. “Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works.”[Titus 2] Verses 13, 14.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 2)
“How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein? Know ye not, that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into his death? Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life.... Knowing this, that our old man is crucified with Him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, that henceforth we should not serve sin.”Romans 6:2-6. Spiritual life now is to be our aim constantly. Walking after the life of Christ is called regeneration—spiritual life unto the formation of the pattern life of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 3)
In your assemblies there has been strife to be first. And what is the sure result? Satan is served and God is dishonored. “Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord: looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you.”Hebrews 12:14, 15. Now this has been the great hindrance to the advance of the work of God in higher education. Unless we perform to God our solemn vows at baptism—which was death unto sin and a new life in and through Jesus Christ—we shall constantly be working for self-promotion, and our baptismal vows are violated. And unless every soul in our churches shall repent and be converted and see where he made his mistakes, he will have no part with Christ and will not see His glory.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 4)
Now I am charged with a message to each member of the church to maintain your baptismal vows. Every camp-meeting is to be a season of heart searching. Let there be no picking flaws in others. The disposition that would lead to this testifies that you have lost your first love and need to repent and be converted and take again upon you the baptismal vows, as we promised in our regeneration, and perform that which our Saviour will commend as working out the similitude of His likeness who hath redeemed us, and bare our sins in His own body, that we might die unto sin and live unto righteousness. Christ has made the provision. “There is therefore now no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death.”Romans 8:1, 2.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 5)
When our people who claim to have so much light will reflect that light in deeds of righteousness, they will show that they are born again, and all this friction and unhappy selfishness will be at an end. Can it truly be said of those who claim to be converted, “But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His.”Verse 9. If he has a spirit of variance and contention and strife, he loses his special advantages to represent the virtues of true godliness.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 6)
“And if Christ be in you, the body is dead because of sin; but the spirit is life because of righteousness. But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus Christ from the dead dwell in you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.”Verses 10, 11.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 7)
I, Ellen G. White, testify to this assurance of the Word. I have had this grace from the Great Physician so many times that it is to me verity and truth. This I can present to you as assurance. There is One in whom I have trusted, and I have tried to do His will. Therefore I speak to all my ministering brethren and sisters in our institutions, filling the place as teachers in our schools and in any department of our work, You are not to trust in human beings, whatever may be their calling, to define to you your duty, but to bear a testimony that is sharp and clear. We are under the appointed unseen agencies. Trust not in any man that lives to be director as to your duty, for this phase of experience God has not pointed out.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 8)
“For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons of God. For ye have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father. The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit that we are the children of God: and if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him, that we may be also glorified together. For I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us.”Verses 14-18.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 9)
Let every church take heed unto itself individually. I have had representations given me that I was much stirred in regard to human, fallible men being appointed to be directors, to tell men where to labor. Men committed to the charge of men is a phase of experience that the Lord has bid me to declare should not exist, for it is misleading to the ones placed in official positions to take responsibilities to meddle with responsibilities that will only do souls harm and create in the church a state of things that spoils the experience of God’s workmen. Anything of the kind should not exist. Direct every man to look unto Him who is the Author and Finisher of their faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 10)
The invitation is, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.”Matthew 11:28, 29. Christ is to you the Author and Finisher of your faith. There are no human agencies to be introduced to these souls as able to define their duty. Christ is your perfect Example. There are not to be men placed in authority to tell what another man’s duty is. The very ones who accept such responsibilities are the very men that need the converting power of God upon their own hearts, or they will certainly never become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 11)
I say to all our churches, Meet no low standard. Christ is the Pattern to whom you are all to look. Let not any man suppose that his opinion is infallible and that, with all their numerous defects and shortcomings, they can dictate the duty of the Lord’s workers.
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 12)
There are those who need to be Bible Christians, but they are not. Romans 14. I listened to words spoken from this chapter. There was power in the words as they were explained, and the words were spoken with the power of the Holy Spirit. And in still another meeting was a speaker that was full of faith and the Holy Spirit who read and explained Romans 15. These Scriptures were spoken in the power of the Holy Spirit. In meetings there were the living testimonies unto life eternal, and such intercessions in prayer, such fervency! And there were conviction and conversions and reconversions. There were souls that were brought from darkness into the light. These words were spoken, (Romans 16:25-27): “Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ, according to the revelation of the mystery, which was kept secret since the world began, but now is made manifest, and by the Scriptures of the prophets, according to the commandment of the everlasting God, made known to all nations for the obedience of faith: to God only wise, be glory through Jesus Christ for ever, Amen.”
(23LtMs, Ms 130, 1908, 13)
Ms 131, 1908
Regarding Elder Haskell’s Being Chosen for President “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California 1908 Previously unpublished.
I awoke this morning at twelve o’clock. For some time I had been wearied. I thought I had worked too much in writing and I needed rest, but I find it my work to prepare matter needed to be distinctly expressed. There are questions to be decided. Is it advisable to encourage Elder Haskell to come in as president of the conference another year? and will he have those to sustain him who are understandingly acquainted with the situation, which has been a trying one for the last two years, especially in San Francisco and Oakland, embracing the churches in these cities? If he can, with proper help, try lifting the burden, with careful men to help him, let him try; both himself and wife are, with proper help, able to do this.
(23LtMs, Ms 131, 1908, 1)
There has been a peculiar representation, in the places mentioned especially, and from the peculiar representation; in strange ways, light was given me that Elder Haskell could carry the matters better than some others that might be chosen, and this peculiar state of things would have to be decidedly changed. The work has been carried for some length of time by a man—a human, ruling power that has not been planned or ordained by the Lord, and God has not been glorified. The features of this strange work have not been ordained of God. It has lasted years and has greatly marred the work of God as more human than divine. Those who planned the work did not see nor understand that they had placed the human where the divine should be.
(23LtMs, Ms 131, 1908, 2)
I was instructed that Elder Haskell, with his large experience in the work, and with loyal help furnished to stand by him, could, trusting in the Lord, change this order of things, because he has had an experience and perfect confidence in the testimonies the Lord has given. If he would accept the situation, we would help him all we possibly could.
(23LtMs, Ms 131, 1908, 3)
But the light given me was that a decided change must be made. This had better be tried. We have had a very trying experience to undo the work that has been done so long in placing man, through a perversion of understanding, where God should be. The trial has been made, and a reform has changed the past order of things. But it has been for me a severe experience. It has nearly cost me my life to make the will of God clear.
(23LtMs, Ms 131, 1908, 4)
When Elder Reaser was exalting himself without consulting with our reliable men, he went to a warfare at his own charges. I was where Elder Reaser could hold consultation with me, but he evidenced that he had no need to see or to advise with Sister White, but took his stand as though his position in office made the man infallible in his ideas. The self-exaltation is positive evidence of the fallibility of the one who shall assume such a position, and therefore, unless thoroughly converted to discern that he is liable to make wrong moves as long as he retains such a position, he will move in such self-confidence, making moves that will spoil his influence as a man that can be depended on in the various emergencies that we must have to meet. I write this statement that has had to be spoken under similar circumstances in my experience. I will say the minds under the influence of the Holy Spirit’s guidance will never boast of infallibility.
(23LtMs, Ms 132, 1908, 1)
Ms 133, 1908
Proclaiming the Sabbath in the Last Days NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
“The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God.” [Exodus 20:10.]
(23LtMs, Ms 133, 1908, 1)
I have important matter that should be written out in regard to the special “Thus saith the Lord” to observe the very Sabbath the Lord has given decidedly. “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made; and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it; because that in it He had rested from all his work which God created and made.”Genesis 2:1-3.
(23LtMs, Ms 133, 1908, 2)
Now I have words to speak to all those who engage in the work of the Lord. Let the plain “Thus saith the Lord” speak to the people. I wish our people to take some pains to bring the words of God concerning His Sabbath and let them appear in print. We wish now to bring the specifications of the Sabbath to the people. The Lord has spoken specifying the seventh day to be the day sanctified of the Lord God for our observance. There will be a strong move made by those who observe the first day of the week, Sunday. We must now present to the people of all classes a testimony written in 1903 and printed in tract form. We are not to specify distinctly the words of the Lord concerning the seventh day, which the Lord has specified as His holy day to be observed. We are in God’s world, but it is now the enemy’s country. Satanic agencies are at work to bring in a false rest day, the first day, and it becomes us all to work humbly with God, and to watch unto prayer. He who would overcome must watch against being entangled in the world’s deception. Every soul that overcomes must watch. It is not enough that we consent to believe. We are near the entanglement of this earth’s history.
(23LtMs, Ms 133, 1908, 3)
The conflict will be agitated concerning the seventh day Sabbath, and the work is now to be handled judiciously. The day God has specified, the seventh day, is to be vindicated. There have been human inventions and human laws, and there will be a counterworking to compel, if possible, the observance of the first day of the week. Now we are to make special efforts to magnify the law of God in producing a “Thus saith the Lord” and advocating a genuine Sabbath of Jehovah. Christ’s believing people must now present a “Thus saith the Lord.” The warnings are to come close at home to all people, that they be not blinded and cast off the yoke of Christ and walk in strange paths. No man can be a happy Christian unless he watches unto prayer.
(23LtMs, Ms 133, 1908, 4)
Satan, Lucifer, will work out his determined efforts to bring in and exalt a Sunday law, which he will in every way possible seek to establish. It is not enough that we avoid glaring dangers and perilous, inconsistent movements. We are to be wide-awake. Lucifer, who has entered largely into commercialism, will work on that line, for he lost his position in the heavenly courts and was expelled to our world. Unless every church will receive the warning and be on guard, we shall imperil our souls by departing from the simplicity of true godliness. Unnumbered deceptions will be clothed with the garments of truth; unless our ministers and our physicians and our teachers in every line arouse themselves, they will be overcome. Some who are not watching will be taken in the snare of Satan’s devising. In the Garden of Gethsemane, the disciples were warned, “Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation.” [Mark 14:38.] Now is our time to watch unto prayer, lest we be found sleeping when we should be wide-awake.
(23LtMs, Ms 133, 1908, 5)
Ms 134, 1908
Arbitrary Control NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
There is a great work to be carried on in the heart, life, and character. All those who appreciate the redemption of the soul by the great Gift will labor diligently to bring many perishing sinners to the belief of the truth. This, I am instructed, is to be the great burden of every soul that is connected with me in doing my work.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 1)
The Lord has not been glorified in the planning, enlarging, and arranging in Washington. When His Word is fully appreciated, there will be a most decided change and reformation. There will be much less of man’s planning and devising that are weaving in the threads of self-planning that the Lord will not accept. Thus saith the Lord, Men are short-sighted and have given a wrong impression of My work, of My great work which is to be done. They are blinded and cannot read from cause to effect. If wheat is desired, it is sown in seed scattered abroad; then heaven waters the seed. It is not to be collected in one large parcel, but must be sent from the one who desires it to multiply by scattering.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 2)
“And the Lord appeared to Solomon by night, and said unto him, I have heard thy prayer, and have chosen this place to Myself for an house of sacrifice. If I shut up heaven that there be no rain, or if I command the locusts to devour the land, or if I send pestilence among My people; if My people, which are called by My name, shall humble themselves, and pray, and seek My face, and turn from their wicked ways; then will I hear from heaven, and will forgive their sin, and will heal their land. Now Mine eyes shall be open, and Mine ears attent unto the prayer that is made in this place.”2 Chronicles 7:12-15. Read verses 16-22. I write this because I am charged to do this. Will they take heed?
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 3)
“God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.”1 John 1:5-7.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 4)
There are some in official places who are not spiritual because they have many plans to take a course that will appear in their own judgment to be right, which they suppose will be for their advantage to create great things; but the Lord saith, NO. You will have your forbiddings on the right hand and on the left, for the Lord has not given any such orders. Every movement must be under the divine dictation, saith the Lord, and you have decidedly retarded the advancement and growth of the work by your own devising.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 5)
You have retarded the growth of the work years in Washington. God calls for you to clear the king’s highway, and make in the desert a highway for our God. Every ray of light God has communicated in any line is to be permitted to have its place as it has not done for years. Lift up your voice and cry, Clear the King’s highway. Make in the desert a highway for our God. The light of God is to shine forth much more extensively in highways, and also in the byways and hedges. Every soul possible is to come to its brightness and extend its rays of light in may highways and byways.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 6)
The eyes of many are in need of the heavenly anointing, to discern that the world is to be warned; and the work should be extended to your individual vicinities, and continue its course, gathering the increase, to open every place that can possibly be entered. Not a dollar of money is to be expended for mere show or appearance, when souls need all the light possible to shine upon the true path that leads to life, eternal life. There are outside parties that, [though they do] not accept of the truth, will aid in the work for the Lord. God will impress souls, men who have means, to help as you press forward to do the good work. God has moved upon outside parties to help in the past, and they will do the same now.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 7)
Buildings, plain and simple, must be erected in our cities for houses of worship, for the end of all things is at hand; and there are strong forces that will seek to block the way, bringing in side issues. All these things the Lord’s people have had to meet and press against in their work in the past. They have had to labor with all their powers, almost at the sacrifice of their temporal lives, for warnings to come to the people to make a change. Exodus 6:1-7.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 8)
We are now intensely in earnest, and I have a message from the Lord. It is a mistake to have a few men to devise and to plan for the whole conference. The voice said, Divide and subdivide, for the work of God shall require that men shall be selected as caretakers ordained to do the work of God. The end is near and every year Satan is drilling his army to develop strong parties to be ready against the great battle of the last great conflict.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 9)
(Habakkuk 2): This is a faint description of the reality. Who is wise in the time when the evil shall spring forth? Zephaniah; Zechariah 3, 4. All these things shall become a living reality. But men in high places, supposing themselves wise, will block the way. A voice was heard, Clear the King’s highway.
(23LtMs, Ms 134, 1908, 10)
Ms 135, 1908
The Work in the California Conference St. Helena, California March 3, 1908 Previously unpublished.
I have carried a heavy burden for the past three years for the work in the California Conference, because the leaders were not keeping the way of the Lord. The Lord gave me a message for Elders Knox and Corliss, telling them that their administration must cease.
(23LtMs, Ms 135, 1908, 1)
I was instructed that Brethren Corliss and Knox had acted as rulers in the work of God, and that with the whip of forbiddings they had sought to control the workers. Thus the will of the Lord was made a secondary consideration, while man was exercising a ruling power. I was shown that the Lord is greatly dishonored by those who suppose that they must be conscience for others, because the words and works of men were taking the place of the will and the way of the Lord. The messages of warning were not heeded. Self had gained the control; self had climbed into the judgment seat, and the warning sent had no weight.
(23LtMs, Ms 135, 1908, 2)
The same spirit had taken possession of Elder Reaser, and his words and influence were undermining the belief of some in the testimonies. The Lord gave me a message for Elder Reaser, showing him very plainly that the Lord could not accept his work, and that his lording over God’s heritage must come to an end. Elders Daniells, Irwin, Prescott, and Cottrell labored with him; and finally Elder Reaser came fully into line to do his work as president of the conference in a spirit of righteousness and humility.
(23LtMs, Ms 135, 1908, 3)
God wrought for our brother, and how gladly have we seen him change his course of action and devote his capabilities to building up the work of the cause of God. When a strong man thus becomes humble and amenable to the will of God, the Spirit of Christ can work upon his heart and mind and will and bring him into blessed harmony with the divine.
(23LtMs, Ms 135, 1908, 4)
The Lord has given His people every opportunity to understand His holy requirements, that they may live in harmony with His will and gain a fitness to enter the city of God. Our publishing houses have been set in operation, our schools have been established, that this purpose of the Lord might be carried out in correct lines.
(23LtMs, Ms 135, 1908, 5)
Ms 136, 1908
The Needs of Paradise Valley Sanitarium NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
The Needs of Paradise Valley Sanitarium: Wealthy to Be Solicited
There are many wealthy men who, if our situation were presented before them in regard to our sanitariums, and we solicited gifts of them, would be prepared to act their part to help in such a work as caring for the sick. The sanitarium in Paradise Valley is in great need of help now to advance and sustain the work. I present before our brethren, who are in the southern field of California, the necessity of the sanitarium at San Diego. They have not land to cultivate and thus in some degree furnish means. And yet Paradise Valley is one of our most healthful situations for a sanitarium. I am to present to our brethren their necessities at this time as matters have been presented to me.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 1)
This is a place that for healthful location is favorable for the recovery of the sick. And there are Brother and Sister Cummings, he standing as physician and Sister Cummings as matron, and we do not want them to become discouraged in carrying the work in that place. We have neglected to present the situation before the wealthy class and call for their help. We need that this institution at Paradise Valley be helped by men who have means which they can donate.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 2)
As we look at the many unnecessary things that are absorbing means, I am directed to invite the wealthy who have means to help us now in our need. This I am directed by the Lord to do. The money is the Lord’s, the gold and silver which they handle. Some will respond if they understand the necessities of the case. Therefore, I entreat of you, make a call by seeing men of wealth and telling them of the sanitariums that need means to care for the suffering sick. The poor cannot be turned away. They must receive attention. And will the men and women who have the means, the Lord’s money, help in this benevolent work? At the present time, will our physicians and our ministers present the case before the men who have means to help us in our emergency? We do not wish to refuse any sick who may come, if not afflicted with contagious disease such as consumption and the various afflictions that are contagious, for then we expose others to suffering, and this we must avoid.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 3)
I lay this matter before you. There is so much means that is used for self-indulgence, to no benefit to the one who has the means and no benefit to those who are receiving, but not imparting. We must give these men and women an opportunity to help us. We are sustaining missionary work in nearly all parts of our world. We do not leave the nonreligious, but have sustained them. But here are necessities right at home, neglected. The commission has been given by the first great Missionary to our world, in (Matthew 28:18-20): “And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.”
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 4)
Now this work we are trying to do. This promise has sustained the self-denying, self-sacrificing workings in all parts of the world. The Lord will sustain in doing His work. “Teach all nations” is the command; proclaim to them the gospel. [Verse 19.] The presentation of Bible truth is to go to all cities and countries, awakening the sinners. All people are to have the gospel message, and Christ declares, “I am with you in this work, to guide, comfort, and sanctify to the very close of this earth’s history.” At our large gatherings, in camp-meetings, and in our institutions we are to bear in mind the commission. We have a worldwide message.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 5)
“And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.”Matthew 9:35. Our sanitariums are ordained of God to treat sickness of souls and bodies.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 6)
“But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd.... Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into his harvest.”Verses 36-38.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 7)
When the Lord has directed that we purchase buildings and turn them to the best account in doing the very work He has appointed us in sanitarium work, the Lord Jesus, the Chief Physician, works with us. We have seen the salvation of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 8)
A steward is one who is employed to manage his master’s property. His master’s property is virtually in his hands, under his control, but it is not his property; it is his master’s, and he is so to manage it that improvements may accumulate. The steward identifies himself with the owner of the property. We are all the Lord’s.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 9)
We have this property at Paradise Valley, purchased by gifts and by loans. The time has expired for which the loans were made, and yet means have not come in to supply the place of the means borrowed. We have excellent managers in physician and in matron and helpers. But we do not now have means to carry on the work. We have now the message, “Go out into the highways.” [Luke 14:23.] What does this mean, “the highways”? To give the gospel message to those who are entrusted with means. Men of property are to see the necessities and to be asked to aid in sustaining these institutions where the sick may have treatment for souls and bodies. The Lord calls upon those who have His means to put it out to usury, that in the great day of rewards the Lord shall see what has been accomplished by these donations.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 10)
My brethren who are stewards of means, we thank the Lord that many of you have acted nobly, according to your several ability in trading with the Lord’s goods. The Lord has given me a charge to speak to the people who have means, although they may not now be fully in the faith in all points. The Lord will have you make your case positively known to those who have a surplus of means and can make a gift to our sanitariums that are in need. Paradise Valley is in the most need. Will our men who are stewards, our ministers, our physicians, our laborers in bearing the burdens in the churches, care for those sanitariums that have need of means? And will they solicit means of monied men who have the Lord’s money and can make their gifts to our sanitariums to help them just at this time? We would be so thankful for present help. The Lord would have His agents ask for free gifts to help the sanitarium at Paradise Valley. We call upon those who have means to bestow gifts upon these institutions. Accept them, and let it stand as a gift from those who appreciate the sanitariums and would encourage them.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 11)
The great outlay of the Lord’s goods in daring balloon ascensions, automobiles, and in various other ways consumes the Lord’s intrusted goods. In the great day of reckoning, all this extravagance will appear as it is. The want and suffering, the work of God to be carried forward in the cities in establishing sanitariums for the sick, and to hire halls to give the last message of mercy to sinners forbid anything like extravagance in any line. The Lord lives, and the Lord is working with His appointed agencies to use His gold and silver to advance the cause of God, the knowledge of the truth.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 12)
The Lord Jesus gives us very important instruction: “Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal; for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.”Matthew 6:19-21. Read these cautions and warnings of Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 13)
“Enter ye in at the straight gate; for wide is the gate and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: Because straight is the gate, and narrow the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.”Matthew 7:13, 14.
(23LtMs, Ms 136, 1908, 14)
Ms 137, 1908
Honoring God by Obedience NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
When human beings do not respond to the blessings given, when they do not follow the light God has permitted to shine upon their pathway, but take counsel of themselves, walking directly contrary to the path the Lord has marked out, the Lord cannot fulfil His promises. When a man acts perversely, showing that he has lost his gratitude, the Lord cannot continue to speak to him words of encouragement.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 2)
What a keen rebuke these words are to the members of the human family, for whom God has done so much.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 3)
“Hear, O heavens, and give ear, O earth, for the Lord hath spoken. I have nourished and brought up children, and they have rebelled against Me. The ox knoweth his owner, and the ass his master’s crib, but Israel doth not know, My people doth not consider. Ah, sinful nation, a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evildoers, children that are corrupted; they have forsaken the Lord, they have provoked the Holy One of Israel unto anger, they are gone away backward.” [Isaiah 1:2-4.]
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 4)
God draws a contrast between dumb animals and His people. He calls upon those whom He has endowed with reasoning faculties to consider their course of action in the light in which their Creator views it. He asks them to realize that their actions have shown positive resistance to His will and His way. He strives to lead them to see where they have failed by presenting the contrast between them and the dumb animals.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 5)
What sterner rebuke could be given to a people who have been given great light and wonderful opportunities, and yet have not had spiritual enlightenment sufficient to understand the dealings of God with them, and do not come into right relation to Him? Endowed with superior faculties, and with reasoning faculties, they could have reasoned from cause to effect and traced out the dealings of God with His people; but they did not heed the reproofs and corrections sent them. In stubbornness of heart, they gave no heed to the warnings and corrections of God, but stood before Him in selfish bigotry, making the reproofs of no effect.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 8)
Those who make light of the punishments God sends will see the time when His judgments will fall heavily upon our world, and there will then be no time for repentance.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 9)
“And when the king came in to see the guests, he saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment.” [Matthew 22:11.] For every guest at the feast, there had been provided a wedding garment. This garment was a gift from the king. By wearing it, the guests showed their respect for the giver of the feast. But one man was clothed in his common citizen dress. He had refused to make the preparation required by the king. The garment provided for him at a great cost he disdained to wear. Thus he insulted his lord. To the king’s [question] “How camest thou in hither, not having a wedding garment?” he could answer nothing. He was self-condemned. Then the king said, “Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness.” [Verses 12, 13.]
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 10)
The birds of the air and the flowers of the field are brought forward to testify to man’s lack of faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 12)
The measure of divine attention bestowed on any object is proportionate to its rank in the scale of being. The little brown sparrow is watched over by Providence. The flowers of the field, the grass that carpets the earth receive the notice and care of the heavenly Father. The great Master Artist has taken thought for the lilies, making them so beautiful, that they outshine the glory of Solomon. How much more does He care for man, who is the image and glory of God. He longs to see His children revealing a character after His similitude. As the sunbeam imparts to the flowers their varied and delicate tints, so does God impart to the soul the beauty of His own character.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 13)
He has a special care for them, and He expects special returns from them in thanksgiving and praise. We are to acknowledge His precious gifts and His goodwill toward us. His gifts are large and unceasing. He is never wearied in bestowing them, and He expects much more from those who claim to be His by grace and faith and baptism. Unbelief and a lack of thanksgiving are the sure result of self-satisfaction. By silence, by a failure to respond to God’s goodness in words of praise, men place themselves where they are less thankful than the birds of the air. They are reproved by the birds, which day by day offer up their melodies of praise.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 14)
God’s rebuke is upon those who are thus unthankful. He desires us to show forth in our lives the beauty of holiness.
(23LtMs, Ms 137, 1908, 15)
Ms 138, 1908
On Soliciting Means From Unbelievers NP 1908 Previously unpublished.
There is a work to be done in our world.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 1)
In all parts of the globe, the message is to be carried. And as we understand the Word of the Lord, we say to our people, Arise and shine, for thy light has come, and the glory of the Lord has risen upon thee.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 2)
We call upon our people to present before those who have means that are in banks or in speculative lines; to approach these wealthy men and wealthy women, great men and rulers, and men who have means. Let those who are capable of taking in the whole question have encouragement to set the case before those who have the means in their power to help advance the work of God (and who have been entrusted with the Lord’s goods).
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 3)
Show them that our mission and work is to prepare a people in all parts of the world to stand before God, the great Giver of all talents of means. We have neglected a most important work in not appealing directly to those to whom He has entrusted His goods. The Lord has instructed me to give the words of warning to those in the highways, and this means to us [that] we have a special message to bring directly before the men to whom the means have been entrusted. The largest numbers who have wealth, and can do a good work in helping with the various necessities in giving the gospel to all the nationalities, have not felt amenable to the Lord to use the means that is in their possession to advance the truth of the Word by bearing a message to the very men who have the earthly treasure. Read Matthew, chapter 4.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 4)
[Jesus] was the great medical missionary to our world; and when the light of health reform was opened before us, I was given decided testimonies that this class of work of preparing sanitariums must be taken up by our people who have accepted the light in regard to the discarding [of] poisonous drugs and using the Lord’s simple means in various lines. We must discard the poisonous drug medications.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 5)
Some of our physicians do not realize that they need not use poisonous drugs at all, and that we should be true to the message of truth. How to treat the sick with the simple remedies, [such] as water used intelligently in various ways, will be turned to the best account as a great blessing.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 6)
We should give the men who have means the light in establishing health institutions that call the people in [from] the highways; those were specified to me as the class of men who have the handling of the Lord’s goods. We are to make our appeals to these men, for our sanitariums must be multiplied and well equipped with facilities. Proper persons should open the way to set before the ones specified as those who must have the precious truth set before them. They [are] invited to take up the work as the Lord’s appointed financiers to use the Lord’s entrusted capital. They should extend their invitation to the wealthy class.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 7)
In our large cities should be those who will help the advancement of the work in retired localities near the cities and [provide] the facilities to furnish these institutions with conveniences to properly care for and treat sick patients. These institutions have been offered the people. The sanitariums must be thoroughly equipped to do justice and have the sick have the best opportunities.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 8)
I am instructed that our people should lay the situation before the monied men and secure from them gifts of means for convenience in purchasing buildings. Invite these men who have the Lord’s money [to] help fit up these institutions. They should become well acquainted with [the] good that these institutions are accomplishing.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 9)
We have been instructed that in the providence of God buildings will be offered below their cost, and we should consider it to be in the providence of God and should thankfully receive the instruction to purchase when there was not the means in sight. And although the showing, as far as means is concerned, was not in sight, many arguments were brought in that it is not a possible thing to obtain the means. But we have gone straight ahead. My message was, Walk out by faith.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 10)
And now, it has been necessary to invest means to adapt the buildings to carry the work; and debts have been incurred, and some of our believing people in the work have expressed great concern. There has been a message given me to go [to] sensible men who have means and secure their gifts and freewill offerings, that we shall not be trammeled with hiring means and paying interest.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 11)
There are men who bear the responsibilities of the Lord’s means in trust; and when the subject is opened before them, they will see [that] it is sensible and a privilege to return to the Lord His own entrusted capital to help in this sanitarium work of employing physicians, for we must have them [in order] to use intelligently the advantages of our sanitariums. These buildings have opened in various cities, in retired [areas], not in the busy parts where noise and confusion would be an injury to the nervous, suffering ones.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 12)
The Lord has given me light [as to] what we should do for every opening in favorable localities. Walking out by faith has brought great blessings in receiving means to advance. These institutions, in having to be fitted up, have left debts.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 13)
I will now advise our brethren to give the message to those in the highways, and to those in the hedges as well, that shall clear off this indebtedness. We do invite our rich men who believe the truth to continue your offerings, for it costs to run such an institution. I do unite my voice and pen in calling for all who have means to help us; for it is the entrusted capital of the Lord, and it is His means. When He calls for that means, it is for your present and eternal good to render to God in just such work as donations that God calls for to help in these opportunities.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 14)
Matthew, ninth chapter, is very interesting. Take this chapter. We receive all classes into our sanitariums, and the poor and suffering ones are all labored for. This, chapter ten, is full of excellent instruction. Matthew 10.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 15)
Let all who can who are not believers consider that it is for your present and eternal good: Matthew 13:38. “The field is the world; the good seed are the children of the kingdom; but the tares are the children of the wicked one.” But many tares will be converted. Verse 43. “Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father; who hath ears, let him hear. Again the kingdom of heaven is like unto a treasure hid in a field; which when a man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all that he hath and buyeth that field. Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a merchant man, seeking goodly pearls: who when he had found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had, and bought it.” [Verses 43-46.]
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 16)
We do now entreat our wise workmen to present the privilege of verses 51, 52. The Lord has now presented me with the opportunity to invite those to whom the Lord has entrusted His goods in intelligent knowledge to walk in the light as Christ is in the light. Verse 52.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 17)
We call now for especial donations, for those in the highways to make their gifts so that our sanitariums shall be relieved of the burden that they carry of indebtedness. We hope and pray that many may take their position with us to believe the whole truth before the year 1908 shall close.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 18)
There are the colored people who have need of help. And may the faithful stewards do their work given them of God to help now. There are missionaries that are zealously at work in foreign fields, and the workers have to be supported. Thousands of dollars are being raised to do this grand missionary work. Let the believers and unbelievers be solicited to help us in the establishment of schools. Here are the terms of salvation: Matthew 16:25. Let not the love of property keep anyone from turning away from Christ. Now is our time to work, and let every soul understand how best to labor in such a time as this to secure life, eternal life in the kingdom of heaven. Let the unbeliever act his part and believe and do the works of righteousness. All who keep the commandments in truth at this time, 1908, will make so thorough a surrender that they will be wholly on the Lord’s side.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 19)
Take into consideration, Now is our time to work.
(23LtMs, Ms 138, 1908, 20)
Ms 139, 1908
Sermon/“There are some things...” St. Helena, California January 22, 1908 Fragment only; not on file.
Ms 140, 1908
Sermon/A World-Wide Work Healdsburg, California November 14, 1908 Previously unpublished.
I wanted to read a little to you of our experience in Sebastopol:
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 1)
“Dear Brother and Sister Haskell: We had a long and wearisome journey to Sebastopol last Friday. Much of the way was over a steep and very narrow mountain road, but no harm came to us. We passed through Santa Rosa, then on to Sebastopol. We has to inquire our way several times to Brother Christianson’s, where we desired to spend the night. At last, however, we found the place, were heartily welcomed, and greatly appreciated the rest in this pleasant home.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 2)
“Sabbath morning we rode seven miles to the meetinghouse. The church was not large enough to accommodate all who desired to hear.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 3)
Now let us consider that. We want, in the building of our churches, to put a little more expense to have them large enough to accommodate the outside people, or any that may come in. Now there, I saw before me, well, it touched my heart. On the front seats there was just room enough to stand and sing, etc. And there were the very nicest young people, from 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 years old, and I considered in regard to the matter: if we all realize the opportunities that were offered to us in instructing the young, in giving them in simplicity the truth, and then out of the meeting live that truth. They may speak and act perhaps unbecomingly, but it never will cure them for you to act unbecomingly. We are Christian, and therefore we must exemplify the Spirit of Jesus Christ. I thought what an opportunity there was for those that were in that section of the country to do a splendid work for God, not only in their speech, but in their dress.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 4)
They could dress plain and simply, and when calls came for donations, then they would have something to give, because they had not put it all upon their bodies, but they had tried in every way to obtain something, every one to act a part. It is a privilege to act a part in the work that is to go forward. Now this is the privilege of us all.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 5)
“To those assembled I spoke from the first chapter of Second Peter. I then returned to Brother Christianson’s while Willie remained to visit among the people. He spoke to the young people in the afternoon. Sunday forenoon, Willie spoke again, and I spoke in the afternoon. But I am too weary to write full particulars.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 6)
“I did not make an appeal for means, and thought it not wise to mention the Buena Vista property, as there were present both believers and unbelievers. However, I spoke decidedly of the great and earnest work to be done; for the world is fast ripening for the closing up of its history. Those who are truly serving the Lord Jesus will be a holy, sanctified people, communicating the light of truth to all around them.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 7)
Not only in their households, but outside of their households, communicating with those who are not in the faith, not merely those that believe as we believe, and as you believe, but just present [the truth] in the most earnest manner. You can do this by taking some of the books that you have in your hand and ask them if they would be pleased to purchase these books, and thus they would have the right idea of our faith. Now that is a splendid work to do, and if they do not want the books, just converse with them in a kind and tender manner, speaking of the Scriptures, and out of the Scriptures. We do not do, from the light God has given me, one-hundredth part of what we ought to do, and get time to arouse the interest of the people.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 8)
“However, I spoke decidedly of the great and earnest work to be done; for the world is fast ripening for the closing up of its history.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 9)
Bear that in mind. We will have to give an account for the opportunities that we have, and we spend them on some unessential matters to occupy our time. But there is earnest work for us to do for those that are ready to perish. Do we believe the Lord is coming? That He is right at hand? Why, our cities are testifying of their corruption. They think nothing of killing a man that interferes with their ideas, and they are coming to a strange pass, and yet our people are not as much aroused as they should be to take these matters and view them in their real colors, just as they are. There they see, and put right in their papers, such a man, he did such an evil work, a terrible work. You read the papers, you know what they say.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 10)
And they were under the influence of liquor, and yet the liquor stores, some are trying to make an effort to close them, but yet they live. The liquor is poisoned. It is poisoned, that when they take this liquor it runs through their veins, and they do not know what they do. They cannot tell what they do. And they are like men that are mad, and afterwards they say, Well, I did not know I did that; I was in liquor. Well, then, when the city know just what the influence of this liquor is doing, why do they not rise? Why don’t they see their duty as men in high authority, and close these things? They will have to give an account to God for these murders, because they allowed them to take place.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 11)
Now God wants us to come right to the front, and He wants us to consider that we have a responsibility we can in no wise avoid. We must do everything that we can to hedge the way of this iniquity, and not leave the temptations before those, that they have kept the liquor stores open, and they have taken their drinks, and then they are mad. It is poison that they mingle with their liquor and their wines. It poisons the blood that is in their veins. Now, here is the very work we can begin to do wherever we are in any place, with an eye single to the glory of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 12)
“Those who are truly serving the Lord Jesus will be a holy, sanctified people, communicating the light of truth for all around them. In their lives they will exemplify the value of truth practiced.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 13)
“Sunday afternoon I related to the congregation some of our experiences in Cooranbong, where in beginning the work we walked out in the providence of God.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 14)
And He did work for us. We did not know how in the world we were going to obtain means to carry the work, and there was no place of worship. “Well,” Elder Daniells said, “we can build up just as you take slats right up straight, and just have it enclosed, and that is the best we can do, and it is all we can do.” Said I, “Elder Daniells, the Lord does not want us to do that. I am trying for means, and I hope we shall get it. But,” said I, “don’t disturb your soul in regard to how our meetinghouse shall be built, for we shall have it.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 15)
Now the Lord helped us, but it was a trying time. None of you can imagine how trying it was.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 16)
We walked out into the fields and we would ask for a little schoolhouse that we might speak in, but no, no, we did not believe as they did, and we could not have the schoolhouse. Then I called them right into the field, and there we met on the [ground]. Putting down pieces of boards, we made a place for them to sit, and there I spoke to them the words of life, and if every God spoke through His humble instrument, He spoke at those times.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 17)
But we were not left to go all the way struggling in this way. I sent to Africa. Said I, Will you send us 200 pounds; we must have it, and we want you to send it to us. Well, the 200 pounds came, and then you should have seen the rejoicing when I told Elder Daniells that 200 pounds had come from Africa. Now we will put up just as plain a house of worship as possible, but we must have it. Well, he could not speak for some time, but just burst out crying, and he cried, Lord, forgive us for our unbelief, forgive us.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 18)
Well, then it was the school. We must have that school established. We are trying to get the buildings up where we could bring the students in, and what should we do but pray for a living faith in God that He will work His own appointed way.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 19)
We kept praying, and finally I told them, We must have means; we cannot go on doing the work without it, and we must pray, and we must believe. We hired means.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 20)
That is not a good plan, but we had to do it. You hire means, and they let you have means at a limited interest, but that means will be liable to be called in any time. That is not the wise thing, and our people have been getting in a queer rut. Instead of saying, Lord, I will act my part as You act Your part, I will furnish You means, I will help You the best I can, and I will go to others and get them to help You. Now do you not see that when in a very strait time, we know not how we are going to get along, that means may be called for?
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 21)
Every one that can make an offering out and out, I am charged by the Spirit of the Lord to say, Make it. But do not let our brethren feel that if they just loan at interest, and make you their bank that they have made an offering to God, because it is not so. They are safer than if they were in any bank in our land, and what God calls for is self-sacrifice to carry His work at this time, for it will be bound off suddenly. Well, here you see our brethren flatter themselves that if they do loan that money it is perfectly safe, therefore they can take interest on that money, and when they want it, it is there. Well, what self-denial have you made? What sacrifice have those made that have done this work? You see there is no sacrifice at all. It is insuring your money that you never would lose it.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 22)
And then those that have hired that money. I have had to do it. I have had to hire money again and again to advance the work that must be done. It comes to a crisis and it must be done. Well, then that money is entrusted to my hands. The next comes, there is some member of the family dies, and then they want that money, and so that is the way that the work goes on. They want that money that they loaned to me, because there is one member of the family that has died, and they want the money to take care of him, etc. There is our situation. I have had to go right to the bank just recently, and have had to take right out of the bank and pay interest for the money that we hired to carry on the work. Well, they did not call for it until a necessity came, but it is not the right way to do. I have been brought in such a place that it is next to impossible for me to sleep nights. It is only a few hours that I can sleep nights. I see and understand there is a work to be done. Well, then I see that work must be done; it must not be hindered. Well, I go right and draw from the bank. I have to do it, and then I have to pay bank interest.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 23)
But I want to say once for all, Those that have gifts that they can offer to the cause of God, need to know that they are sacrificing to the Lord. They are giving these gifts to have a part, to be a co-laborer with Jesus Christ in His work. Well, when they want to do this way, be it a small sum or a large sum, they say, I will act my part in self-denial and self-sacrifice to the cause. Now we want you to bear that in mind.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 24)
Well, we were brought to our wits’ end. We did not know what to do in Cooranbong. We prayed day and night that the Lord would teach us what we could do.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 25)
Then there was quite a party, that took an interest, of the very best workmen that could be found to have a recess, and they would come up to Cooranbong, and see what they were about there. Well, Sara McEnterfer who is united with me in my work, said, “Harness the team. We must go right and see these men.” So we went, and told them our situation. “Will you work for us? What will you do for us at this emergency? We cannot pay you your price, but what will you do, what will you work for?”“We get three dollars a day for our work, and we will work for six shillings, and we will give you half of that.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 26)
Well, there they came right in, and there was self-sacrifice. They sacrificed in order that we might have the very advantages that we have there now.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 27)
So the work went on, and some would feel that they did not know how they could longer keep up in this way, etc. “Elder Haskell,” said I, “go right in there, tell them what we are doing. We have got to have the wells dug. We have got to use the waters from beneath, for we have none from above, and while there is a dearth we must have our wells.”“Well, how can we get them?”“Well,” said I, “let us go into the meeting place.” I tell you what a meeting place! I would not attempt to describe it, no more fit for the worship of God than a barn, and not half as much. Well, I told them the situation. “Now what shall we do? What can we do? Who will volunteer?”“Well,” said I, “you may have all of my workers.” They were clearing my land, and I had three or four workers. “I will give you my workers, and charge nothing for their work.”
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 28)
Then what can we do? What shall we do now in this crisis? Twenty women stood right up in the congregation that knew nothing of what work was out of their own house. They said, “We will go. We will do this part of the work, and another would do that part of the work.” And so we brought in these workers, and when the brick man was there, these women would bring in the brick to them, and put them down and slide them to the bottom of the well. Then they would lay the bricks in the cellar. Sister Haskell and Sara McEnterfer, went right in to the house, and Brother James would pry the boards together. You could not handle them as you can here. Many of you have to bore with an auger before you can get a nail in it. One old gentleman that had retired from labor and was making it his home in our house, said he, I will attend to the painting of the doors. Well, that was a good job. So these women went in and they laid the floors, and thus the work was carried on after that order.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 29)
The time was set when the school should begin. Now I want to tell you there are so few that have any kind of sense of what it means to sacrifice for the truth’s sake. But we want to be brought where we shall be tested and tried. Well, the men that were preparing the church would get out of patience sometimes. They would think they were doing nothing. “Elder Haskell,” said I, “Go right in, kneel down among the shavings, and do you pray to God there.” Elder Haskell went right in and knelt down in the shavings, and the blessing of the Lord would come upon them, and when they would arise, every one of those workers that had donated to help us, the tears were running down their cheeks, and when they would get through at night, all would gather together, and tell their experience. Well, this experience was worth something. It was an individual, thorough experience to them. Said they, “I have learned more of religion since I have been here than I knew in all my life before.” And thus we carried on the work in these new fields.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 30)
I would go with my phaeton away out where they were building a railroad, and there would be the camps made where they were working, and their wives were in the tent, and I would stand up in my phaeton, and I would speak the words of life to them there. And the women, the tears streaming down their cheeks would come to me. “I never heard it in this wise before. Will you come again?”“Yes,” said I, “I will come again and speak to you again.” But that is the way the work was carried forward in Cooranbong. And every one had their part to act, and their self-sacrifice in the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 31)
Now we want that every soul of us should come under the due obligation, to understand that they have a part to act. I know that there are many that have done nobly, and have tried to do everything that they could, but it has come to be at this time that it is a loan, and now somebody had got to meet that loan, and I have to do it more than anybody else. I meet these loans, and there is not a penny coming in to help me meet these loans. I meet them myself. Yet the blessing of God has come upon me in a special manner healthwise. And I have felt to praise His name with heart and soul and voice that He has given me health. How is it today? Next 26th of this month I shall be eighty-one years old. Now, if the Lord does not bless me, where does that blessing come from?
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 32)
I want to tell you, my brethren, that we must understand individually what sacrifice means, that when you put money into the hands and reckon it up that you are doing a lot for the cause, yet every dollar you expect to be returned, they pay you interest on that, so that your money is in a sure bank, a sure bank that will not fail. Now somebody has got to meet that emergency, and we want you to get the idea how it is.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 33)
We do not want to draw means out of you unless you want to give it, because it is God’s work, it is God’s means, every dollar of it. If I should tell you that for the last twelve years I have footed up bill after bill, and I cannot in any way, I cannot get beyond debt. It is there; it is right here. But I do not trouble myself about that, but I think the people are robbing themselves of the blessings that they might have. I told them, said I, “I will give to you, I will pay my workers, I have hired them, I will give to you the book, Christ’s Object Lessons. I will give this if you will handle that book freely without any money in return, if you will handle that book and bring in money to clear our schools of debt, then the printing press will do its work. They say they will do the printing. Now who will do it?” Well, it was not many months the report came: $300,000 was brought into the cause in the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. Now you can see that the Lord works with us when we make an effort to work.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 34)
Then the next thing was that here was our sanitariums, they did not know what to do. They had not means. I advised them to go straight ahead. Said I, Here is the Ministry of Healing. I dedicate that to the cause. Neither of these books have I taken to myself one penny in return. I will handle the books if you will bring in the means that the people shall have the light that we can establish our sanitariums and our schools. Then all of my work in these years that I have been getting out in these books are perfectly free. This is the way that work stands. That is my donation, and I want all of us to get an idea, for we are getting very near the closing of this earth’s history. We know we are from the Word, from the testimony of Jesus Christ that such and such things should take place.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 35)
Now our schools are to be established and we are to work more for them than we have ever thought we could work before. But every one must act their individual part. I cannot go any longer in carrying the debt of thirty thousand dollars that I incurred in building the very first work in Australia. Meetinghouses there had to be built, and there was nothing that they had. It was a time when the banks had failed, and when there was everything objectionable, yet the Lord gave me the word, Move forward, move forward; and we did move forward. And the work has been going.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 36)
But what about Avondale? You have not told us how that came out. Well, I will tell you how it came out. They have got one of the grandest schools, I believe, that was ever established in our world, and the blessing of God is upon it. When everything—two years at a time, not a drop of rain. There was no rain and yet in their papers, it comes out just as it was: no rain, no cattle dying everywhere, but Avondale, Avondale is an oasis in the desert. Here is their property, and here they are raising everything just as though they had rain. And the Lord blesses their efforts. They knew what we were doing. Now the Lord knows just what we are doing, and what we want is that every one of us should understand his appointed work.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 37)
I am glad that I do not see the display in dress and feathers and ribbons as I do in some congregations. I am glad I do not see it. It all takes money, and I want to say to every one of you, God knows every self-sacrificing effort that you put forth.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 38)
Now, I have not taken to myself one penny of these gifts that I have put out, to appropriate to myself, not one. I want to say that God will just as surely let His blessing rest upon the people that will try to do their very best, and when they do they will have the testimony that their ways please God. But here is my letter:
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 39)
“Let not the words, ‘Found wanting’ be written against God’s people. [Daniel 5:27.] While we should thankfully receive loans of money with interest, yet the Lord calls for larger freewill offerings. We must be careful about the matter of borrowing large sums of money, for often this will result in our being placed in strait places afterward. There may be no trouble so long as those are living who have loaned the money, but when they become sick or die, a sudden call is sometimes made for their money. This money may have been invested in opening the work in new fields, and in order to meet this demand, we may be forced to borrow from the banks at a high rate of interest.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 40)
“Let us obtain all the means possible as straight gifts. If today more gifts were brought into the Lord’s treasury, the sacrifice would yield a rich harvest. In Cooranbong, we were thankful to obtain means, and to pay a low rate of interest for their use. But we would say to all, Make your gifts as large as possible; for borrowing large sums of money may lead to future embarrassment to the one who is using the money. Let this point be guarded in the matter of moving the school from Healdsburg to be established in another place.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 41)
“For many years Healdsburg has been an educating center. But the time has come when the school should be moved to a location where we shall have better advantages. Let all who can possibly do so place their money in this enterprise, as a gift. When we think of what Christ has done for us, this will not be regarded as a great sacrifice. He has given His commission to His disciples, as workers who are to lay the foundations of His church in various fields. To establish educational centers is a part of their work.” And He will work through these places. I am so thankful for the rich blessing of God that will come to His people. I opened this morning, as I was waiting for the carriage, to the fifty-second chapter of Isaiah. (Verse 1)—“see the salvation of God.” [Verses 1-10.]
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 42)
Now this is what the Lord wants. He wants that the work should stand in its highest beauty. He wants that His message should go to all parts of our world. Hundreds and thousands we are sending to the foreign missions, the most remarkable places, and the Lord is taking His people and sending them were they know not the language, and there they will learn the language, and then all the time they teach them. They know how to build; they learned it. They know how to carry on the work intelligently, and they have their intelligence, to communicate to these foreign fields the knowledge that they have; they are willing to do almost anything to get that knowledge. That is just how it is with missionaries. We are educating them, educating them in Cooranbong. The word has gone forth, that there is no place that they know of, where the students have done a more noble and generous work than they have right there in giving themselves to the work.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 43)
“Eyes of all the nations.” [Verse 10.] Now the Lord sees a people that go to every part of the world. They have learned to build, how to plant. This is how to carry on the work in God’s appointed way. They see that these men are far ahead of them in intelligence, and they come and build their own houses, small and plain, and in that work they are educating away from the national prejudice that would naturally exist. “Salvation of God.” [Verse 10.] Do you think that is to come to them without any effort? Every one of us can act our part, and we will wish we did act our part, when at last every one is rewarded according as his work shall be.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 44)
Verses 11-13. “more than the sons of men.” [Verse 14.] Behold Him hanging on the cross with the nails driven through His hands and His feet, and there were His opposers mocking Him, “O, thou that couldest destroy the temple and build it in three days, come down: come down, and we will believe on thee.” [Matthew 27:40, 42.] This is what they were saying, mocking and deriding. But there is a sound. What is it? It is coming from a soul in agony. It is one that has been crucified upon the cross close by Christ, and his fellow that was by his side was mocking Christ, and he rebuked him. Said he, “We deserve this, but the one hanging on the cross [beside us] does not deserve it.” And the one hanging on the cross turned to Christ and said, “Lord, remember me when thou comest in thy kingdom.” And what did He say? “Verily, I say unto thee today,” right while His hands are stretched upon the cross, and He dying in human agony, “verily I say unto thee today, thou shalt be with Me in Paradise.” [Luke 23:40-43.] Now here was the very promise of our Saviour, and the thief had that comfort while he was dying. He believed in Christ. He believed Him to be Christ; he received Him as Christ.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 45)
[Isaiah 52] Verses 14, 15. Now I want that we should take the right views of the Scriptures, and do not, I beg of you stand to one side and let others do the work. You can have your reward. Here you loan your money, and you can call for it any time. It is not a gift. God’s work was a gift. He made Himself a freewill offering, and He wants every one of us to come into line and act our part. May the Lord help us is my prayer. I will not read any more just now, but I want to say just a few more words.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 46)
Isaiah 53:1-5. Remember all this. He suffered for us that He might make it possible for us to obtain that life that measures with the life of God if we will follow in His footsteps. “We are healed. By his stripes we are healed.”Verses 6-8.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 47)
I will not hold you longer, but I want to tell you if we cannot read the passing of events that has taken place in San Francisco, and in the judgments that are continually coming, and in the accidents and in all these things, I want you to understand we are to take our position that the end of all things is at hand. And we want to work for the Master while we can. We do not want to come up to the day of judgment, and say others have borne the burden, and others have run the risks, and they are the ones that Christ is naming here, and He will bring them off victorious at last if they will walk in the footsteps of Christ our Saviour.
(23LtMs, Ms 140, 1908, 48)
Ms 141, 1908
Sermon/Lessons from John 15 Healdsburg, California November 15, 1908 Previously unpublished.
John 15:1. “Purgeth it.” Now consider this, how they come in their order. Verse 2. What does He mean by purging it? He permits trials to come to these very ones that they shall seek Him in their trials, and that they shall have the refinement and purification of His Holy Spirit. He says He purgeth it. He causeth some trial to come upon them. He taketh away anything that would seem to be a hindrance, that they think is an advantage. Sometimes we think that things are an advantage when they are not.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 1)
Verses 3, 4. Now let us bear that in mind, abiding in Christ, seeking to understand His will, that you may do His will. If we will abide in Him, then He will give light, He will let them discern what the hindrances are to prevent their abiding in Him so that they will be very careful of the privileges that God is giving them.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 2)
Verses 5-7. Praise the Lord. Praise the Lord for this advantage, for this promise. And be sure and not forget it, because when we get into some trial we frequently lose sight of the precious promise. Now, we want to keep in view every word of encouragement that Christ was giving to His disciples just prior to His leaving them, and prior to His great affliction. He does not keep before them all the time the great sufferings He was going to go through, but He was gathering all the comforts, all the blessings that He could bring before them, that they shall bring to their minds the last lessons that He gave them.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 3)
Verse 7. Precious, precious promise.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 4)
Verse 8. The fruit bearing. Now we want to be sure that we are bearing fruit to the glory of God. We do not wish to consult our own feelings; we do not wish to be depressed if we feel that a discouragement comes upon us. We are not to allow ourselves to be depressed, because the promises are for us, and we are to take them. We are to rejoice in the promises, and we are to be made glad in Jesus Christ. Why, it is everything to us whether we are in a living connection with Jesus Christ, or not. It is everything. And if we do not always feel that we are in an exalted position of enjoyment, that is no evidence that we are not the Lord’s.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 5)
Trials will come upon us. Others’ trials will come upon us; as we see that there is danger, any danger to any of Christ’s disciples, we shall feel sad, we shall feel grieved and distressed. But we can go to them just as Christ has told us in the early part of the history, and just tell your difficulties or tell how you feel between Him and you alone. And then you may be reconciled to your brother or your sister, and they to you. You may remove a great difficulty out of their way by a little explanation, so that you can be in harmony.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 6)
Verse 8. Now what is our fruit? Our fruit is to reveal an abiding Christ in our hearts and [to have] His works revealed in our characters, that we are in harmony with Christ and that His blessing is resting upon us.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 7)
Verse 9. Just see the comparison. The Father loving the Son. Now such words of instruction as these should be of great importance and value to every soul.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 8)
Verses 9, 10. Now you see, He keeps Himself ready as it were, that we must be right in harmony with His experience, and He is telling you what His experience is and we must appreciate it, and we must consider these lessons of the highest value to us, and that we may know what course to pursue when tried and tempted and afflicted. Here we have our lessons.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 9)
Verse 11. O, how careful He was to guard every point of the union of the disciples with Him, and the union of Christ with His disciples, and how precious these things are to be to us when we come and ask the Lord for the very things that we need.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 10)
Verse 11. And if Christ’s joy remains in us that which rejoiced His heart is upon us, that your joy might be full. It is a living connection with the living, tenderhearted God. Jesus Christ is our heavenly Father. Jesus Christ is the Father with us. God is the Father, and there is the link of the chain brought right down to bind His children in connection with the Father.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 11)
Verses 11, 12. What a representation is that! Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 12)
Now the main thing in all this chapter is that Christ has died on the cross of Calvary to save the perishing that they might have eternal life. Just let us consider these things.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 13)
Then it means a good deal what we are doing day by day. We are to watch the tone of our thoughts, and we are to watch the words that we speak. We are to watch unto prayer.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 14)
Verses 15, 16. Now here He is trying to bind us up in the faith through Jesus Christ and obedience to His requirements.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 15)
Verses 17-19. Why? Because they will not follow in the path of transgression and disobedience so as to offend God. They hate the disciples. There are those that do have hatred in their hearts.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 16)
Verses 20-23. Now here He gives the portion of His work. Verse 24. Because they are one, and we are to be one in Christ, through Christ in God to do that obedience that Christ has given to the Father, to have that honor that the Father giveth the Son. Verses 25-27.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 17)
Now here we have a chapter that we would do well to practice. We shall walk humbly with God. We shall not be exalted. We shall not climb up, climb up on our own merits, but we will hide our life Christ Jesus, and when we see how He walked in this world, we need make no mistake.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 18)
Now, I want that every one of us in this church shall understand their responsibilities to God. I want everyone that is here to feel whatever the circumstances are, if you be broken up, or whatever the circumstances are, we are to put our trust in God. He will care for us. And we must have a living experience in the things of God every day. It becomes us to hang our helpless souls upon Jesus Christ, and unless we do that, then we shall certainly fail. He says in this chapter, “I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman, every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away.”Verses 1, 2.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 19)
Now, we want a living experience in the things of God. We want all the mists and clouds of darkness swept away. We may be a people that shall be tried, but in the trial, whatever character it is, we are not to lose our hold on God. No. We are to remember that God lives, that He is our Helper, that He is our strength, that He is our Friend, front guard, and our rereward. We want in every way possible to keep the truth in circulation, and to have our minds uplifted to God. He knows every sorrow. He knows what produces it. He know every grief, and He knows what causes that grief. Then can we not cast our helpless souls upon Him? He loves us with a love that is infinite.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 20)
The first night that I came here, I had been riding all day, and I was up. I could not sleep after half past two in the morning, and after riding all day, I lay down to sleep. This cheekbone set up. I had an accident years ago with that cheekbone, and the suffering that I have endured at times, I thought had left me. It came on at once upon me, and it seemed to me I should go frantic. I thought I would call Sara, and then it came to me, what can she do for me? She can do nothing for you. Then I knelt down and I told the Lord all about it, and I asked Him to relieve that terrible nervousness, and twitching, and that He would give me relief, for it seemed as though I should lose my senses. I lay down, thinking that perhaps I should not sleep a wink all night. The next morning I woke up; there was a little soreness, but the pain was gone.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 21)
Now, the Lord heard my prayer. Just as much had I gone to Sara, I might have thought it was something she had done. But the Lord wanted me to know that He was a living God, that He was my helper, and I want to say to every afflicted soul that is here today, do not lose your hold of the only One that can understand your case, and that can bring you through every trial. I know that the Lord is our God and He wants us to do all that we can. We are to be in communion with God. Ye are laborers together with God. Now let us bear that in mind. All our sorrows, all our griefs, all our perplexities, it is laid upon the Burden-bearer. He gave His life for us, and He wants us to just trust in Him as One that can help us in our necessities. I have felt it decidedly time and again through the years that are past, and I know by experience that I have a living Helper. I know that He will be a Helper to every one of us if we will trust in Him.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 22)
Circumstances will occur that we cannot hinder. It seemed as though the enemy was determined to cut us right off from having faith in God. God lives. God reigns, and that which we think may be the most terrible calamity may prove a blessing in the end. Now we want to have that tenderness, that compassion, that Christ had. And we want to love Him and we want to serve Him and we want to bear testimony for Him. We want to honor His name.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 23)
Now we are going to pass through I do not know what. In changing the school we do not know what trials may come. But they will come just as sure, they will come. Now put on your armor. Just have a spirit of prayer, and believe that the Lord God is our helper.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 24)
Time is very short. We can see by what is being transacted that the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from men. Just in the last paper you see there an attempt to kill one while they were in the trial halls in the court. Anywhere you are, the Spirit of God, unless it restrains the human agent, may reveal to us the dangers and the sufferings that will come. Now let us put our whole trust in God. And let us praise Him for His goodness and His mercy and His longsuffering, and His compassion, and if we do this, we shall see of His salvation.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 25)
Now I want others to bear their testimony here, that are here today, and I pray God that when our school [is moved], if God opens the way that it shall be moved—every one will need to pray—that He will take charge of every movement.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 26)
I have not been able to sleep nights, considering how we should move, and what we should do. Night after night I cannot sleep after one or two o’clock. And then my time is spent in telling the Lord of our necessities as a people, and begging of Him that not one will fall out by the way. We are His people; we are His children, and therefore we want to glorify His name upon the earth.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 27)
Now perhaps there are some here that would like to bear testimony. Here is W. C. White and here is Dores Robinson and here is a people that love God and keep His commandments. We want to draw nigh to God. We want Him to draw nigh to us. We want a living religion, and to act as though we had a Saviour that could sustain us in every trial and in every difficulty. We cannot see the end from the beginning, but God can. And we want to know that He will not afflict us willingly, nor grieve the hearts of the children of men. “Behold what manner of love ... as he is.” [1 John 3:1, 2.] As a living Saviour, He will reward every man or woman according to their works. Then let us be careful what our work shall be. God help us. But we want to remember what manner of love the Father has bestowed us that we should be called the children of God.
(23LtMs, Ms 141, 1908, 28)
Ms 142, 1908
Diary/Unfair Dealings in Book Circulation NP Circa 1908 Previously unpublished.
While I was at Burrough Valley with Mary White, Willie's wife, who was an invalid, Brother C. H. Jones visited me and set before me that if I would reduce my income on my large books from twenty cents a copy to ten cents, they would pledge themselves to give to my books the very first attention, and put their best workers on my books. I was heavily in debt in the preparation of these books. I was so urged [about] how many more they would sell, I finally consented. Then Bible Readings was thrust in without regard to the promise made me, and the publishing houses dropped the sale of my books. And [what is] more, the managing was [such] that the book Bible Readings should have the right of way and the ones handling books were charged to handle only Bible Readings and thus they did.
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 1)
Many were not satisfied. They were calling for the books. But some said they were doing good work and making successful selling with Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets. Nevertheless that charge was given to all our camp meetings. They were not to handle any books except the one, Bible Readings, and Brother C. H. Jones, who made that promise himself, did not keep his word. Neither did they release me from the promise I had made. I was in debt for the printing of these books, and when I was encouraged to pledge one thousand dollars for the sanitarium in Chicago, I was assured I should have that made up to me. My leading out brought in a large sum in donations, but there stood my debt at seven percent interest for years. They have never corrected that wrong move done me, and that I should have had for years to pay interest on 3,000 dollars is not a right thing to do. Such movements are not religious; call it what name you may, it is never correct.
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 2)
But the strange part of the matter was that that reduced price has ever stood for my large books for the many years since. When the office was burned we took over some things which involved me in debt largely, so that my interest yearly since the fire has been [paid on] thirty thousand dollars [debt]. I talked to Captain Eldridge and Frank Belden, who were standing then at the head of the office, but not one word of encouragement came to me. Recently, [just] as years ago, light was given me that I should have justice, strict justice, on my books; that the revenue coming to me should have come ever since the contract was made null and void by their setting entirely aside as far as possible the handling of my books. I have been instructed that it was a mistake for them to even ask me to receive so low a price on my books; and that the very loss in consequence [of that mishandling] was my just due; and that the conference had better handle the matter of this unfair dealing because it was an unrighteous, unfair, transaction.
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 3)
I was instructed that if the books had been widely circulated the light would have come to the people and a different showing would be revealed. Elder [W. F.] Craft's bill of papers were largely circulated at the time, while the very books which [were being held back] would, if circulated, have counter-worked the Sunday law to be observed, and then their reporting so large a number of names in favor [of it].
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 4)
I was instructed to get these books in circulation as soon as possible. I worked with all the powers of my being to get the books prepared, but the men in the Review and Herald and Signs [offices] blended together as one to form a veto on the books for sale, except the Bible Readings.
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 5)
Now when I had hired money to help a very little in the purchasing of the Paradise Valley [Sanitarium], and then they stated they did not want it (but finally gave terms what they would do), the instructions given me from the highest source was, “You have suffered enough in this kind of dealing.” I must not do this, for the people who had worked with me would not feel that justice was done me or them by passing over the property to other parties at a large reduction. Then were matters opened before me distinctly that the books I had written while laboring to establish the work in Australia and in Europe were not to be discounted to the meager sum I have received. I was not amenable to those officers and parties that handled my books. The Lord gave me the truth in clear lines to give to His flock who needed the very instruction they contained.
(23LtMs, Ms 142, 1908, 6)